FCOM Part 1 - Description

FLIGHT CREW OPERATING MANUAL 0.00.
00
P1 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
0.00.00 CONTENTS
0.01.00 LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (L.T.R.)
0.02.00 REASON OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (R.T.R.)
0.03.00 SHIPPING NOTE TEMPORARY PAGES (S.N.T.P.)
0.04.00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY PAGES (L.E.T.P.)
0.05.00 LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS (L.N.R.)
0.06.00 REASON OF THE REVISION
0.07.00 SHIPPING NOTE NORMAL PAGES (S.N.N.P.)
0.08.00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE NORMAL PAGES (L.E.N.P.)
0.09.00 LIST OF MOD / MP / SB (L.O.M.)
0.10.00 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE (C.R.T.)
0.40.00 ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
0.50.00 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE
0.60.00 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE

FLIGHT CREW OPERATING MANUAL 0.01.00
P1 001 ENV
L.T.R.
LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS NOV 14
AA
No. T.R. DATE IN DESTROYED POSITION REMARKS

01 SEP 11 REV 01 FEB 12 OEB N° 04
OEB N° 05
02 OCT 11 REV 01 FEB 12
OEB N° 06
03 JUN 12 REV 02 DEC 13 2.03.12
04 JUL 12 REV 02 DEC 13 SEE RTR
05 FEB 13 REV 02 DEC 13 SEE RTR
SEE RTR
06 SEP 13 REV 02 DEC 13 (published in
NOV 13)
07 MAR 14 REV 03 NOV 14 SEE RTR
P1 001 ENV
R.T.R.
REASON OF THE TEMPORARY REVISIONS DEC 13
DATE AFFECTED
REASON OF REVISIONS
PAGES
SEP 11 3.12.20
OEB N°04 - AP/FD ALT* mode during climb phase
3.12.24
OCT 11 - List of OEB corrected and updated
- OEB N°05 - Inconsistency between displayed 2.03.123.12.20
MDA and call out ”Approaching minimum” and 3.12.25
”Minimum Minimum”. 3.12.26
- OEB N°06 - Take Off procedure - After lift Off
JUN 12 “Taxi procedure update with
2.03.12
MOD 6521”
JUL 12 - New Mod 6560 (ovhd panel impact)
1.06.20, 1.06.30,
1.08.10, 1.09.20,
1.12.10, 1.13.30,
- New Mod 6830 impact and OEB n°8 1.16.40
- SINGLE ENG OPERATIONS update 1.06.50 & 3.12.28
- OEB n°9: Do not use Single Eng operations in 2.05.02
Electronic Checklist 3.12.28 & .29
FEB 13 - OEB N°10 - Before taxi normal procedure update.
3.12.30
- OEB N°11 - Do not use ACW BUS 2 OFF in
Electronic Checklist.
3.12.31
SEP 13 OEB N°12 Inconsistency between Anti-- Icing overhead 3.12.32
panel and memo window for FAA a/c
OEB N°13 Take off speeds insertion (6976 ) 3.12.33
OEB N°14 Procedure displayed in case of Eng Flame 3.12.34
out. (6976 or 6521)
OEB N°15 Gust consideration for Vapp (6976) 3.12.35
OEB N°16 FMA display on PFD with APM OFF(6976) 3.12.36
OEB N°17 Take-- off at 100% TQ in High Altitude 3.12.37
Operations (7055).
OEB N°18 Engine Start in High altitude Operations 3.12.38
(7055)
P2 001 ENV
R.T.R.
REASON OF THE TEMPORARY REVISIONS NOV 14
DATE AFFECTED
REASON OF REVISIONS
PAGES
1.16.10
1.16.40
1.16.45
2.03.06
2.03.07
MAR 14 MOD 7079 : 127N SUPER BOOST 2.03.10
2.03.11
2.03.22
2.03.24
2.05.02
FCOM FLIGHT CREW OPERATING MANUAL 0-04 page 1-001
ATR L.E.T.P.
NOV 14
72 List of EffectiveTemporary Pages
You must hold in your manual the following pages

Issue P CH SE Page Seq Date Label Modification expression
Validity expression
REV3 0 01 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.T.R. ENV
ALL
REV3 0 02 00 001 001 DEC 13 R.T.R.
0 02 00 002 001 NOV 14 R.T.R.
ALL
REV3 0 04 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.T.P. ENV
ALL
End ENV
P1 001
L.N.R.
LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS NOV 14
AA
N°REV EDITION DATE INSERTION DATE NAME

TOTAL NEW EDITION
00 APR 11 72-- 212A “-- 600”
version (Mod 5948)
FEB 12 (published in TOTAL RE-- EDITION
01 April 2012 due to including “L2B2”
certification process) software
DEC 13 (published in
02 SEE RNR
FEB 2014)
03 NOV 14 SEE RNR
P1 001
R.N.R.
REASON OF THE REVISION FEB 12
DATE REASON FOR ISSUE (MAJOR EVENTS) CHAP INVOLVED

APR 11 * NEW MODIFICATION :
- Mod 5948: New Avionic Suite 72-- 212A “-- 600” version. ALL
FEB 12 (published in April 2012 due to certification process)

* NEW MODIFICATION : ALL
- Mod 6521: New software “L2B2” for “600” version
- Mod 6635: Airport Navigation function.
- COMPLETE PROCEDURE REVIEW: 2.03 / 2.04 / 2.05
Emergency (except Unreliable airspeed indication)
Following Failure
Normal
- FWS and Electronic CheckList description 1.02.10 and
and human factor recommendations 2.03.02 / 2. 04.01
and 2.05.01
- Several correction and improvements ALL
- OEB 07 : VHF emitting (Mod: 6760) 3.12.27
P2 001
R.N.R.
REASON OF THE REVISION DEC 13
DEC 13 TR 03 blanking:
- Taxi procedure update with MOD 6521. 2.03.12
TR 04 blanking:
- New Mod 6560 (ovhd panel impact). 1.02.10,1.03.30
1.06.20,1.06.30
1.08.10,1.09.20
1.12.10,1.13.30
1.16.40
- New Mod 6830 impactand OEB n8 :GPU indication on CABIN. 1.06.50 & 3.12.28
- SINGLE ENG OPERATIONS update. 2.05.02
- OEB n9:Do notuse Single Eng operations in Electronic Checklist. 3.12.28 & .29
TR 05 blanking:
- OEB N10 - Before taxi normal procedure update. 3.12.30
- OEB N11 - Do notuse ACW BUS 2 OFF in Electronic Checklist. 3.12.31
TR 06 blanking:
- OEB n12 :Inconsistency between Anti-- Icing overhead panel and
memo window for FAA a/c p001_001. 3.12.32
- OEB n13 :Take offspeeds insertion. 3.12.33
- OEB n14 :Procedure displayed in case ofEngine Flame out. 3.12.34
- OEB n15 :Gustconsideration for Vapp computation. 3.12.35
- OEB n16 :FMA display on PFD with APM OFF 3.12.36
- OEB n17 :Take-- offat100% Torque in High Altitude Operations. 3.12.37
- OEB n18 :Engine Startin High altitude Operations. 3.12.38
* ACTION ON PART 0
- PRELIMINARY PAGES :New e-- mail ofcustomers supportline . 0.40.00
- PRELIMINARY PAGES/STANDARD NOMENCLATURE :Pages
reviewed p001_001;p003_001;p004_001;p005_001;p007_001;
p008_001;p009_001;p011_001;p013_001. 0.50.00
* ACTION ON PART I
- AIRCRAFT GENERAL/COCKPIT PHILOSOPHY :New modification
added p005_080. 1.00.20
- AIRCRAFT GENERAL/COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM :
Updated procedure (ELEC SUPPLY) p004_001. 1.00.25
- AIRCRAFT GENERAL/DOOR :Updated procedure (ELEC
SUPPLY)p008_001. 1.00.30
- AIRCRAFT GENERAL/LIGHTING :Updated procedure (ELEC
SUPPLY)p010_001;p011_001;p012_001;p013_001;p014_001 1.00.40
- AIRCRAFT GENERAL/WATER AND WASTE SYSTEM :
Updated procedure (ELEC SUPPLY)p001_001. 1.00.50
- INTEGRATED SYSTEMS/INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS :
Updated procedure (ELEC SUPPLY)p003_001. 1.01.10
- INTEGRATED SYSTEMS/MFC Updated procedure p005_001;
p009_001 1.01.20
- FLIGHT WARNING SYSTEM/GENERAL :Updated procedures
and wording correction p006_001;p006_080;p007_001;p008_001;
p009_001;p011_001;p012_001;p013_001;p015_001;p016_001;
p017_001;p018_001;p019_001;p020_001;p023_001;p024_001
y0001_001 1.02.10
P3 001
R.N.R.
DEC 13 * ACTION ON PART I
- AFCS/OPERATION :Updated procedure (ELEC SUPPLY)p016_001 1.02.10
- COMMUNICATIONS/GENERAL :Procedure reviewed p015_001; 1.04.10
p016_001;p017_001;p026_001.
- COMMUNICATIONS/TCAS :Procedure updated p009_100 1.05.10
- EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT/OXYGEN SYSTEM :Wording correction 1.05.20
p001_001;p001_060;p001_120
- FIRE PROTECTION/GENERAL :Wording correction p004_001 1.07.20
p005_001 ; p008_001;p009_001 1.08.10
- FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS/STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEM
INDICATION ON IESI:Updated procedure(ELEC SUPPLY)p007_001 1.10.36
- FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS/FLIGHT RECORDERS :Updated
procedure (ELEC SUPPLY) p005_001. 1.10.50
- FUEL SYSTEM/GENERAL :Wording correction p004_001
Procedure reviewed p012_001 and p015_001. 1.11.10
- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION/GENERAL :Wording correction
p001_001 1.13.10
- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION/ANTIICING ADVISORY SYSTEM :
Wording correction p004_001 1.13.20
- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION/PROPELLER ANTIICING :Wording
correction p001_001 1.13.40
- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION/PROBE HEAT :Updated page
p001_001 1.13.60
- LANDING GEAR/BRAKES ANTISKID :Wording correction :
p001_00 1.14.40
- NAVIGATION SYSTEM/WEATHER RADAR :Schematic correction :
p004_001. 1.15.50
- POWER PLANT/SYSTENS DESCRIPTION :Wording correction
p004_001 1.16.20
- POWER PLANTS/SYSTEMS OPERATING :Updated procedure
p003_001 1.16.30
* ACTION ON PART II
- LIMITATIONS/AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS :
New modification added p005_025;p005_055;p005_065;p005_105 2.01.03
- LIMITATIONS/POWER PLANT :Freezing pointcorrection for the fuel
(JET A1) p005_001 2.01.04
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/AFCS :Caution and Notes
reviewed p005_001 2.02.04
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/ADS-- B-- OUT :New 2.02.00 § 2.02.25
fonctionalities avionics with Mod 8626 and 1.05.10
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/ADVERSE WEATHER :
Procedure reviewed p025_001 2.02.08
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/POWER PLANT : Wording
correction p004_001 2.02.11
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/FLIGHT CHARACTERISTICS
Wording correction 2.02.12
P4 001
R.N.R.
DEC 13 * ACTION ON PART II
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/OPERATIONS BELOW - 35_C
GROUND TEMPERATURE :New modification added p001_001 2.02.20
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/MPC : Updated procedure 2.02.21
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/BEFORE PROPELLER ROTATION :
Updated procedure and wording correction p001_001.New variant
(MOD 5908 :Boost) p001_500 2.03.10
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/LANDING :Updated procedure and
wording correction p001_100;p001A150;p002_100;p002_500;
p002A150 2.03.14
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/BEFORE DESCENT-- DESCENT :
Updated procedure p002_001 ;p003_001 2.03.16
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/BEFORE LANDING : Updated procedure
wording correction p001_001;p001_100;p001_200 2.03.18
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/LANDING : Updated procedure
and wording correction p001_001;p001_100 2.03.19
- NORMAL PROCEDURES/DAILY CHECKS :Caution added
p001_001.; 2.03.24
- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES/INTRODUCTION :Wording
correction p002_100. 2.04.01
- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES/MISCELLANEOUS :Wording
correction p009_001. 2.04.05
- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE/INTRODUCTION : Wording
correction p002_100. 2.05.01
- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE/AVIONICS :Wording
correction p026_001;p026_100. 2.05.12
- LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART/CARGO LANDING :Link
correction for WBM p001_001. 2.06.02
- LOADING - FUEL - BALANCE CHART/FUEL LANDING :Wording
correction p002_001 and p002_180 2.06.03
* ACTION ON PART III
- APROACH-- LANDING/APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGT :
New variants procedures y002_001;p003_001 3.08.01
- FLIGHT PLANNING/FUEL POLICY :Wording correction p001_500 3.10.01
- SPECIAL OPERATIONS/CONTENT :New item (EFB) p001_001 3.11.00
- SPECIAL OPERATIONS/DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF :Wording
corrected p001_200 3.11.08
SPECIAL OPERATIONS/DISPATCH WTH ONE WHEEL BRAKE
DEACTIVED : Wording correction p001_001 3.11.14
- SPECIAL OPERATIONS/EFB :New procedures p001_001;
p002_001;p003_001;p004_001;p005_001;p006_001;p007_001
P008_001 3.11.22
- OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS/LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OEB :Updated page p001_001 3.12.20
New OEB n19 :Untimely Pilotseatunlocking 3.12.39
P5 001
R.N.R.
REASON OF THE REVISION NOV 14
NOV 14 TR 07 blanking:
- MOD 7079 :127N SUPER BOOST.
1.16.10/40/45
2.03.06/07/10/
2.03.11/22/24
2.05.02
New Modification “600 version” Standard 2 : Impact with
associated mods:
Mod 6977(Standard 2 NAS upgrade)
Mod 7180 (LPV)
Mod 7181 (VNAV)
Mod 7144 (VNAV P/B)
Mod 7182 (RNP--AR)
Mod 7123 (SBAS GPS)
* ACTION ON PART 0 :
- PRELIMINARY PAGES/STANDARD NOMENCLATURE : 0.50.00
* ACTION ON PART I:
- AFCS/GENERAL : 1.04.10
- AFCS/FLIGHT DIRECTOR 1.04.30
- AFCS/OPERATION 1.04.40
- AFCS/ALTITUDE ALERT 1.04.50
- FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS/AIR DATA SYSTEM 1.10.10
- FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS/INDICATION ON PFD 1.10.22
- NAVIGATION SYSTEM/VOR/ILS/MKR/DME SYSTEM 1.15.10
- NAVIGATION SYSTEM GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM/GPS 1.15.60
- NAVIGATION SYSTEM GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM/FMS 1.15.65
* ACTION ON PART II:
- LIMITATIONS FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/FMS 2.01.07
- PROCEDURES AND TECHNIQUES/OPERATING SPEED DATA 2.02.01
- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES/CONTENTS 2.04.00
- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES/MISCELLANEOUS 2.04.06
- PROCEDURES FOLLOWINGS FAILURE/CONTENTS 2.05.00
- PROCEDURES FOLLOWINGS FAILURE/AVIONICS 2.05.12
* ACTION ON PART III:
- OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETIN/LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OEB 3.12.20
- New OEB n°20 : Undue warning RNP LNAV GUID on
ground at RNP AR departure 3.12.40
- New OEB n°21 : Pitch up in VNAV PATH mode 3.12.41
- New OEB n°22 : Degarded GPS integrity initialisation 3.12.42
- New OEB n°23 : Reversion from VNAV modes to Pitch Hold
mode upon HDG selection 3.12.43
* ACTION ON PART IV :
FMS PILOT’S GUIDE/FMS QUICK ACCESS :Entirely reviewed 4.00.00
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14
72 Shipping Note Normal Pages
" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised

"SEE VAL" = See Validation
Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria
DESTROY TR 007
...... 0 01 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.T.R. ENV
...... 0 02 00 001 001 DEC 13 R.T.R.

0 02 00 002 001 NOV 14 R.T.R.
...... 0 04 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.T.P. ENV
...... 0 05 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.N.R.
ADD 0 06 00 005 001 NOV 14 R.N.R.
...... 0 08 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.N.P. ENV
...... 0 09 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.O.M. ENV
...... 0 10 00 001 001 NOV 14 C.R.T. ENV
...... 0 50 00 001 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

0 50 00 002 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE





Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

ADD 1 04 10 001-002140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
ADD 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

1 04 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

1 04 10 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144

1 04 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144

1 04 10 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 10 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

1 04 10 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 04 10 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

1 04 10 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 04 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 04 10 010 115 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
...... 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

1 04 10 012 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 011A 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
...... 1 04 10 012 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 1 04 10 013 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

1 04 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 013 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

1 04 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
...... 1 04 10 021 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

DESTROY 1 04 10 021-022100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 10 021 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

1 04 10 022 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

1 04 10 024 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

1 04 10 024 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
ADD 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

1 04 10 024 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

1 04 10 024 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
ADD 1 04 10 025-026001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 10 025-026100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 30 001 150 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

1 04 30 002 150 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 04 40 001 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182

1 04 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 40 001 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182

1 04 40 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 40 005-006120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 40005A-006120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 40 007-008120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 40 009-010120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 40009A-010120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

...... 1 04 40 021 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 40 021-022110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ADD 1 04 40 023-024120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 04 40 025-026001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 04 40 027-028120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
...... 1 04 50 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 1 04 50 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 1 04 50 001 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

1 04 50 002 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 1 10 10 009 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
ADD 1 10 22 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 10 22 004 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 10 22 005 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

1 10 22 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 10 22 009 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

1 10 22 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 10 22 009 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

1 10 22 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 10 22 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 10 22 014 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 10 22 015 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

1 10 22 016 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 10 22 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

1 10 22 018 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 1 15 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 15 10 006 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
ADD 1 15 60 001 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7123

1 15 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ADD 1 15 60 003 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

1 15 60 004 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ADD 1 15 60 005 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

1 15 60 006 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ADD 1 15 60 007 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
...... 1 15 65 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 1 16 10 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 1 16 40 017 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079

1 16 40 018 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948 7079
ADD 1 16 45 001 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079

1 16 45 002 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
ADD 1 16 45 003-004200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
ADD 2 01 07 001 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 2 01 07 002 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 2 01 07 003 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

2 01 07 004 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 2 01 07 005 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
ADD 2 01 07 007 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

ADD 2 01 07 009 210 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ADD 2 01 07 011 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
...... 2 02 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 02 01 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 02 01 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

2 02 01 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 02 01 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 02 01 004 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 02 01 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 02 01 004 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
...... 2 03 06 007 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

2 03 06 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
...... 2 03 07 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 03 07 010 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 03 10 001 500 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
...... 2 03 11 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 03 11 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 03 22 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 03 24 003 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 2 04 00 001 115 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 2 04 05 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 04 05 014 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
ADD 2 04 05 015 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

...... 2 05 00 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 00 006 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
...... 2 05 00 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

2 05 00 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
ADD 2 05 00 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

2 05 00 006 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521+6977 +7182
...... 2 05 02 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

2 05 02 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
...... 2 05 02 025 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 02 026 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
...... 2 05 02 026 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
...... 2 05 12 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 12 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 2 05 12 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 12 002 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
...... 2 05 12 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 12 004 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 2 05 12 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 12 004 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
...... 2 05 12 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 05 12 006 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 2 05 12 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 05 12 006 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
...... 2 05 12 007 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

2 05 12 008 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

ADD 2 05 12 007 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182

2 05 12 008 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
ADD 2 05 12 029 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

2 05 12 030 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 2 05 12 029 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

2 05 12 030 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ADD 2 05 12 029 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182

2 05 12 030 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
ADD 2 05 12 029 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180+7182

2 05 12 030 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180 +7182
ADD 2 05 12 031 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
ADD 2 05 12 031 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180+7182
ADD 3 12 20 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

3 12 20 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 3 12 29 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7253+6977
ADD 3 12 31 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7253+6977
ADD 3 12 33 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 3 12 34 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 3 12 35 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 3 12 36 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 3 12 37 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ADD 3 12 40 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7182
Turn ENV
ATR S.N.N.P.
NOV 14

ADD 3 12 41 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7181
ADD 3 12 42 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7180
ADD 3 12 43 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7181
ADD 4 00 00 001 000 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ADD 4 00 00 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
End ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14
72 List of Effective Normal Pages
You must hold in your manual the following normal pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label
Validity expression
NORMAL REVISION N° 3
0 00 00 001 001 APR 11 CONTENTS

ALL
R 0 01 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.T.R. ENV
ALL
0 02 00 001 001 DEC 13 R.T.R.
R 0 02 00 002 001 NOV 14 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 04 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.T.P. ENV
ALL
R 0 05 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.N.R.
ALL
0 06 00 001 001 FEB 12 R.N.R.
0 06 00 002 001 DEC 13 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 00 003 001 DEC 13 R.N.R.
0 06 00 004 001 DEC 13 R.N.R.
ALL
N 0 06 00 005 001 NOV 14 R.N.R.
ALL
R 0 08 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.N.P. ENV
ALL
R 0 09 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.O.M. ENV
ALL
R 0 10 00 001 001 NOV 14 C.R.T. ENV
ALL
0 40 00 001 001 DEC 13 ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
0 40 00 002 001 APR 11 ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
ALL
ALL
R 0 50 00 001 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE
ALL
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
0 60 00 001 001 APR 11 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE
0 60 00 002 001 APR 11 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE
ALL
1 00 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 20 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 00 20 005 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
3L 9W AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV
B7 BW0051 BW0054 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD
KJD LI M10054 MH MXD MYP NM P30054 P30056 PG
QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR0058-0064
YW0060
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 00 25 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 25 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 25 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 25 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 25 005 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5390
1 00 25 006 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5390
3L 9W AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT AV B7
BW0053-0055 ESS0062 FJ FO GMR J4 KBZ KD KJD LI
NM PG QDA RE SO TQ0071-0073 VP VT YW
1 00 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 AT ATC AV B7 BW
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY GA GMR
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
1 00 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 30 004 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+(2595 or 4511)
ASW ESS0061-0062 M1
1 00 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 30 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 30 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 30 008 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 30 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 40 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 40 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 00 40 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 00 40 010 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 011 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 00 40 012 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 40 013 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 00 40 014 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 00 50 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 00 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 01 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 10 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 01 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 01 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 01 20 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 01 20 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 01 20 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 009 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 01 20 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 011-012001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 20 013 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 01 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 01 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

ALL
1 01 35 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 01 40 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 003-004001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 005-006001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 007-008001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 009-010001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 011-012001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 013-014001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 015-016001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 017-018001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 019-020001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 021-022001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 023-024001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 025-026001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 027-028001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 029-030001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 031-032001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 01 40 033 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 02 00 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ALL
1 02 10 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 003-004001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 02 10 006 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 02 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 02 10 006 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 02 10 007 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 008 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 009 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 011 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 012 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 013 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 015 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 016 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 017 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 018 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 019 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 02 10 020 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 021 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 02 10 022 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 02 10 023 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948

1 02 10 024 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 02 10 025 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 02 10 026 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV B7 BW FJ
FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD
MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
1 02 10 027 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 02 10 028 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 02 10 029 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 03 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 20 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 20 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 20 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 03 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 03 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 30 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 03 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 03 30 006 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 03 30 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 30 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 011 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 30 014 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 015 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 30 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 30 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 40 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 40 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 40 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 03 40 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 03 40 007-008001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 03 40 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

1 03 40 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 04 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 04 10 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0062-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 10 001-002100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV0051-0060
B7 BW FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH
MXD MYP NM P3 QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 10 001-002140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
AV0061-0064 ESS0061 PG
1 04 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
AV0059-0060 B7 BW FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD
KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 QDA QV RE SL SO TQ
VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
1 04 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0063
N 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
1 04 10 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
AV0058
N 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
1 04 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061
N 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
1 04 10 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
AV0061-0064 PG
1 04 10 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 04 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 10 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
N 1 04 10 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 04 10 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

1 04 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD0051-0078 AK AS1 ASW AT ATC AV0051-
0057 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
GMR IW0071-0080 J4 KBZ0056-0057 KD LI M1 MH
MXD MYP NM0062-0066 P3 QDA QV RE SL TQ VP XR
YW
1 04 10 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
N 1 04 10 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 FJ0052 FO0077-
0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD NM0067 PG
SO VT
1 04 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 10 007 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 010 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
0057 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
YW
1 04 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 04 10 010 115 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
KBZ0059 KJD NM0067 PG SO VT
R 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
R 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

R 1 04 10 012 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
KBZ0056-0057 KD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM0062-0066
P3 QDA QV RE SL TQ VP XR YW
N 1 04 10 011A 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
R 1 04 10 012 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
R 1 04 10 013 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
1 04 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 1 04 10 013 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
1 04 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 04 10 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 10 016 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 04 10 017-018001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 04 10 019-020001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 1 04 10 021 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
AV0059-0060 B7 BW ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067
ESS9999 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1
MH MXD MYP NM P3 QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR
YW
N 1 04 10 021 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
N 1 04 10 022 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
N 1 04 10 024 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
B7 BW ESS0062-0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3
QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
N 1 04 10 024 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
AV0061-0064 PG
N 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
N 1 04 10 024 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS0065
N 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
N 1 04 10 024 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
ESS0061
N 1 04 10 025-026001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS
N 1 04 10 025-026100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 20 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 20 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 30 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
YW
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 1 04 30 001 150 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

N 1 04 30 002 150 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 04 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 04 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0062-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 40 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 40 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
N 1 04 40 001 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
1 04 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061
N 1 04 40 001 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
1 04 40 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
AV0058-0064 PG
1 04 40 003-004001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 40 003-004100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 40 005-006001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 40 005-006100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 40 005-006120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 1 04 40005A-006120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
1 04 40 007-008001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AV0059-0060 B7 BW ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067
MH MXD MYP NM P3 QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR
YW
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 1 04 40 007-008120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
1 04 40 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
1 04 40 009-010100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 40 009-010120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 1 04 40009A-010120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
1 04 40 011-012001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 40 011-012100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 40 013-014001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 40 013-014100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 40 015-016001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 40 015-016100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 04 40 017-018001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 04 40 019-020001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 04 40 019-020100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
R 1 04 40 021 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV B7 BW
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
N 1 04 40 021-022110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
N 1 04 40 023-024120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 1 04 40 025-026001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
N 1 04 40 027-028120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
R 1 04 50 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
R 1 04 50 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
VP VT XR YW
N 1 04 50 001 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
N 1 04 50 002 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
1 05 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 05 10 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

AD0077-0080 AH ALX AV0060-0064 B70061-0062
ESS0062 FJ FO0077-0078 FY0066 GA0057-0058
IW0079-0084 J40059-0060 KBZ0059 KJD MH0063-0064
MXD0060-0061 NM0066-0067 PG QDA QV0058 SO VT
XR0064
1 05 10 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0059 B70051-0060 BW ESS0061 ESS0063-0065
ESS0067 ESS9999 FO0074-0076 FY0063-0065
GA0051-0056 GMR IW0071-0078 J40051-0054 J40057-
0058 KBZ0056-0057 KD LI M1 MH0061-0062 MXD0051-
0059 MYP NM0062-0065 P3 QV0055-0057 RE SL TQ
VP XR0057-0063 YW
1 05 10 011A 050 DEC 13 MOD 5948+7169
AD0077-0080 AH ALX AV0060-0064 B70061-0062
ESS0062 FJ FO0077-0078 FY0066 GA0057-0058
IW0079-0084 J40059-0060 KBZ0059 KJD MH0063-0064
XR0064
1 05 10 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0077-0080 AH ALX AV0060-0064 B70061-0062
ESS0062 FJ FO0077-0078 FY0066 GA0057-0058
IW0079-0084 J40059-0060 KBZ0059 KJD MH0063-0064
XR0064
1 05 10 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 05 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 015 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 05 10 016 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 017 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 05 10 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 019-020001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 021 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 022 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 05 10 023 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 05 10 024 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 025 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 10 026 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 10 027 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 20 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 05 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 20 005-006001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 20 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 05 20 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 05 20 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 05 20 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0056 AT0051-0052 BW0051-0052 ESS TQ0064-
0068
1 05 20 009 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6754
1 05 20 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD0057-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT0053-
0055 ATC AV B7 BW0053-0055 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW
1 05 20 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 05 20 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 06 20 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

1 06 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 06 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 006 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 06 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 06 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 008 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 06 20 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 011-012001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 013-014001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 019 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 020 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 021 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 022 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 06 20 023 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 20 024 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 20 025 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 06 30 003 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 06 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
YW0060
1 06 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 30 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 30 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 35 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 40 005-006001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 40 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 40 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 40 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 06 50 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 06 50 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 50 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 06 50 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051 AD0053-0059 AT0051-0052 BW ESS M10051-
0053 P30051 TQ0064-0068 YW0056-0058
1 06 50 003 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6830
1 06 50 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD0052 AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW
AT0053-0055 ATC AV B7 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI M10054 MH MXD MYP NM P30052 P30054
P30056 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR
YW0059-0060
1 06 60 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 06 60 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 06 60 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 06 60 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 06 60 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 06 60 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 06 60 019 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 06 60 020 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 021 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 022 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 023 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 06 60 024 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 06 60 025 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 07 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 07 10 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 07 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 07 20 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 07 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD AH AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AT B7 BW ESS0063
ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4
KBZ KD KJD LI0053-0054 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
1 07 20 001 060 DEC 13 MOD 5948+8371
1 07 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ATC ESS0062 ESS0064
1 07 20 001 120 DEC 13 MOD 5948+(4804 or 5140)+6453
1 07 20 002 120 FEB 12 MOD 5948+(4804 or 5140) +6453
3L 9W AS1 ASW0053 AV ESS0061 LI0051-0052 M1
1 07 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 07 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 07 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 07 20 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 07 20 007-008001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD AH AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AT ATC B7 BW
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI0053-0054 MH MXD MYP NM P3
PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
1 07 20 007-008120 APR 11 MOD 5948+(4804 or 5140)+6453
3L 9W AS1 ASW0053 AV ESS0061 LI0051-0052 M1
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 07 20 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948

ALL
1 07 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 07 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 08 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 08 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 08 10 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 AT ATC AV B7 BW
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
1 08 10 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+(4511 or 6454)
1 08 10 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+(4511 or 6454)
ASW ESS0061-0062 M1
1 08 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 08 10 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 08 10 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 08 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS0063-0065
ESS0067 ESS9999 P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057
YW0056-0059
1 08 10 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 08 10 006 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+(4511 or 6454)
ESS0061-0062 M10051-0053
1 08 10 005 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 08 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 AT ATC AV B7
BW0051 BW0054 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD
KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P30054 P30056 PG QDA QV
RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR0058-0064 YW0060
1 08 10 005 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 08 10 006 100 APR 11 MOD 5948 +(4511 or 6454)
ASW M10054
1 08 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 08 10 008 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 08 10 009 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 09 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

ALL
1 09 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 09 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 20 002 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 09 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 20 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 30 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 30 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 30 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 09 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 40 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 09 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 09 40 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
1 09 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 40 006 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
1 09 40 007-008001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 50 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 50 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 50 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 50 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 50 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 50 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 50 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 60 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 09 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 09 60 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 00 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 10 05 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 10 05 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 10 05 014 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 05 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 05 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 10 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 10 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 10 10 009 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
1 10 20 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 20 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 10 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 22 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 22 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
1 10 22 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 10 22 004 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 10 22 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 1 10 22 005 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
N 1 10 22 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 10 22 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 22 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 1 10 22 009 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
1 10 22 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0062-0063
FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059
KJD NM0067 PG SO VT
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 1 10 22 009 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
1 10 22 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061 ESS0065
1 10 22 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 22 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
1 10 22 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 10 22 014 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 10 22 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 1 10 22 015 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
N 1 10 22 016 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
1 10 22 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 22 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
1 10 22 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 10 22 018 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 10 22 019 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 10 22 020 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 32 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 32 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 32 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 32 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 32 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 32 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 34 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 36 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 36 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 36 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 36 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 36 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 36 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 36 007 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 38 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 38 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 40 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 10 50 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 50 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 50 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 10 50 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 10 50 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 11 10 012 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 11 10 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 015-016001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 11 10 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 12 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 12 10 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948

1 12 10 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 12 10 003 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 12 10 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
YW0060
1 12 10 005-006001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 10 007-008001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 12 10 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 10 011-012001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 12 10 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 00 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 10 001-002001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 20 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 30 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 30 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 30 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 13 30 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 30 004 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
YW0060
1 13 30 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 30 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 13 30 005 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 13 30 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
YW0060
1 13 30 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 30 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 30 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 30 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 40 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 13 40 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 40 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 50 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 50 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 50 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 13 50 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 50 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 13 60 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948

1 13 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 60 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 70 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 80 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 80 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 13 80 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 13 80 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 10 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 14 20 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 14 20 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 20 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 14 20 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 20 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 14 20 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 14 30 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 30 003-004001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 40 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 14 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 14 40 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

1 14 40 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 40 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 14 40 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 40 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 14 40 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 40 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 14 40 011-012001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 10 001-002001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 1 15 10 006 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144
AV0061-0064 ESS0061 PG
1 15 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 10 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 20 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 20 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 15 30 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 15 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 30 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 40 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 40 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 50 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 50 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 50 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 50 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 50 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 50 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 50 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 15 60 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 15 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0062-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 1 15 60 001 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7123
1 15 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061 FJ0052
FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD
NM0067 PG SO VT
1 15 60 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
N 1 15 60 003 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
N 1 15 60 004 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
N 1 15 60 005 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
N 1 15 60 006 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
N 1 15 60 007 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
R 1 15 65 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 15 70 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 15 70 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 15 70 018 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 1 16 10 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 20 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 16 20 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 20 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 007-008001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 009-010001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 20 011-012001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 30 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 16 30 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 30 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
1 16 30 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 30 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 30 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 16 30 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

1 16 30 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 30 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
1 16 30 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 40 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 40 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 BW0052-0053 BW0055 ESS M10051-0053
P30051-0052 TQ0064-0068 XR0057 YW0056-0059
1 16 40 015 080 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6560
1 16 40 016 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
YW0060
1 16 40 017 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
B7 BW ESS0061 ESS0063 ESS9999 FJ FO LI0053-0054
M1 NM P3 PG RE TQ0064-0068 VT
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
1 16 40 017 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5908

3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC ESS0062
ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD
KJD LI0051-0052 MH MXD MYP QDA QV SL SO
TQ0070-0073 VP XR YW
N 1 16 40 017 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
N 1 16 40 018 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948 7079
AV
1 16 45 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 45 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 45 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5908
1 16 45 002 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5908
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC ESS0062
N 1 16 45 001 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
N 1 16 45 002 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
AV
N 1 16 45 003-004200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7079
AV
1 16 50 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 50 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 60 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 60 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 60 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 60 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 60 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 60 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
1 16 60 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
1 16 60 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 01 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 01 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 01 02 001 570 APR 11 MOD (4439 or 5150)+4671+5948
2 01 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0063
2 01 02 001 650 APR 11 MOD (4439 or 5150)+4671+5213 +5948
2 01 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064
2 01 02 001 700 APR 11 MOD 5555+5948
2 01 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051-0059 AS1 ASW0051-0052 BW ESS0061-0062
FO M1 QV RE TQ0064-0068 YW0056-0058
2 01 02 001 800 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6219
2 01 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX ASW0053 AT ATC AV
B7 FJ FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP
NM P3 PG QDA SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR
YW0059-0060
2 01 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 03 002 001 APR 11 PW127F-PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 03 003 001 APR 11 PW127F-PW127M MOD 5948
2 01 03 004 001 APR 11 PW127F-PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 03 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ATC
2 01 03 005 055 DEC 13 MOD 5948+4384+(6156 or 6965)
2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS9999
2 01 03 005 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+3522 or 8044
2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064 ESS0067
2 01 03 005 105 DEC 13 MOD 5948+3522+4384+(6156 or 6965)
2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0063 ESS0065
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 01 03 005 150 APR 11 MOD 5948+3037+(3522 or 8044)

2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7 BW FJ FO FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI0053-0054 M1 MH MXD
2 01 03 005 250 FEB 12 MOD 5948+3037+(3522 or 8044) +4384
2 01 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
9W ESS0061-0062 LI0051-0052
2 01 04 001 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
2 01 04 002 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 04 003 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
2 01 04 004 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
ESS0061 ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM
P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
2 01 04 003 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
2 01 04 004 100 APR 11 212A MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 01 04 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 01 04 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 05 001 030 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603
2 01 05 002 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+4411
AD AH AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AT B7 BW FJ FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI0053-0054 MH MXD MYP
NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
2 01 05 001 030 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603
2 01 05 002 110 APR 11 MOD 5948+8371
ATC ESS0064
2 01 05 001 030 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603
2 01 05 002 120 APR 11 MOD 5948+(4804 or 5140) +6453
3L AS1 ASW0053 AV M1
2 01 05 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603+4384
2 01 05 002 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+4411
ESS0063 ESS0065
2 01 05 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603+4384
2 01 05 002 110 APR 11 MOD 5948+8371
ESS0062
2 01 05 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+1603+4384
2 01 05 002 120 APR 11 MOD 5948+(4804 or 5140) +6453
9W ESS0061 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 01 05 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 05 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 01 05 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 01 05 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7 BW FJ FO
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP
NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW
2 01 05 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 01 05 004 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521+6635
ATC
2 01 06 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 06 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 06 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 01 06 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 06 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 07 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051 AS1 AT BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 IW0071-0080 MH MXD
P3 QV SL TQ0064-0068 TQ0070
2 01 07 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5965
3L 9W AD0052-0078 AK ASW ATC AV0051-0057 B7
FJ0051 GMR J4 KBZ0056-0057 KD LI M1 MYP NM0062-
0066 QDA RE TQ0071-0073 VP XR YW
N 2 01 07 001 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
2 01 07 001A 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AD0051 AH ALX AS1 AT BW ESS0063-0065 ESS0067
ESS9999 FO FY GA IW MH MXD P3 QV SL TQ0064-
0068 TQ0070
2 01 07 001A 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5965
3L 9W AD0052-0080 AK ASW ATC AV B7 ESS0061-
0062 FJ GMR J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MYP NM PG QDA
RE SO TQ0071-0073 VP VT XR YW
2 01 07 001B 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
AD0051 AH ALX AS1 AT BW ESS0063-0065 ESS0067
ESS9999 FO FY GA IW MH MXD P3 QV SL TQ0064-
0068 TQ0070
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 01 07 001B 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5965
3L 9W AD0052-0080 AK ASW ATC AV B7 ESS0061-
0062 FJ GMR J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MYP NM PG QDA
RE SO TQ0071-0073 VP VT XR YW
N 2 01 07 002 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
N 2 01 07 003 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
N 2 01 07 004 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
N 2 01 07 005 200 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 2 01 07 007 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
N 2 01 07 009 210 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
N 2 01 07 011 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
2 01 08 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 09 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 01 10 001 200 APR 11 MOD 5948+5465
2 01 10 002 200 APR 11 MOD 5948+5465
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT ATC AV
B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD
LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP
VT XR YW
2 01 10 003 200 APR 11 MOD 5948+5465
2 01 10 004 200 APR 11 MOD 5948+5465
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT ATC AV
B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD
LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP
VT XR YW
2 02 00 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
R 2 02 01 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS
2 02 01 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
R 2 02 01 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 02 01 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
R 2 02 01 004 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS
2 02 01 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
R 2 02 01 004 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 02 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 03 002 080 FEB 12 MOD 5948+3037
MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT
XR YW
2 02 03 001 080 APR 11 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
2 02 03 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 03 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 03 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 04 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 04 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 02 04 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 04 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 04 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 04 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 04 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 04 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 04 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 02 04 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 04 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 04 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 04 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 04 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 04 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 04 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 05 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 05 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 05 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 05 002 080 APR 11 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 06 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 06 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 06 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 06 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 02 06 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 06 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 06 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 07 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 02 07 001 080 APR 11 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 08 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX ASW AT ATC AV0052 AV0054-
0064 B7 BW ESS0061 ESS0063-0065 ESS0067
XR YW
2 02 08 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 006 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+1742
AS1 AV0051 AV0053 ESS0062
2 02 08 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX ASW AT ATC AV0052 AV0054-
0064 B7 BW ESS0061 ESS0063-0065 ESS0067
XR YW
2 02 08 007 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+1742
2 02 08 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
AS1 AV0051 AV0053 ESS0062
2 02 08 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 011 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 012 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 013 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 08 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

2 02 08 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 08 015 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 016 080 FEB 12 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 08 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 08 018 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 08 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 08 018 080 FEB 12 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 08 019 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 08 020 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 021 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 022 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 023 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 08 024 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 08 025 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 09 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 09 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 09 001 080 APR 11 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
2 02 09 002 080 APR 11 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 02 09 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 10 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 10 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 10 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 10 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 10 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 10 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 10 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 11 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 11 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 11 002A 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 11 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 11 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 11 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 11 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 11 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 12 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 12 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 12 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 02 12 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 12 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 14 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 14 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 15 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 15 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 16 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 16 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 18 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ALL
2 02 19 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 20 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+(6156 or 6965)
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 02 21 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 21 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 21 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 02 21 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 21 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 21 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 21 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 02 21 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 21 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 22 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
2 02 22 002 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT ATC AV BW
ESS0062 FJ FY LI0051-0052 MH MYP P3 QDA QV0057-
0058 TQ0071-0073 VP XR
2 02 22 003 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
2 02 22 004 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
0058 TQ0071-0073 VP XR
2 02 22 005 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
2 02 22 006 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
0058 TQ0071-0073 VP XR
2 02 22 007 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
2 02 22 008 100 APR 11 MOD 5948+5959
0058 TQ0071-0073 VP XR
2 02 23 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5713
ESS0062
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 02 24 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 24 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 24 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 24 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 24 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 24 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 02 24 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 24 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 02 24 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 02 24 008 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 02 25 001 050 DEC 13 MOD 5948+7169
AD0077-0080 AH ALX AV0060-0064 B70061-0062
ESS0062 FJ FO0077-0078 FY0066 GA0057-0058
IW0079-0084 J40059-0060 KBZ0059 KJD MH0063-0064
XR0064
2 03 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 00 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 02 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 04 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 03 05 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 03 05 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 05 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 05 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 05 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 05 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 05 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 06 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 06 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 06 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 06 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 06 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 06 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 03 06 007 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 03 06 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 06 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 06 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 07 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 07 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 07 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 07 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 03 07 010 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 03 07 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 03 07 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 07 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 08 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 08 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 08 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 08 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 08 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 08 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 08 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 09 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 09 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 10 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
R 2 03 10 001 500 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV ESS0062
2 03 11 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 03 11 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 12 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 03 12 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 12 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 12 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 03 13 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 14 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0062
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 03 14 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 14 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063 ESS9999
2 03 14 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 14 002 500 DEC 13 MOD 5908+5948
ESS0064-0065 ESS0067
2 03 14 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
3L 9W AD ALX ASW0051-0052 ATC AV B7 GA KJD LI
M1 NM TQ YW
2 03 14 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 14 002 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
BW FJ FO P3 PG RE VT
2 03 14 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 14 002 500 DEC 13 MOD 5908+5948
AH AK AS1 ASW0053 AT FY GMR IW J4 KBZ KD MH
MXD MYP QDA QV SL SO VP XR
2 03 14 001A 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5731
ESS0061-0062
2 03 14 001A 150 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+5731
M1 NM TQ YW
2 03 14 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0061
2 03 14 002 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
B7 LI0053-0054 M1 NM TQ0064-0068
2 03 14 002 500 DEC 13 MOD 5908+5948
3L 9W AD ALX ASW0051-0052 ATC AV ESS0062 GA
KJD LI0051-0052 TQ0070-0073 YW
2 03 14 002A 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5731
ESS0061-0062
2 03 14 002A 150 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+5731
M1 NM TQ YW
2 03 14 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 14 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 14 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 14 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 03 15 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 03 15 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 15 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 16 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 16 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 16 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 03 16 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 16 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 03 16 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 17 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 18 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 03 18 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 18 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 18 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 03 19 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ESS
2 03 19 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 03 20 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 21 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 03 21 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 03 22 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
2 03 23 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 03 24 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948

2 03 24 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 03 24 003 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 00 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 04 00 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
0057 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
YW
N 2 04 00 001 115 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
2 04 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 04 01 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 04 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 04 01 002 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 04 01 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 02 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 02 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 02 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 02 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 02 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 04 02 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 03 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 03 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 03 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 03 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 04 03 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 04 03 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 03 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 04 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 04 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 05 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 04 05 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 04 05 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 05 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 009 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 04 05 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 05 012 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 04 05 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 04 05 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
N 2 04 05 014 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
N 2 04 05 015 160 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
2 05 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 00 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 05 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 00 002 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
ESS0061-0062
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 00 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 00 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
9W AD0051-0069 AH AK ALX AS1 AT B7 BW FJ FO FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0064-0068 TQ0070 VP VT XR
YW
2 05 00 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 00 002 200 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521+5967
3L AD0070-0080 ASW ATC AV KJD M1 TQ0071-0073
2 05 00 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 00 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 00 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 00 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 00 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 05 00 006 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 00 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
R 2 05 00 006 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 00 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
N 2 05 00 006 180 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521+6977 +7182
AV0058-0064 PG
2 05 00 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 00 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 05 00 007 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 00 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
YW
2 05 00 007 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
2 05 00 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0062
2 05 00 007 200 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521+5967
2 05 00 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 01 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 01 002 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 01 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
R 2 05 02 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 05 02 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 02 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 02 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 02 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 02 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 014 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 02 015 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 02 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 018 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 02 017 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 02 018 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 019 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 020 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 021 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 022 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 023 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 024 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 02 025 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 02 025 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 05 02 026 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
R 2 05 02 026 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+(5908 or 7079)
2 05 03 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 03 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 03 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 03 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 03 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 03 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 03 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 04 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 05 04 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
YW
2 05 04 001 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
ESS0061-0062
2 05 04 001 200 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521+5967
2 05 04 001A 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 05 04 001A 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
YW
2 05 04 001A 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
ESS0061-0062
2 05 04 001A 200 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521+5967
2 05 04 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 04 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 04 002A 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 04 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 04 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 04 004 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 04 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 04 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 04 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 04 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 04 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 04 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 014 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 04 015 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 04 015 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 04 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 04 018 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 05 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 05 001A 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 05 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 05 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 05 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 06 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 06 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 06 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 06 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 06 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 06 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 06 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 06 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 07 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 07 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 07 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 07 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 07 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 07 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 07 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 08 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 05 08 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 08 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 08 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 08 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 08 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 006 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 08 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 08 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 08 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 08 009 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 08 010 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 08 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 08 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 08 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 09 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 09 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 09 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 09 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 09 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 09 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 09 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 09 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 09 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 09 009 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 10 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 10 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 10 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 10 003 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

2 05 11 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 12 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 05 12 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 05 12 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
N 2 05 12 002 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
2 05 12 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
R 2 05 12 004 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 05 12 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
N 2 05 12 004 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
2 05 12 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
R 2 05 12 006 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
2 05 12 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
N 2 05 12 006 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
R 2 05 12 007 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
R 2 05 12 008 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
N 2 05 12 007 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
N 2 05 12 008 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 12 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

2 05 12 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 009 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 010 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 011 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 014 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 013 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 014 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 015 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 016 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 12 017 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 018 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 017 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 018 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 019 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 020 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 019 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 020 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 12 021 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 022 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 021 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 022 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 023 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 024 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 023 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 024 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 025 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 026 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 025 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 026 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 027 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 12 028 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
2 05 12 027 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 12 028 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
N 2 05 12 029 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
N 2 05 12 030 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX ESS0062-0063 FJ0052 FO0077-
0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD NM0067 SO
VT
N 2 05 12 029 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
N 2 05 12 030 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180
ESS0065
N 2 05 12 029 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
N 2 05 12 030 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 PG
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 2 05 12 029 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180+7182
N 2 05 12 030 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180 +7182
ESS0061
N 2 05 12 031 130 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7182
AV0058-0064 PG
N 2 05 12 031 240 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180+7182
ESS0061
2 05 13 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 13 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0063-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
2 05 13 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 13 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
YW
2 05 13 001 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
2 05 13 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0062
2 05 13 001 150 FEB 12 MOD 5948+5967
2 05 13 002 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
2 05 13 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 13 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 13 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 14 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 002 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 14 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 004 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 14 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 006 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 14 007 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 008 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 05 14 009 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 010 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 05 14 011 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 05 14 012 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 02 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
2 06 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 002 180 DEC 13 MOD 5948+(8124 or 8125)
ESS0062
2 06 03 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 06 03 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061 ESS0063 ESS0065 ESS9999 FJ FY GA GMR
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
2 06 03 003 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
2 06 03 004 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 FO LI
2 06 03 005 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 006 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 005 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
2 06 03 006 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
2 06 03 007 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 008 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
2 06 03 007 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948

2 06 03 008 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
2 06 03 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 010 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 03 009 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
2 06 03 010 002 APR 11 LB MOD 5948
2 06 04 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 04 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
2 06 04 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
2 06 04 004 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 01 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 01 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 04 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 01 04 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 01 05 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 02 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 02 001 100 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 02 02 002 100 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 02 02 003 100 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 02 02 004 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 02 005 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 02 02 006 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 02 007 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 02 02 008 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 02 009 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 02 02 010 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 02 02 011 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 03 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY
3 03 01 001 002 APR 11 TC MOD 5948
3 03 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0064
3 03 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 03 02 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 02 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
3 03 02 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 03 02 004 550 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M
MOD (4671 or 5555)+5948
ESS0061-0064 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD
LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ
VP VT XR YW
3 03 02 005 550 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 4671+5948
3 03 02 006 550 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 4671+5948
ESS0063-0064
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 03 02 005 560 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF

MOD 5555+5948
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI0051-0052 MH MXD
MYP QDA QV SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP XR YW
MOD 5555+5948
MOD 5555+5948
B7 BW ESS0061 FJ FO LI0053-0054 M1 NM P3 PG RE
TQ0064-0068 VT
3 03 02 005A 560 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON
MOD (5555+5908)+5948
MOD 5555+5948
3 03 02 006A 560 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON
MOD (5555+5908)+5948
3 03 03 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
3 03 03 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 002A 500 APR 11 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 003 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 03 03 004 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 004A 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 005 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 005A 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 03 006 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF MOD 5948
ATC ESS9999
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
MOD 3522+5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7 BW
ESS0061 ESS0063 ESS0065 FJ FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT XR YW
3 03 03 006 552 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF - LB
MOD 3522+5948
3 03 03 006A 500 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON MOD 5908+5948
ATC
3 03 03 006A 550 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON
MOD (3522+5908)+5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV ESS0065 FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD MH MXD MYP QDA QV SL SO
3 03 03 006A 552 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON - LB
MOD (3522+5908)+5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ATC ESS9999
MOD 3522+5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7 BW
ESS0061-0065 ESS0067 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT XR YW
ATC
3 03 03 007A 550 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ONMOD (3522+5908)+5948
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV ESS0062
3 03 04 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 03 04 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 03 04 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF – LB
MOD 5948
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD MH MXD MYP QDA QV
SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP XR YW
3 03 04 002A 502 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON - LB MOD 5908+5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
B7 BW ESS0061 ESS0063 ESS9999 FJ M1 NM P3 PG
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
3 03 05 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 03 05 002 001 APR 11 212A MOD 5948
ALL
3 03 06 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 04 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 04 01 001 500 APR 11 PW127F-127M MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 04 02 001 300 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 02 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 02 001 300 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 02 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 02 003 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 02 003 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 03 001 300 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 03 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 03 001 300 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 03 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 03 003 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 03 003 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 002 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 001 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 002 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 04 04 003 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 04 04 004 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 003 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 004 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 005 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 006 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 005 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 006 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 007 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 008 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 007 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 008 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 009 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 010 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 04 04 009 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 010 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 04 04 011 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 04 05 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 04 05 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 04 05 003 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 04 05 004 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 04 05 005 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 05 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 05 01 001 500 APR 11 PW127F-127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 05 02 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 001 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 003 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 004 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 003 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 004 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 005 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 006 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 005 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 006 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 007 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 008 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 05 02 007 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948

3 05 02 008 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 009 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 010 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 009 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 010 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 02 011 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 02 011 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 002 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 001 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 002 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 003 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 004 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 003 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 004 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 005 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 006 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 05 03 005 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 006 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 007 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 008 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 007 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 008 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 009 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 010 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 009 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 010 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 011 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 012 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 011 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 012 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 013 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 014 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 013 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 014 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 05 03 015 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 05 03 016 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 015 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 016 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 017 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 018 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 05 03 017 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 05 03 018 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 06 01 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 06 02 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 06 02 001 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 06 03 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 06 03 001 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 07 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 07 01 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 07 02 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 07 02 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 07 02 001 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 07 02 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 07 03 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 07 03 002 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 07 03 001 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 07 03 002 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 08 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 01 001 020 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 08 01 002 001 DEC 13 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 01 002A 520 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 01 002B 520 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON MOD 5908+5948
3 08 01 002C 520 APR 11 PW127M BOOST ON MOD 5908+5948
3 08 01 003 001 DEC 13 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 01 003A 520 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 02 001 500 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 08 03 001 200 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948

3 08 03 002 200 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
9W AD0071-0080 AH AS1 ASW0053 AT ATC ESS0061
ESS0063 ESS9999 KJD M1 SO TQ VP YW
3 08 03 001 202 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 08 03 002 202 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
ESS0064 FO
3 08 03 001 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5561+5948
3 08 03 002 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5561+5948
ESS0065
3 08 03 001 302 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5561+5948
3 08 03 002 302 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5561+5948
ESS0067
3 08 03 001 340 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 6055+5948
3 08 03 002 340 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 6055+5948
3L AD0051-0070 AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AV B7 BW FJ
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
QDA QV RE SL VT XR
3 08 03 001 342 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 6055+5948
3 08 03 002 342 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 6055+5948
ESS0062 LI
3 08 03 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 08 04 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 09 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 09 01 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ FO FY
3 09 01 001 002 APR 11 TC MOD 5948
ESS0064
3 09 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 09 02 002 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF MOD 5948
ALL
3 09 02 002A 500 FEB 12 PW127M BOOST ON MOD 5908+5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 09 02 003A 500 FEB 12 PW127M BOOST ON MOD 5908+5948
3 09 02 005 300 APR 11 PW127-127F-127M MOD 5948
3 09 02 006 300 APR 11 PW127-127F-127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 09 02 007 300 APR 11 PW127-127F-127M BOOST OFF MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

3 09 03 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 09 03 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 09 03 003 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

3 09 20 008 502 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M BOOST OFF - LBMOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
RE TQ0064-0068 VT
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
MOD 5948
FO LI0053-0054
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
MOD 5948
ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression

ESS0062 ESS0064 ESS0067 LI0051-0052
3 10 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 10 01 001 500 DEC 13 PW127F - 127M MOD 5948
3 10 01 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 10 02 001 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 10 02 002 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 10 03 001-002500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 10 04 001 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 10 04 002 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 10 04 003 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 10 04 004 300 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 00 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
3 11 00 002 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 01 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 11 01 002 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 001 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
3 11 01 002 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 003 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 004 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 11 01 003 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948

3 11 01 004 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 005 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 006 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 005 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 006 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 007 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 008 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 007 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 008 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 009 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 010 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 009 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 010 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 011 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 012 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 011 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 012 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 11 01 013 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948

3 11 01 014 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 013 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 014 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 015 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 016 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - KG MOD 5948
3 11 01 015 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 016 502 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M - LB MOD 5948
3 11 01 017 500 FEB 12 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 01 017A 500 FEB 12 PW127M - BOOST ON MOD 5948+5908
3 11 02 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061-0065 ESS9999 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT XR YW
3 11 02 001 100 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0067
3 11 03 001 100 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 04 001 200 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 05 001 200 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 06 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 07 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 11 08 001 200 DEC 13 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 09 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS0061 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 ESS9999 FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP XR YW
3 11 09 001 150 APR 11 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 002 150 APR 11 MOD 4711+5948
ESS0062-0063 FJ KJD VT
3 11 09 003 150 APR 11 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 004 150 APR 11 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 005 150 FEB 12 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 006 150 FEB 12 MOD 4711+5948
ESS0063 FJ KJD VT
3 11 09 005 152 FEB 12 LB MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 006 152 FEB 12 LB MOD 4711+5948
ESS0062
3 11 09 007 150 FEB 12 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 008 150 FEB 12 MOD 4711+5948
ESS0063 FJ KJD VT
3 11 09 007 152 FEB 12 LB MOD 4711+5948
3 11 09 008 152 FEB 12 LB MOD 4711+5948
ESS0062
3 11 09 009 150 FEB 12 MOD 4711+5948
3 11 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
9W AH AK ALX AT ATC B7 BW ESS0063-0065
ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0052 FO FY GMR J4 KBZ KD KJD
LI MH P3 PG QV RE SO VP YW
3 11 10 001 550 APR 11 PW127F - PW127M MOD 4406+5948
3L AD AS1 ASW AV ESS0061-0062 FJ0051 GA IW M1
MXD MYP NM QDA SL TQ VT XR
3 11 11 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
3 11 11 001 100 APR 11 MOD 3644+5948
ESS0062
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 11 12 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

ALL
3 11 13 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 14 001 001 DEC 13 PW127F - PW127M MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 15 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 16 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 17 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 18 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 19 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 11 22 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
3 11 22 002 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
AD AH AS1 ASW0053 AT AV FO KJD M1 NM QV
TQ0071-0073 VP YW
3 11 22 003 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
3 11 22 004 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
TQ0071-0073 VP YW
3 11 22 005 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
3 11 22 006 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
TQ0071-0073 VP YW
3 11 22 007 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
3 11 22 008 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+5785
TQ0071-0073 VP YW
3 12 00 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
3 12 10 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ALL
R 3 12 20 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
N 3 12 20 002 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948
ALL
3 12 21 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 12 21 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 22 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
3 12 22 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 23 001 001 APR 11 MOD 5948
ESS
3 12 23 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 24 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
3 12 24 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 25 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
3 12 25 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 26 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948
ESS
3 12 26 001 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 27 001 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6760
3L 9W AD0057-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT0053-
0055 ATC AV B7 ESS0064 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4
KBZ KD KJD LI M10053-0054 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW0058-
0060
3 12 28 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
AD0051 AD0053-0059 AT0051-0052 BW ESS M10051-
0053 P30051 TQ0064-0068 YW0056-0058
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 12 28 001 100 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6830
3L 9W AD0052 AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW
AT0053-0055 ATC AV B7 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI M10054 MH MXD MYP NM P30052 P30054
P30056 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR
YW0059-0060
3 12 29 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
0062 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
N 3 12 29 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7253+6977
AD0080 AH ALX AV0063-0064 ESS0061 FJ0052
FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD PG
3 12 30 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 31 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
0062 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
N 3 12 31 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+7253+6977
AD0080 AH ALX AV0063-0064 ESS0061 FJ0052
FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD PG
3 12 32 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521
3 12 33 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+6976
AD0072-0078 AS1 AT0053-0055 ATC AV0051-0057
B70056-0062 FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY0064-0066
GA0051-0057 GMR IW0075-0080 J4 LI0054 MH0062-
0064 MXD0054-0061 MYP NM0065-0066 QDA QV0056-
0058 RE0061-0064 SL XR0064
N 3 12 33 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
3 12 34 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521 or 6976

0057 B7 BW FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057
YW
N 3 12 34 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
3 12 35 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+6976
AD0072-0078 AS1 AT0053-0055 ATC AV0051-0057
B70056-0062 FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY0064-0066
GA0051-0057 GMR IW0075-0080 J4 LI0054 MH0062-
0064 MXD0054-0061 MYP NM0065-0066 QDA QV0056-
0058 RE0061-0064 SL XR0064
N 3 12 35 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
3 12 36 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+6976
AD0072-0078 AS1 AT0053-0055 ATC AV0051-0057
B70056-0062 FJ0051 FO0074-0076 FY0064-0066
GA0051-0057 GMR IW0075-0080 J4 LI0054 MH0062-
0064 MXD0054-0061 MYP NM0065-0066 QDA QV0056-
0058 RE0061-0064 SL XR0064
N 3 12 36 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
3 12 37 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+7055
ATC AV0051-0057
N 3 12 37 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
3 12 38 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948+6521+7055
ATC AV
3 12 39 001 001 DEC 13 MOD 5948
ALL
N 3 12 40 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7182
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
Turn ENV
ATR L.E.N.P.
NOV 14

Validity expression
N 3 12 41 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7181

AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 3 12 42 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7180
ESS0061 ESS0065
N 3 12 43 001 001 NOV 14 MOD 6977+7181
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063 PG
N 4 00 00 001 000 NOV 14 MOD 5948
0057 B7 BW ESS0064 ESS0067 ESS9999 FJ0051
FO0074-0076 FY GA0051-0057 GMR IW0071-0080 J4
N 4 00 00 001 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064 ESS0061-0063
ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084
End ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
72 List of Modifications
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
0043 REPLACE KING RADIO NAV-RADIO COMM

EQUIPMENT BY COLLINS
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7
BW ESS0061-0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3
0069 AFCS.USE OF A CAT.II APPROVED AP/FD
DOWN TO 50 FT.
ESS0062
0352 1 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - STABILIZERS.
DE ICING DORSAL FIN LEDGE FAIRING.
ESS0062
1112 1.2.3 AUTO FLIGHT - RETROFIT CAT II
CAPABILITE TO A/C DELIVERED CAT 1
CAPABILITY
ESS0062
1225 1.2 FUEL - INSTALL REFUEL/DEFUEL
COUPLING ON R.WING LEADING EDGE
ESS0062
1367 1 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - FIN DE ICING
INSTALLATION
ATC ESS0062
1368 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - INSTALL
INNER WING DE-ICING SYSTEM
1383 GENERAL - CHARACTERISTIC WEIGHTS -
MTOW 21.500 KG,MLW 21.350 KG,MZFW
19.700 KG - DEFINE PERFORMANCE
1603 ELECTRICAL POWER - INSTALL TRU ON
PROVISION
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT ATC AV
B7 BW ESS0061-0065 FJ FO FY GA GMR
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM
P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR
YW
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
1742 1.2 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - NON
EMBODIMENT OF MOD 1553
AS1 AV0051 AV0053 ESS0062
1861 1.2 FUSELAGE - ATR 72 (ST3) FUSELAGE
DEFINITION
2059 1.2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT - INSTALL AN AFT RIGHT
CARGO COMPARTMENT
ESS0062
2141 1 WATER/WASTE - TOILET TANK - INSTALL
DC MOTOR
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX ASW AT AV B7 BW
ESS0061-0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4
KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3
2308 1.2 INDICATING & RECORDING SYSTEMS -
DELETE ENGINE OIL LOW PRESS
WARNING INHIBITION AT TAKE OFF
AS1 ESS0062
2417 1 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - ANTI-ICING
ADVISORY SYSTEM (FAA DEFINITION)
AS1 ESS0062
2456 2 COMMUNICATIONS - RELOCATE VHF2
ANTENNA ON UPPER FUSELAGE
2510 1 OXYGEN - PASSENGERS - INSTALL
AUTOMATIC PRESENTATION SYSTEM
FOR 100% PASSENGERS
ESS0062
2549 1 DOORS - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR -
MODIFY 2ND HANDRAIL ATTACHMENT
FITTINGS
LI0054 M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR YW 3L 9W AD
AH AK ALX AS1 ASW AT AV B7 BW
ESS0061-0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4
KBZ KD KJD LI0051-0053
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
2595 1.2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - ATR 72 -
MODIFY A/C FOR CARGO CONTAINER
LOADING
ESS0062
2643 1.2 FUSELAGE - REPLACE ATR72 (ST2)
SECTION 16 BY ATR72 (ST3) SECTION 16
ESS0062
2729 1 DOORS - PASSENGERS/CREW DOOR -
INSTALL MOTORIZED KINEMATICS
ESS0062
2735 1.2.3 ENGINE INDICATING - CHANGE
SOFTWARE AS 06 IN E.E.C
2796 1 LIGHTS - ATR 72 - INSTALL A
SECOND NAVIGATION LIGHT IN WING TIP
AND TAIL CONE
ESS0062
3037 1.2 PNEUMATIC - ECS - MODIFY CROSSFEED
VALVE OPENING CONTROL DURING
TAXIING
YW
3305 1.2 IGNITION - MODIFY THE CONTROL
SYSTEM
3465 1 ELECTRICAL POWER - REPLACE AC GCU
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
3522 2.3 GENERAL - CERTIFY ATR 72 FOR 15 KT
TAILWIND LANDING
BW ESS0061-0065 ESS0067 FJ FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD
MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP
VT XR YW
3530 1.2 FLIGHT CONTROLS - ELEVATORS -
INSTALL CLUTCH RECONDITIONING
DEVICE ON EXISTING PROVISION
(PRODUCTION SCHEME)
3608 1.2 FLIGHT CONTROLS - ELEVATORS -
INSTALL FORCE DETECTOR RODS ON
EXISTING FULL PROVISIONS
3644 COMMUNICATIONS-COLLINS HF SYST.
REPLACE KEVLAR DSA SUPPORT BY
METALLIC ONE
ESS0062
3663 1.2 GENERAL - INSTALL OVERBOARD
EXHAUST FOR HBOV, SHROUD BLEED
FUEL FLOW TRANSMITTER AND JET
PUMP OF ATR72.210
3827 1.2 PROPELLERS - ADD FAILURE INDICATION
OF SYNCHROPHASER
3849 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW TO 20000
KGS
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
3986 1 LANDING GEAR - NLG EMERGENCY
EXTENSION SYSTEM - ADD FREE FALL
ASSISTER
REPLACE A 2ND HANDRAIL BY A SEMI
AUTOMATIC HANDRAIL
4050 1 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - AIRFOIL &
PROPELLER DE-ICING - INSTALL AN
AUTOMATIC CYCLE SELECTION
CONTROL
4080 1 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS -
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - REPLACE
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
4111 1.2 CONTINUOUS IGNITION -
TRANSFORMATION IN "MAN IGNITION"
4116 1.2 HYDRAULIC POWER - RELOCATE GREEN
PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT BREAKER
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
4169 1 ENGINE - STANDARD PRACTICES -
ENGINES - GENERAL - ADAPT FLIGHT
IDLE
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH0061 MH0063-
0064 MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT XR YW
4213 1 FLIGHT CONTROLS - FLAPS - MODIFY
FLAPS CTL LOGIC (SHUNT)
INSTALL STANDARD L52 MFC
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP0052
NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR
YW
INSTALL STANDARD L23 MFC
4295 IGNITION - CONVERT "MAN IGNITION" IN
"CONTINOUS RELIGHT"
ESS0062
4358 1 DOORS - SERVICE DOOR - REPLACE THE
OLD OPENING DEVICE BY A NEW RIGID
MECHANISM
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH0061 MH0063-
0064 MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT XR YW0056-0059
4366 1.2 AUTO FLIGHT - MODIFY ELECTRICAL
POWER SUPPLIES
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
4373 1.2 FLIGHT CONTROLS - AILERONS
CONTROLS - INSTALL SPRING TAB WITH
"ANTI-RAFALE" SYSTEM
4384 2 GENERAL - EXTEND OPERATIONAL
ENVELOPE TO 40 C + ISA
9W ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 ESS9999
LI0051-0052
4406 2.3 GENERAL - OPERATION FROM NARROW
RUNWAYS
3L AD AS1 ASW AV ESS0061-0062 FJ0051
GA IW M1 MXD MYP NM QDA SL TQ VT XR
4411 1.2 OXYGEN - DISTRIBUTION - MODIFY
THE SYSTEM FOR 25% OF THE
PASSENGERS
BW ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 FJ FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD
VT XR YW
INVERT HANDLE & MODIFY SEMI
AUTOMATIC HAND-RAIL
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP
NM0062-0066 P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ
VP VT XR YW
4439 2 FUSELAGE - SECT. 18 - INSTALL
VERTICAL FIN WITH CARBON EPOXY BOX
4457 1.2.3 PROPELLERS - INSTALL 568F
PROPELLERS ON ATR 72-210
4511 1.2 FIRE PROTECTION - MODIFY A/C FOR
CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION
ASW ESS0061-0062 M1
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
4571 1 INDICATING & RECORDING SYSTEMS -
INSTALL MFC S4 ON ATR 72-210
4584 1 PNEUMATIC - AIR LEAK DETECTION
SYSTEM - REPLACE SENSING ELEMENTS
4585 1 FUSELAGE - CENTER SECTION (STA
11132 TO 13319) - INSTALL SOUND
INSULATION BLANKETS
4671 2.3 GENERAL - INCREASE MTOW TO 22500
KGS & MZFW TO 20300 KGS & MLW TO
22350 KGS
4673 2 FLIGHT CONTROLS - AILERON TRIM -
PROHIBIT TRIM OPERATION WITH AP
ENGAGED
4686 2 FUEL - QUANTITY INDICATION - ADD LOW
LEVEL DETECTION SYSTEM
PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0064-0066
TQ0068 TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW
4711 3 NAVIGATION - ETOPS - CAPABILITY FOR
ETOPS FLIGHT
4804 1 OXYGEN - INSTALL A 100% OXYGEN
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 68 PAX
ESS0061-0063
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
5008 1.2 ICE & RAIN PROTECTION - ICE
DETECTION - MOD. OPERATION OF
"ICING" LEGEND OF ICE DETECT/PTT
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
5016 1 NAVIGATION - RADAR - INSTALL NEW
PRIMUS 660 WEATHER RADAR
5017 1 COMMUNICATIONS - CABIN & FLIGHT
CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADD "EMER CALL"
ON A NEW-LOOK CONFIG. ATTENDANT
HANDSET
5018 1 COMMUNICATIONS - CABIN & FLIGHT
CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADD "EMER CALL"
ON TWO NEW-LOOK CONFIG.
ATTENDANT HANDESTS
3L 9W AD AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AT AV B7
BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
RE SL SO TQ0071-0073 VP VT XR YW
5040 1 LIGHTS - EMERGENCY LIGHTING-
GROUND MARKING OF EVACUATION
WAY IN PAX CABIN
BW ESS0061-0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR
IW0072-0084 J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH
MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO
TQ VP VT XR YW
5140 1.2 OXYGEN - INSTALL OXYGEN
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN COCKPIT AND
REAR AREA
3L 9W AS1 ASW0053 AV ESS0061-0063
LI0051-0052 M1
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
5150 2 GENERAL - EXTENSION OF THE FWD CG
LIMITS
5213 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW BY 200 KG
B7 BW ESS0061-0062 ESS0064 FJ FO FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD
VT XR YW
5243 1.2 NAVIGATION - 2ND DME/GNSS
INSTALLATION/DUAL HT1000 PROVISION
WITH COUPLING ON 2ND DME
ESS0062
5373 1 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - SPECIFIC
HARMONY CHANGE SEAT PNC
FORWARD
ESS0062
5377 1.2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - WIRING FOR
COCKPIT ENTRANCE SECURISED
BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG
5390 GENERAL - VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE
3L 9W AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT
AV B7 BW0053-0055 ESS0062 FJ FO GMR
J4 KBZ KD KJD LI NM PG QDA RE SO
TQ0071-0073 VP VT YW
5434 1.2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - INS TALL
DOOR ON ELECTRICAL PROVISION
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052
AT AV B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR
IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3
5465 2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - SECURIZED
DOOR - REPLACE FITTINGS ON
STRUCTURE
3L 9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052
AT ATC AV B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP
NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ VP VT XR
YW
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
5506 2 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL ACARS
COLLINS CMU 4000 AND VOL2
ESS0062
5555 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW AND WTOW
BY 300 KGS OF 72-500 MODEL
YW
5561 3 LANDING GEAR - MLG-REPLACE DUNLOP
WHEELS & BRAKES BY MESSIER
BUGATTI ONES
3L AD0051-0070 AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AV
B7 BW ESS0062 ESS0065 ESS0067 FJ FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD LI MH MXD MYP
NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL VT XR
5713 2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - VIDEO
CABIN SYSTEM
ESS0062
5731 2 GENERAL - SHORT RUNWAYS TAKE - OFF
FOR 72-212A
3L 9W AD ALX ASW0051-0052 ATC AV B7
ESS0061-0062 GA KJD LI M1 NM TQ YW
5736 3 GENERAL - COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER
PG QDA QV RE SL TQ VP VT XR YW
5785 SYSTEM INTEGRATION & DISPLAY -
INSTALL TWO ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAGS
IN COCKPIT
AD AH AS1 ASW0053 AT AV FO KJD M1
NM QV TQ0071-0073 VP YW
5908 1.3 ENGINE - BOOST FUNCTION
ESS0062 ESS0064-0065 ESS0067 FY GA
GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI0051-0052 MH
MXD MYP QDA QV SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP
XR YW
5918 EQUIPMENT / FURNISHINGS - CABIN
CONFIGURATION 72 PAX 30" WITH "A"
GALLEY
ESS0063
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
5948 NAVIGATION - INSTALL NEW AVIONICS
SUITE
ALL
5959 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL ACARS
FOR NEW AVIONICS SUITE
9W AD AH AK ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT
ATC AV BW ESS0062 FJ FY LI0051-0052
MH MYP P3 QDA QV0057-0058 TQ0071-
0073 VP XR
5960 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL DUAL HF
FOR THE NEW AVIONICS SUITE
9W ATC ESS0062 FJ KJD LI0051-0052 VT
5961 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL SINGLE HF
FOR THE NEW AVIONICS SUITE
AD AH ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 ATC
ESS0062 FY GA GMR IW KBZ0056-0057 KD
MH MXD MYP P3 QDA QV SL SO TQ VP XR
5962 NAVIGATION - 2ND DME FOR NEW
AVIONICS SUITE
YW
5963 NAVIGATION - 2ND ADF FOR NEW
AVIONICS SUITE
3L 9W AH ALX AS1 ASW0051-0052 AT ATC
B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4
KBZ KJD LI MH MXD NM P3 PG QV RE SL
SO TQ VP VT YW
5964 NAVIGATION - STEEP APPROACH FOR
NEW AVIONICS SUITE
3L AD0070-0080 ATC ESS0062
5965 NAVIGATION - INSTALL 2ND GPS FOR
NEW AVIONICS SUITE
3L 9W AD0052-0080 AK ASW ATC AV B7
ESS0061-0062 FJ GMR J4 KBZ KD KJD LI
M1 MYP NM PG QDA RE SO TQ0071-0073
VP VT XR YW
5967 NAVIGATION - INSTALL SECOND RADIO
ALTIMETER
3L AD0070-0080 ASW ATC AV ESS0061-
0062 KJD M1 TQ0071-0073
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
6055 2 LANDING GEAR - NEW MESSIER-BUGATTI
BRAKES
3L AD0051-0070 AK ALX ASW0051-0052 AV
B7 BW ESS0062 FJ FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE
SL VT XR
6150 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - ADAPT
CABIN VIDEO SYSTEM TO THE CABIN
CONFIGURATION
ATC ESS0062
6156 GENERAL - EXTEND ENVIRONMENTAL
ENVELOPE TO -45°C FOR ATR 72
ESS0065 ESS0067 ESS9999
6219 GENERAL - MZFW AND MTOW INCREASE
BY 200KG (MZFW TO 21000KG and MTOW
TO 23000KG)
3L 9W AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX ASW0053
AT ATC AV B7 FJ FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ
KD KJD LI MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW0059-
0060
6258 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL SELCAL
SYSTEM FOR THE NEW AVIONICS SUITE
AH ALX ATC ESS0062 FJ FY GA GMR IW
J40051-0054 J40057 J40059 KBZ KJD MH
MXD MYP QDA QV SL TQ0071-0073 VP VT
XR
6453 OXYGEN - ADAPT 100% OXYGEN SYSTEM
TO NEW AVIONICS SUITE
3L 9W AS1 ASW0053 AV ESS0061 LI0051-
0052 M1
6454 FIRE PROTECTION - ADAPT CONTAINER
TRANSPORTATION CAPABILITY TO N.A.S.
ASW ESS0062 M1
6521 NAVIGATION - REPLACE AVIONICS SUITE
SOFTWARE BY L2B2
B7 BW FJ FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD
KJD LI M1 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
6560 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - REPLACE
SEVERAL OVERHEAD PANEL
INDICATIONS FOR COCKPIT COLOR
3L 9W AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX AS1 ASW
AT ATC AV B7 BW0051 BW0054 FJ FO FY
GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M10054 MH
MXD MYP NM P30054 P30056 PG QDA QV
RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR0058-
0064 YW0060
6635 NAVIGATION - INSTALL AIRPORT
NAVIGATION FUNCTION
ATC ESS0062
6754 NAVIGATION - REPLACE T2CAS
COMPUTER (INTEGRATION OF CHANGE
7.1)
AT0053-0055 ATC AV B7 BW0053-0055 FJ
FO FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M1
MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE SL
SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW
6760 COMMUNICATIONS - REPLACE VHF4000
AT0053-0055 ATC AV B7 ESS0064 FJ FO
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M10053-
0054 MH MXD MYP NM P3 PG QDA QV RE
SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT XR YW0058-
0060
6830 ELECTRICAL POWER - EXTERNAL
POWER - DISCONNECT WIRES ON AC &
DC GPU DOORS SWITCHES
3L 9W AD0052 AD0060-0080 AH AK ALX
AS1 ASW AT0053-0055 ATC AV B7 FJ FO
FY GA GMR IW J4 KBZ KD KJD LI M10054
MH MXD MYP NM P30052 P30054 P30056
PG QDA QV RE SL SO TQ0070-0073 VP VT
XR YW0059-0060
6965 GENERAL - ALLOW ENVIRONMENTAL
ENVELOPE EXTENSION TO -450C FOR
ATR72
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 ESS0067
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
6976 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS-
UPGRADE NAS SOFTWARE WITH
"STANDARD 1"
AD0072-0080 AH ALX AS1 AT0053-0055
ATC AV B70056-0062 FJ FO FY0064-0066
GA GMR IW0075-0084 J4 KBZ0059 KJD
LI0054 MH0062-0064 MXD0054-0061 MYP
NM0065-0067 PG QDA QV0056-0058
RE0061-0064 SL SO VT XR0064
6977 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - NAS
SOFTWARE ENHANCEMENT (STANDARD
2)
AD0079-0080 AH ALX AV0058-0064
ESS0061-0063 ESS0065 FJ0052 FO0077-
0078 GA0058 IW0081-0084 KBZ0059 KJD
NM0067 PG SO VT
7055 GENERAL- HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORT
OPERATION UP TO 11000FT ON ATR 72-
212A
ATC AV
7079 ENGIN - INSTALL A PW127N ENGINE
AV
7123 NAVIGATION - INSTALL GPS SBAS
AD0078-0080 AH ALX AS1 AV0058-0064
B70062 ESS0061 FJ0052 FO0077-0078
GA0058 IW0080-0084 KBZ0059 KJD
MH0064 MXD0060-0061 NM0066-0067 PG
QV0058 SO VT
7144 NAVIGATION - REPLACE FGCP BY ONE
WITH VNAV P/B
AV0061-0064 ESS0061 PG
7169 NAVIGATION - ADS-B OUT V0 ACTIVATION
ON XPDR RCZ-852
AD0077-0080 AH ALX AV0060-0064
B70061-0062 ESS0062 FJ FO0077-0078
FY0066 GA0057-0058 IW0079-0084 J40059-
0060 KBZ0059 KJD MH0063-0064
MXD0060-0061 NM0066-0067 PG QDA
QV0058 SO VT XR0064
7180 NAVIGATION - ACTIVATE LPV FUNCTION
ESS0061 ESS0065
7181 NAVIGATION - ACTIVATE VNAV
FUNCTION
AV0058 AV0061-0064 ESS0061 ESS0063
PG
Turn ENV
ATR L.O.M.
NOV 14
MODIF PARTS TITLE

VALIDITY
7182 NAVIGATION - ACTIVATE RNP AR 0.3/1 NM
FUNCTION
AV0058-0064 ESS0061 PG
7253 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS -
INSTALL ELECTRONIC CHECK LISTS V19
FOLLOWING AFM REVISION
AD0080 AH ALX AV0063-0064 ESS0061
FJ0052 FO0077-0078 GA0058 IW0080-0084
KBZ0059 KJD PG
8044 1.2 GENERAL - 15 kts TAILWING ATR 72
CERTIFICATION
ESS0062 ESS0064
8124 PROPELLERS - DELETE PROPELLER
BRAKE SYSTEM
ESS0062
8125 PROPELLERS - DELETE PROPELLER
BRAKE SYSTEM
ESS0062
8333 1.2 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - SECURIZED
DOOR INSTALLATION ON ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY FOR ST2
ESS0062
8367 1.2 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM -
INSTALL MPC MSN714
ESS0062
8371 1.2 GENERAL - 30% PAX OXYGEN SUPPLY
ATC ESS0062 ESS0064
8460 2 OXYGEN - INSTALL A 100% OXYGEN
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 70 PAX
ESS0062
End ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
72 Cross Reference Table
This table shows, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between :
- the fleet serial number (F.S.N.)
- the manufacturing serial number (M.S.N.)
- the registration number
It is the F.S.N. which appears in the L.E.N.P. or L.E.T.P.
F.S.N. M.S.N. REGISTRATION
3L0051 1038 OE-LIB

3L0052 1042 OE-LID
9W0072 1056 VT-JCX
9W0073 1064 VT-JCY
9W0074 1075 VT-JCZ
AD0051 0966 PR-ATR
AD0052 0969 PR-ATB
AD0053 0972 PR-ATE
AD0054 0988 PR-ATG
AD0055 0991 PR-ATH
AD0056 0996 PR-ATJ
AD0057 1020 PR-ATK
AD0058 1026 PR-ATP
AD0059 1027 PR-ATQ
AD0060 1033 PR-ATU
AD0061 1043 PR-ATV
AD0062 1046 PR-ATW
AD0063 1047 PR-ATZ
AD0064 1052 PR-AQA
AD0065 1057 PR-AQC
AD0066 1060 PR-AQD
AD0067 1066 PR-AQE
AD0068 1072 PR-AQF
AD0069 1076 PR-AQG
AD0070 1088 PR-AQI
AD0071 1100 PR-AQK
AD0072 1113 PR-AQM
AD0073 1115 PR-AQN
AD0074 1138 PR-AQN
AD0075 1144 PR-AQP
AD0076 1166 PR-AQQ
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
AD0077 1173 PR-AQR

AD0078 1180 PR-AQS
AD0079 1190 PR-AQT
AD0080 1195 PR-AQV
AH0063 1223 7T-VUT
AK0051 1086 XA-NLP
AK0052 1096 XA-MKH
ALX0051 1197 VT-AII
ALX0052 1226 VT-AIT
AS10051 1184 HZ-A11
ASW0051 1021 F-WKVE
ASW0052 1030 F-WKVF
ASW0053 1070 F-WWEG
AT0051 0958 CN-COF
AT0052 0960 CN-COE
AT0053 1034 CN-COH
AT0054 1035 CN-COG
AT0055 1143 CN-COI
ATC0076 6600
AV0051 1092 HK-4954
AV0052 1114 HK-4955
AV0053 1116 HK-4956
AV0054 1126 HK-4999
AV0055 1124 HK-5039
AV0056 1142 HK-5000
AV0057 1151 HK-5040
AV0058 1160 HK-5041
AV0059 1167 TG-TRC
AV0060 1172 HR-AYJ
AV0061 1174 TG-TRD
AV0062 1185 HR-AYM
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
AV0063 1196 TG-TRE

AV0064 1199 TG-TRF
B70051 1044 B-17001
B70052 1061 B-17002
B70053 1078 B-17003
B70054 1090 B-17005
B70055 1101 B-17006
B70056 1111 B-17007
B70057 1125 B-17008
B70058 1136 B-17009
B70059 1150 B-17010
B70060 1163 B-17011
B70061 1175 B-17012
B70062 1183 B-17013
BW0051 0968 9Y-TTA
BW0052 0973 9Y-TTB
BW0053 0989 9Y-TTC
BW0054 0993 9Y-TTD
BW0055 0997 9Y-TTE
ESS0061 0099
ESS0062 0088
ESS0063 0888
ESS0064 0895
ESS0065 0585
ESS0067 0899
ESS9999 9999
FJ0051 1146 DQ-FJZ
FJ0052 1221 DQ-FJX
FO0074 1133 B-22815
FO0075 1141 B-22816
FO0076 1145 B-22817
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
FO0077 1198 B-22818

FO0078 1222 B-22820
FY0063 1093 9M-FIA
FY0064 1128 9M-FIB
FY0065 1158 9M-FIC
FY0066 1178 9M-FID
GA0051 1119 PK-GAA
GA0052 1132 PK-GAC
GA0053 1140 PK-GAD
GA0054 1149 PK-GAE
GA0055 1152 PK-GAF
GA0056 1157 PK-GAG
GA0057 1181 PK-GAH
GA0058 1191 PK-GAI
GMR0051 1148 XY-AJM
GMR0052 1156 XY-AJS
IW0071 1063 PK-WGG
IW0072 1067 PK-WGH
IW0073 1074 PK-WGI
IW0074 1079 PK-WGJ
IW0075 1104 PK-WGO
IW0076 1106 PK-WGK
IW0077 1118 PK-WGL
IW0078 1168 PK-WGM
IW0079 1176 PK-WGP
IW0080 1188 PK-WGQ
IW0081 1193 PK-WGR
IW0082 1220 PK-WGT
IW0083 1225 PK-WGU
IW0084 1227 PK-WGV
J40051 1110 OY-JZA
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
J40052 1121 OY-JZB

J40053 1120 OY-JZC
J40054 1131 OY-JZD
J40057 1165 OY-JZF
J40058 1164 OY-JZE
J40059 1171 OY-JZG
J40060 1177 OY-JZH
KBZ0056 1068 XY-AJE
KBZ0057 1085 XY-AJJ
KBZ0059 1224
KD0051 1080 PK-KSA
KD0052 1108 PK-KSU
KJD0051 1200 7F-VPE
LI0051 1077 V2-LIA
LI0052 1091 V2-LIC
LI0053 1103 V2-LIB
LI0054 1112 V2-LIH
M10051 0940 F-WKVD
M10052 0970 F-WKVE
M10053 1031 F-WKVC
M10054 1045 F-WKVB
MH0061 1099 9M-MYA
MH0062 1153 9M-MYB
MH0063 1170 9M-MYC
MH0064 1187 9M-MYD
MXD0051 1081 9M-LMF
MXD0052 1089 9M-LMG
MXD0053 1095 9M-LMH
MXD0054 1123 9M-LMJ
MXD0055 1130 9M-LMK
MXD0056 1135 9M-LML
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
MXD0057 1147 9M-LMM

MXD0058 1154 9M-LMO
MXD0059 1161 9M-LMP
MXD0060 1179 9M-LMQ
MXD0061 1186 9M-LMR
MYP0051 1127 XY-AJO
MYP0052 1137 XY-AJP
NM0062 1051 ZK-MVA
NM0063 1065 ZK-MVD
NM0064 1084 ZK-MVC
NM0065 1117 ZK-MVD
NM0066 1182 ZK-MVE
NM0067 1228 ZK-MVF
P30051 1022 PR-PDA
P30052 1028 PR-PDB
P30054 1040 PR-PDC
P30056 1059 PR-PDI
PG0016 1194 HS-PZA
QDA0051 1162 OM-AQD
QV0055 1049 RDPL-34222
QV0056 1071 RDPL-34233
QV0057 1155 RDPL-34225
QV0058 1189 RDPL-34228
RE0057 1083 EI-FAS
RE0058 1098 EI-FAU
RE0059 1097 EI-FAT
RE0060 1105 EI-FAV
RE0061 1122 EI-FAW
RE0062 1129 EI-FAX
RE0063 1139 EI-FCY
RE0064 1159 EI-FCZ
Turn ENV
ATR C.R.T.
NOV 14
SL0051 1134 HS-LFH

SO0051 1229 XY-AJN
TQ0064 0967 PR-TKI
TQ0065 0971 PR-TKJ
TQ0066 0987 PR-TKK
TQ0067 0992 PR-TKL
TQ0068 0998 PR-TKM
TQ0070 1054 PR-AQB
TQ0071 1082 PR-AQH
TQ0072 1094 PR-AQJ
TQ0073 1102 PR-AQL
VP0051 1069 8Q-VAS
VP0052 1109 8Q-VAT
VT0065 1192 F-ORVS
XR0057 1025 VH-FVP
XR0058 1039 VH-FVN
XR0059 1053 VH-FVQ
XR0060 1058 VH-FVR
XR0061 1073 VH-FVY
XR0062 1087 VH-FVZ
XR0063 1107 VH-VPI
XR0064 1169 VH-VPJ
YW0056 0995 EC-LQV
YW0057 0999 EC-LRH
YW0058 1023 EC-LRR
YW0059 1032 EC-LRU
YW0060 1041 EC-LSQ
End ENV
P1 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL DEC 13
AA
The Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM) provides operating crew members and flight
operations engineers with information on the ATR 72 technical description, procedures
and performances characteristics. It may be used as a crew manual for training purposes
and flight preparation.
FCOM mainly comprises :

- manuel management in Part 0
- systems description in Part 1
- limitations with comments in Part 2
- procedures : normal, following failure and emergency, in Part 2 with comments
- procedures and techniques in Part 2.02
- performances (conservative and simplified compared with AFM) in Part 3
- Special Operations in Part 3
- OEB (Operations Engineering Bulletin) : validated by the ATR Chief Test Pilot, their aim
is to cover temporary equipment discrepancy. They are printed on pale green paper and
are situated at the very end of FCOM.
For any question, comment or suggestion regarding this manual, or technical

documentation in general, we recommend to use following e-- mail :
R flight-- ops-- support@atr.fr

stating at the minimum :k
- aircraft model(s)
- manual(s) concerned
- precise page(s) if applicable
DEFINITION OF THE PAGE
A page is defined by :
- a reference : Part / Chapter / Section / page number - Example : 2.05.10 page 20.
- an effectivity criterion determining the page sequence
example : Equipment, Modification, Engine...
A page with a given reference may have several sequences :
example : 2.05.10 page 20
No criterion . . . . . . . . . . . Sequence 001
Mod XXXX . . . . . . . . . . . . Sequence 002
Mod XXXX + YYYY . . . . . . Sequence 003
All the sequences cover, for a given reference, all technical solution or variant for aircraft
types covered by the manual.
Airlines receive a part of these sequences to cover their fleet.
A sequence can be valid for several aircraft but an aircraft can not have several
sequences: an aircraft receives the page with the highest sequence among all pages for
which it has a validity.
Mod 5948
P2 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL APR 11
(1) GIE ATR logo, with aircraft type and manual type
(2) Title of Chapter
(3) Part, chapter and section in the manual
(4) Page Numbering - Particular case : a page followed by an alphabetic letter must be
inserted between 2 pages. Example : page 11A must be inserted between pages 11 and 12.
(5) Sequence number
(6) If 2 letters (XX) are indicated on the page, this one is customized to airline XX
(7) Date of revision (date of page issue)
(8) Zone for standard
(9) Zone for unit
(10) Title of section
(1) Modification zone : contains expression of modifications characterizing the content of

this page.
(2) Indication of engine type installed on aircraft ; if there is “ALL” or if there is no Eng
reference, the content of the page does not depend on a particular engine.
(3) Indication of aircraft type ; if there is “ALL” or if there is no Model reference, the
content of the page does not depend on a particular model.
Mod 5948
P3 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
RECTO- VERSO
The FCOM is published in recto-- verso paper AT5 format customized for each airline.
In the LENP (0.08.00) List of Effective Normal Pages, when recto and verso are printed,
each sheet is represented by 2 lines :
- the first line concerns the recto.
- the second line concerns the verso.
If only recto sheet is printed, it is represented by only one line.
Then for each sheet, we find the validity line with an expression containing one or several
numbers which represent FSN (Fleet Serial Number) of aircraft for which this sheet is
applicable.
To understand the effectivity of the sheets, you must read :
Example : XX0001-- 0003 = XX FSN0001 to FSN003 - - > 3 aircraft valid
XX0001 XX0003 = XX FSN0001 and FSN0003 - - > only 2 aircraft valid
In CRT (0.10.00), we find the list of fleet aircraft with FSN, MSN (Manufacturer Serial
Number) and registration number.
MANUAL UPDATING
Your manual comprises 2 types of pages :

- white pages or NORMAL pages
- yellow pages or TEMPORARY pages
These 2 families of pages have a separated management.
NORMAL PAGES (white)
For its first issue FCOM was published in “white” normal pages.
Then on a yearly basis at the minimum, a normal revision is performed amending previous
issue by revising pages (sheet replacement), creating new pages (sheet insertion) or
deleting pages (sheet deletion).
Detailed and exhaustive information for manual normal revision updating is in SNNP
(0.07.00), Shipping Note for Normal Pages.
Operator must refer to SNNP and new LENP to update properly its manual.
SNNP lists all revised, created or deleted white sheets.
LENP gives aircraft validity information for all concerned white sheets.
It is important to note that the action given in SNNP is valid for the sheet (recto-- verso) not
for one page.
Normal Revisions are listed in LNR (0.05.00) List of Normal Revisions.
Reasons of revision are highlighted in RNR (0.06.00) Reason of Normal Revisions.
mod 5948
P4 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
MANUAL UPDATING (cont’d)
TEMPORARY PAGES (yellow)
Between two normal revisions some subjects may present a particular urgency. In those
cases we perform a Temporary Revision. It may concern only one customer or the whole
fleet.
All temporary pages at a given moment are listed in LETP (0.04.00), List of Effective
Temporary Pages. Temporary pages are recto-- only pages.
When a white page exists with the same reference, a yellow page is inserted in face or
before corresponding white page and its content amends the content of white page. If
there is no white page with the same reference, yellow page(s) is(are) inserted just after
the last adapted white page or chapter.
Detailed and exhaustive information for manual temporary revision updating is in SNTP
(0.03.00), Shipping Note for Temporary Pages.
Operator must refer to SNTP and new LETP to update properly its manual.
SNTP lists all revised, created or deleted yellow pages.
LETP gives aircraft validity information for all concerned yellow sheets.
It is important to note that the action given in SNTP is valid for the yellow page (no verso on
yellow page).
Temporary Revisions are listed in LTR (0.01.00) List of Temporary Revisions. Each
operator has its own LTR as Temporary Revision does not necessarily concern all
customer : TR01 for an operator may be equivalent to TR10 for another operator and TR20
for ENV.
Reasons of revision are highlighted in RTR (0.02.00) Reason of Temporary Revisions.
AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
All ATR modifications having an impact on FCOM content are listed in LOM (0.09.00), List
Of Modifications.
As for LENP or LETP, aircraft validity are given under FSN values. We may consult CRT to
have correspondence between FSN and MSN.
Mod 5948
P1 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
STANDARD NOMENCLATURE NOV 14
AA
GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE
AAS Anti-- icing Advisory System

ABNORM (ABN) Abnormal
AC Alternating Current
ACARS Airborne Communication Addressing and Reporting System
AC BTC AC Bus Tie Contactor
AC BTR AC Bus Tie Relay
ACCU Accumulator
AC EBTC AC Emer Bus Transfer Contactor
ACM Air Cycle Machine
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACW Alternating Current Wild Frequency
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
R ADS-- B Automatic Dependent Surveillance-- Broadcast
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADN Avionic Data Network
ADS Air Data System
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
AFDX Avionic Full Duplex
A/FEATH Auto Feathering
AFT Rear Part
AFU Auto Feather Unit
AGB Accessory Gear Box
AGL Above Ground Level
AH Ampere-- Hours
AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System
AHRU Attitude and Heading Reference Unit
AIL Aileron
ALT Altitude
ALTM Altimeter
ALTN Alternate
AMP Ampere
ANN Annunciator
AOA Angle of Attack
P2 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
AP Auto-- Pilot
APC Active Phase Control
APP Approach
R APV Approach Procedure with Vertical guidance
ARM Armed
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
A/S Antiskid
ASAP As Soon As Possible
ASD Accelerate Stop Distance
ASI Air Speed Indicator
ASTR AC Standby Bus Transfer Relay
ASYM Asymmetry
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATPCS Automatic Take off Power Control System
ATR Air Transport Racking
ATSCALL Air Transport Selective Calling
ATT Attitude
ATTND Attendant
AUTO Automatic
AUX Auxiliary
AVAIL Available
AZ Azimuth
BARO Barometric
R BARO-- VNAV Barometric Vertical Navigation
BAT Battery
BC Back Course
BITE Built in Test Equipment
BPCU Bus Power Control Unit
BRG Bearing
BRK Brake
B-- RNAV Basic Area Navigation
BRT Bright
BSC Battery Start Contactor
BTC Bus Tie Contactor
BTR Bus Tie Relay
BXR Battery Transfer Relay
P3 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
CAB CabinCAC
CAC Core Avionic Cabinet
CAN Controller Area Network
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
C/B Circuit Breaker
CCAS Centralized Crew Alerting System
CCW Counter clockwise
CD Coefficient of Drag
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDS Cockpit Display System
CDU Cabin Display Unit
CFC Constant Frequency Contactor
CG Center of Gravity
CHAN Channel
CHC Charge Contactor
CHG Charge
CIS Commonwealth of Independent States
C/L Check List
CL Condition Lever
CL Coefficient of Lift
CLA Condition Lever Angle
CLB Climb
CLR Clear
CM Crew Member
CMPTR Computer
COM Communication
COMPT Compartment
CNTR Contactor
CONFIG Configuration
CONT Continuous
CORRECT Correction
CPCS Cabin Pressure Control System
R CPL Coupling
CPM Core Processing Module
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
P4 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
CRS Course
CRZ Cruise
CTL Control
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
CW Clockwise
DADC Digital Air Data Computer

DADS Digital Air Data System
DC Direct Current
DCA Data Concentration Application
DEC Declination, Decrease
DELTA P Differential Pressure
R DEST Destination
DEV Deviation
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DGR Degraded
DH Decision Height
DIFF Differential
DISCH Discharge
DIM Dimming
DIST Distance
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DN Down
DSPL Display
R DTK Desired Track
R DTO Direct TO
DU Display Unit
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
EBCC Emergency Battery Charge Contactor
EBTC Emer Bus Transfer contactor
ECS Environmental Control System
E/E Electrical/Electronic
EEC Engine Electronic control
EFCP EFIS Control Panel
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGHR External Ground Handling Relay
EHSI Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
P5 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
EHV Electro Hydraulic Valve

ELEC Electrical
ELV Elevation
EMER Emergency
ENG Engine
EPC External Power Contactor
EQPT Equipment
ESS Essential
ET Elapsed Time
ETOPS Extended Twin Operations
EWD Engine and Warning Display
EXT Exterior, External
EXC External Power/Service Bus Contactor
F Farenheit
R FAF Final Approach Fix
FAIL Failed, Failure
FCOC Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler
FCU Fuel Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FDA Flight Display Application
FDAU Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FEATH, FTR Feathered, Feathering
FF Fuel Flow
FGCP Flight Guidance and Control Panel
FGS Flight Guidance System
FI Flight Idle
R FL Flight Level
FLT Flight
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMS Flight Management System
F/O First Officer
FOS Flight Operations Software
R FPA Flight Path Angle
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
R FRQ Frequency
FT Foot, Feet
FTO Final Take Off
FU Fuel Used
FWD Forward
FWS Flight Warning System
P6 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
GA Go Around
GAL Galley
GC Generator Contactor
GCR Ground Clutter Reduction
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GI Ground Idle
GMT Greenwitch Mean Time
GND Ground
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GRD Ground
G/S Glide Slope
R GS Ground Speed
GXS ACW Generator/Service Bus Contactor
HBV Handling Bleed Valve

HD Head Down
HDG Heading
HDLG (HDL) Handling
HEBTC Hot Emer Battery Transfer Contactor
HF High Frequency
HI High
R HIL Horizontal Integrity Limit
HLD Hold
HMBTC Hot Main Battery Transfer Contactor
HMU Hydromechanical Unit
HOBV Handling Overboard Valve
HP High Pressure
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HTG Heating
HU Head Up
HYD Hydraulic
IAF Initial Approach Fix

IAS Indicated Air Speed
ICP Index Control Panel
IDT Ident
IESI Integrated Electronic Standby Instrument
IF Intermediate Frequency
P7 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
IGN Ignition
ILS Instrument Landing System
IMU Initial Measurement Unit
IN Inertial Navigation
INC Increase
IND Indicator
IN/HG Inches of Mercury
INHI Inhibit
INOP Inoperative
INS Inertial Navigation System
INST Instrument
INT Interphone
INU Inertial Navigation Unit
INV Inverter
IOM Input Output Module
IRS Inertial Reference System
R ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISOL Isolation
ISV Isolation Shut-- off Valve
ITT Inter Turbine Temperature
KHZ Kilo-- Hertz

KT Knot
LAT Lateral
LAV Lavatory
LB Pound
LBA Lowest Blade Angle
LDG Landing
L/G Landing Gear
LH Left Hand
LIM Limitation
LMG Left Main Gear
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localizer
LO-- PR Low Pressure
R LP Localizer Performance
R LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance
LRU Line Replaceable Unit
LT Light
LVL Level
LSK Line Select Key
P8 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord

MAN Manual
MAP Ground Mapping
R MAPT Missed Approach Point
MAX Maximum
MB Millibar
MBCC Main Battery Charge Contactor
MBTC Main Bus Transfer Contactor
MC Master Caution
MCDU Multifunction Control Display Unit
MCP Multi Function Control Panel
MCT Maximum Continous Thrust
MEA Minimum En route Altitude
MECH Mechanic
MFC Multi Function Computer
MFCU Mechanical Fuel Control Unit
MFD Multi Function Display
MGT Management
MHZ Megahertz
MIC Microphone
MIN Minimum
MISC Miscellaneous
MKR Marker
MLG Main Landing Gear
MLS Microwave Landing System
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MM Millimeter
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMPU Multi Media Player Unit
MOD Modification
MPC Multi Purpose Computer
MPU Micro Processor Unit
MSG Messages
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTOW Maximum Take off Weight
MW Master Warning
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight
NAC Nacelle
NAV Navigation
ND Navigation Display
NDB Non Directional Beacon
P9 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
NDB (GPS) Navigation Data Base

NEG Negative
NG Nose Gear
NH High Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NIL Nothing, No Object
NL Low Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NM Nautical Mile
NORM Normal
NP Propeller Rotation Speed
NPU Navigation Processor Unit
NVM Non Volatile Memory
N/W Nose Wheel
NWS Nose Wheel Steering
R OAT Outside Air Temperature

OBS Omni Bearing Selector
OT Other traffic
OUTB Outboard
OVBD Overboard
OVERTEMP Overtemperature
OVHP OverHead Panel
OVHT Overheat
OVLY Overlay
OVRD Override
OXY Oxygen
PA Passenger Address
PB Push Button
R PBN Performance Based Navigation
PEBMV Parking/Emergency Braking Metering Valve
PEC Propeller Electronic Control
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFTS Power Feeder Thermal Sensor
PIU Propeller Interface Unit
PL Power Lever
PLA Power Lever Angle
PNF Pilot Non Flying
PNL Panel
POS Position
P 10 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
P-- RNAV Precision Area Navigation

R PRAIM Predictive RAIM
PRESS Pressurization, Pressure
PRIM Primary
PRKG Parking
PROC Procedure
PROP Propeller
PROX SW Proximity Switch
PRV Pressure Regulating Valve
PSI Pound per Square Inch
PSU Passenger Service Unit
PSV Propeller Servo Valve
PT Point
PT (TCAS) Proximity traffic
PTB Power Trim Box
PTT Push To Talk, Push To Test
PTW Pitch Thumb Wheel
PVCU Power and Video Control Unit
PVM Propeller Valve Module
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
PWR Power
QAR Quick Access Recorder

QRC Quick Release Control
QT Quart
QTY Quantity
RA (TCAS) Resolution Advisory

RA Radio Altitude
RAD/ALT Radio Altitude
RAD/INT Radio/Interphone
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RCAU Remote Control Audio Unit
RCDR Recorder
RCL Recall
RCP Refuel Control Panel
RCT Rain Echo Attenuation Compensation Technique
RCU Releasable Centering Unit
RECIRC Recirculation
REV Reverse
RGA Reserve Go-- Around
P 11 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
RGB Reduction Gear Box

RH Right Hand
RLY Relay
RMA Radio Management Application
RMG Right Main Gear
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RMS Radio Management System
RNP Required Navigation Performance
R RNP AR RNP with Authorization Required
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RQD Required
RTO Reserve Take-- Off
RTOW Regulatory Take-- Off Weight
RUD Rudder
R RWY Runway
SAT Static Air Temperature

SB Service Bulletin
SBTC Stand By bus Transfer Contactor
SBY Stand By
SC Single Chime, Starter Contactor
SCU Signal Conditioning Unit
SD System Display
SDTC Static Inverter Override Transfer Contactor
SEC Secondary
SEL Selector
SELCAL Selective Calling
SGL Single
SGU Symbol Generator Unit
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SMK Smoke
SMKG Smoking
S/O (SO) Shut Off
SOV Shut Off Valve
SPD Speed
SPLR Spoiler
SPLY Supply
R SRC Source
SSR Service Bus Select Relay
STAB Stabilizer
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Routes
STBY Stand By
STR Service Bus Transfer Relay
STRG Steering
SVCE Service
SW Switch
P 12 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
R SYNPHR Synchrophaser
R SYS System
TA (TCAS) TRAFFIC Advisory
TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness Waring System
TBD To be Determined
TCAS Traffic Collision and Avoidance System
TCF Terrain Clearance Floor
TCS Touch Control Steering
T/D Time Delay
TEMP Temperature
R TERM Terminal
R TERR Terrain
TGT Target
TIC Turbine Inlet Control
TK Tank
TLU Travel Limiting Unit
TM Torque Motor
T/O (TO) Take off
TOD Take-- Off Distance
TOR Take-- Off Run
TOW Take off weight
TQ Torque
TRU Transformer Rectifier Unit
TTG Time To Go
TTL Tuned to LOC
UBC Utility Bus Contactor

U/F Underfloor
UHF Ultra High Frequency
UNCPL Uncouple
UNDV Undervoltage
UNLK Unlock
UTLY Utility
VC Calibrated Airspeed
VCCU Video Cabin Command Unit
VCP Virtual Control Panel
VENT Ventilation
VERT Vertical
P 13 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
AA
VHF Very High Frequency

VMCA Minimum Control Speed in flight
VMCG Minimum Contorl Speed on ground
VMCL Minimum Conrol Speed during landing approach
VMHB Velocity minimum High Bank
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR VHF OMNI Directionnal Range
R VPCA Vertical Path Change Alert
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
R VTA Vertical Track Alert
R VTF Vector to Final approach
VU Visual Unit
W Watt
WARN Warning
WAT Weight Altitude Temperature
WBM Weight and Balance Manual
R WGS 84 World Geodetic System, revision of 1984
WOW Weight On Wheel
R WPT Waypoint
WX Weather Mode
XFEED Cross feed

XFR Transfer
XPDR Transponder
YD Yaw Damper
ZA Aircraft Altitude
ZCTH Theoritical Cabin Altitude
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZP Pressure Altitude
ZRA Radio Altimeter Altitude
P1 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
UNITS CONVERSION TABLE APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
P2 001
PRELIMINARY PAGES
UNITS CONVERSION TABLE APR 11
AA
Mod 5948
AIRCRAFT GENERAL 1.00.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.00.00 CONTENTS
1.00.10 GENERAL
1.00.20 COCKPIT
1.00.25 COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM

AND VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE (if installed)
25.1 DESCRIPTION
25.2 LOCKING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
25.3 CALL PANEL
25.4 CONTROL PANEL
25.5 LOCKING SYSTEM ON/OFF CONTROL
25.6 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY / SYSTEM MONITORING
25.7 VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE (if installed)
1.00.30 DOORS
30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS
30.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC/SYSTEM MONITORING
1.00.40 LIGHTING
40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
40.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC
1.00.50 WATER AND WASTE SYSTEM

50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
AIRCRAFT DIMENSIONS AND GROUND CLEARANCE
VERTCAL CLEARANCES (A ! J)
OPERATING EMPTY MAXIMUM RAMP WEIGHT
WEIGHT
CG 25% CG 14% CG 37%
ft m ft m ft m
A 10.80 3.29 10.43 3.18 10.73 3.27
B 2.16 0.66 1.77 0.54 2.06 0.63
C 4.00 1.22 3.61 1.10 3.90 1.19
D 4.88 1.49 4.66 1.42 4.40 1.34
E 25.33 7.72 25.16 7.67 24.67 7.52
F 10.46 3.19 10.13 3.09 10.23 3.12
G 3.97 1.21 3.64 1.11 3.74 1.14
H 12.50 3.81 12.20 3.72 12.17 3.71
J 22.87 6.97 22.70 6.92 22.24 6.78
α - 1°011 - 1°183 - 0°550
K 5 Ft 6.3 in. 1.683 m
L 35 Ft 4.8 in. 10.79 m
M 89 Ft 1.5 in. 27.166 m
N 23 Ft 11.18 in. 7.31 m
P 13 Ft 5.4 in. 4.100 m
R 26 Ft 6.9 in. 8.100 m
S 88 Ft 9 in. 27.050 m
Mod: 5948
P2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
TURNING CAPABILITY ON GROUND
Mod: 5948
P3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
CABIN CROSS SECTION
Mod: 5948
P4 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
LOCATION OF THE TAIL PROP
On ground during passengers boarding/desembarquing, the tail prop must be installed

on the tail skid to avoid a possible toppling over.
Note : When not used, the tail prop is stored in the rear unpressurized area of the aircraft
(beyond the aft bulkhead).
TAIL BUMPER
At each walk around, inspect skid shoe :

If it is stripped, check the red indicator :
- If this indicator does not show evidence of wear, aircraft can be dispatched.
- If this indicator shows evidence of wear, maintenance action is required.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
LOCATION OF ANTENNAS
Note : Number and location of antennas may change depending on the versions. All
possibilities are drawn on these views.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
COCKPIT APR 11
AA
GENERAL
For comfort, convenience and safety, various furnishings are fitted in the cockpit.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
COCKPIT APR 11
AA
SEATS
CAPT and F/O seats are mounted each on a base secured to the floor on each side of the
center pedestal. They are mechanically adjustable along the three axes for individual
comfort. They are equiped with adjustable folding armrests.
The observer seat is located behind the pedestal and between electronic and electric
racks. When not in use, the observer seat can be stowed facing the electronic rack
(position A), in the cargo compartment (position B) allowing the observer to move in the
cabin.
Safety pins enable the observer seat to be rocked backward in order to facilitate
emergency evacuation in case of jamming.
The three seats are equipped with full harness including an inertial reel with locking
handle for the shoulder harness.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
COCKPIT APR 11
AA
SEAT POSITION SIGHT GAUGE
Seat position sight gauge may be used for proper setting seat height and fore/aft position.
It assures to the crew a correct view of instrument panels as well as runway environment,
especially when flying low visibility instrument approaches.
This indicator is composed of three colored balls. Center ball is red and is horizontally
shifted compared with the other two white balls.
For proper seat position, respective white ball is obscured by the red one.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
COCKPIT APR 11
AA
CAPT/F/O SEATS
OBSERVER SEAT
Mod: 5948
P5 080
COCKPIT PHILOSOPHY DEC 13
AA
COCKPIT PHILOSOPHY
Status and failure indications are integrated in the pushbuttons (PB). PB positions and
illuminated indications are based on a general concept with the “light out” condition for
normal continuous operation according to the basic rule.
With few exceptions, the light illuminates to indicate a failure or an abnormal condition.
Whenever possible, the failure alert is integrated in the PB which has to be operated for
corrective action.
Some PB (such as ACW...) are circled in amber to help crew to find them in case of smoke
(fluorescent painting).
PB POSITION BASIC FUCTION

IN (DEPRESSED) ON, AUTO, NORM
OUT (RELEASED) OFF, MAN, ALTN, SHUT
COLOR INDICATION
No light illuminated except flow bars Normal basic operation
CYAN Selection of temporarily required systems
GREEN Proper functioning of the system
WHITE System selected off
AMBER Caution indication
RED Warning indication
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P1 001
COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM APR 11
AA
25.1 Cockpit door description

The door has an electromagnetic locking system controlled by the pilots. In normal
conditions, when the door is closed, it remains locked. In case of a loss of electrical power,
the door can be locked using the manual bolt.
To open the door, the locking system has to be unlocked.
Upon receiving an entry request, the flight crew can authorize entry by unlocking the door
which remains closed until it is pulled open.
When the flight crew does not respond to a request for entry, the cabin crew may unlock the
door by pressing the Emergency push-- button of the door call panel installed on cargo
compartment side.
The door is bulletproof, intrusion resistant and fully compliant with the rapid
decompression requirements.
The right door panel can be removed from the cockpit in case of the door becomes jammed
by using the quick release hinges that are only accessible from inside the cockpit.
25.2 Cockpit Door Locking System Description
The cockpit door locking system (CDLS) provides a means of electrically locking and
unlocking the cockpit door. The system is mainly composed of :
- a Door Call panel located on the cargo compartment side on the right door panel
- a toggle switch, located on the center pedestal’s Cockpit Door Control panel
- a Cockpit Door Control Unit located in the forward avionics bay
- a buzzer
- a Cockpit Door Locking System Switch located behind the first officer seat
The door call panel enables the cabin crew to request access to the cockpit. There are two
different access request modes : a “Routine” access request type and an “Emergency”
access request.
The toggle switch enables the flight crew to lock or unlock the cockpit door, following an
access request, thereby allowing or denying entry into the cockpit.
The Cockpit Door Control Unit is the system controller in charge of :
- Locking and unlocking the electromagnetic locks, upon flight crew action
- Alert annunciation to indicate failure of electromagnetic locks
- Activating the access request buzzer and turning on the Door Call panel light
The buzzer sounds in the cockpit for a minimum of 2 seconds (duration = duration of
pushbutton activation + 2 seconds) to indicate that a routine access request has been
made or sounds continuously if an emergency access procedure has been initiated.
The Cockpit Door Locking System Switch enables the Cockpit Door Locking System to be
switched ON or OFF at the beginning or at the end of the flight and to facilitate
maintenance tasks and ground operations.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
25.3 Door Call Panel

The Door Call Panel is used by the cabin crew to request pilots to open the door.
1 OPEN Green light illuminates :

The door has been unlocked either by a flight crew action or automatically (during 10
seconds) when no flight crew action has been performed during the delay (30 seconds),
following an emergency access request. The door panel can then be pulled open
OPEN Green light flashes :
An emergency request to enter the cockpit has been made; the buzzer will sound
continuously in the cockpit, but no action has yet been taken by the flight crew.
2 DENIED light illuminates :

When the flight crew has denied access. The door remains locked. If no crew action is
taken, the light remains illuminated for 3 minutes. During this delay any action on the call
panel will be inhibited.
3 CALL pushbutton switch :

It is used to sound the buzzer in the cockpit for at least 2 seconds
4 EMER pushbutton switch :

It is protected by a rotating plate to prevent inadvertent activation. It is used to initiate the
emergency opening of the door when the flight crew does not respond. The buzzer will
sounds continuously in the cockpit, the OPEN green light on the Door Call Panel will flash.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
25.4 Cockpit Door Control Panel

The cockpit door opening is controlled by a toggle switch, located on the central pedestal
1
Toggle Switch
OPEN Position : This position is used to enable the cabin crew member to open the
cockpit door. The switch must be pulled and maintained in the open
position until the right door panel is pulled open. To open the left
door panel, move the handle located on the cockpit side and pull
the left panel aft.
CLOSE Position : The door is locked, and emergency access is possible for the cabin
crew
DENY position : Once the button has been moved to this position, the door is
locked. EMERGENCY access, the buzzer and the Door Call
Panel are inhibited for 3 minutes.
Note - If the DENY position has not been used by the pilot for at least 3 minutes,
the cabin crew is able to request either the routine or the emergency
access.
- The OPEN position overrides and resets any previous selection
- In case of an electrical supply failure, the cockpit door is automatically
unlocked.
2 FAULT/OPEN Indication
OPEN light ON : The door is not closed, or not locked
OPEN light flashes : The cabin crew has started an emergency access procedure. If
there is no reaction from the flight crew, the door will unlock at the
end of the 30 seconds delay.
FAULT : This light comes on when a system failure has been identified
(Example : electromagnetic lock, control unit, electrical supply)
3
Buzzer
Buzzer sounds : For at least 2 seconds after the cabin crew has request an access
through the CALL push-- button on the Door Call Panel,
or
continuously when the cabin crew has started an emergency
access procedure.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM DEC 13
AA
25.5 COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM ON/OFF CONTROL

The Cockpit Door Locking System ON/OFF Control Switch is located behind the First
Officer seat.
ON/OFF Control Switch

ON : The cockpit door locking system is operative.
OFF : The cockpit door locking system is deactivated. The door is unlocked,
the door right panel can be opened from the cargo compartment side by
pulling it. To open the door left panel, move the handle located on the
cockpit side and pull the left panel. If the system is switched off and the
aircraft power is available, the FAULT light on the pedestal Cockpit
Door Control panel comes on.
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
DC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B)
R
Cockpit Door Locking System DC BUS 2
(On lateral panel DOORS / CDCU &
LATCHES SUPPLY)
Cockpit Door Fault light DC ESS BUS

(On lateral panel DOORS / CDCU FAULT)
Mod: 5948
P5 100
VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE APR 11
25.7 - VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE

DESCRIPTION
The Video Surveillance System is composed of :
- Monitor : located right of First Officer. The monitor includes two control knobs :
- One rotary knob : On/Off and Brightness tuning. The knob is labeled OFF DIM.
- One push button for camera selection. The button is labeled CAM SEL.
- Camera 1 : Black and white video camera located left of cockpit door, monitoring the
person requesting access to the cockpit.
- Camera 2 : Black and white video camera located on the cargo ceiling, monitoring the
back of the person requesting access to the cockpit.
- Camera 3 : Color video camera located on the cargo/cabin door, monitoring the cabin.
Mod: 5948 + 5390

P6 100
VIDEO CABIN SURVEILLANCE APR 11
OPERATIONS
- When the monitor is powered (ON position), it displays the output from video camera 1.
With no action on the monitor during 3 min 10 s, the monitor returns to stand by position
(black screen).
- When someone requests access to the cockpit, the monitor displays automatically the
output from video camera 1.
- Video cameras 1, 2 and 3 are displayed one after the other after each pressure of the
CAM SEL push button :
- To display video camera 2, the CAM SEL push button should be pressed once.
- To display video camera 3, the CAM SEL push button should be pressed twice.
- To display video camera 1 once again, the CAM SEL push button should be pressed
three times.
- To force the monitor to the stand by position, the CAM SEL push button should remain
pressed for 3s.
- If the monitor is in stand by position, press the CAM SEL push button to display the
output from the video cameras.
- To turn the monitor OFF, the OFF DIM rotary knob should be turned to the OFF position.
In this case, the monitor will not automatically turn on if someone requests access to the
cockpit.
Mod: 5948 + 5390

P1 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
ENTRY DOORS
The entry door is an outward opening, non plug type door with a net opening of
72 cm (28.5”) wide (without hand-- rail(s)) and 1.75 m (68.8”) high.
The mechanism is essentially composed of two handles, a lifting cam and locking
shoot bolts placed on the rear part of the door (for door operating, refer to 1.07.30).
Attached to the integrated stair structure is a folding hand-- rail which, by means of a
link to the fuselage structure automatically erects when the door is opened.
SERVICE DOOR
The service door is an outward opening, non plug type door with a net opening of 69 cm (27”)
wide and 1.27 m (50”) high.
Open position is forward. Door operation can be performed manually from inside or
outside of the airplane (refer to 1.07.30).
INTERNAL DOOR
A forward opening hinged door separates the forward cargo compartment and the passenger
compartment. A latch operated by a knob on the cabin side and a safety key from the cargo
side is provided. In case of emergency it can be forced opened in either direction.
A cockpit door security system is installed (refer to 1.00.25).
Mod: 5948
P2 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
CARGO DOOR
The cargo door is an outward opening, non plug type door hinged at its upper edge giving a
net clear opening of 1.30 m (51”) wide by 1.57 m (62”) high.
The door is actuated by an electrical actuator. A hold-- open strut maintains the cargo door
in the open position. It also protects door from wind gusts.
ELECTRICAL OPERATING
The cargo door is unlocked by two levers and operated from a panel located outside.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
1 Panel cover switch

Connects the Ground Handling Bus on line when the panel cover is open.
2 Ground Handling Bus “ON BAT”
- Is ON when Ground Handling Bus is directly supplied by Hot main Bat Bus.
Note : This light shows that the main battery is emptying even if the BAT toggle
switch is in “OFF” position (visible even when the panel cover is closed).
3
Cargo Bay light switch
Allows acivation of the cargo bay light from outside.
4 Actuator Selection Switch
Is used to operate the door (opening or closing) when the “CARGO DOOR ARMED”
light is ON.
5 ”CARGO DOOR LCHD” blue light
Light is ON when all door hooks and latch locks are fully engaged.
Note : The door can be locked and latched only from outside.
6 ”CARGO DOOR ARMED“ green light
Is ON when Actuator selection switch working conditions are met.
These conditions are :
- Panel cover opened
- Door unlocked by operating handle : all locks are disengaged
Mod: 5948
P4 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
To open cargo door

- Push flap to grasp handle of the upper lever.
- Depress handle and pull the upper lever fully down.
- Pull the lower lever fully down.
- Open flap for access to cargo door control panel (green light illuminates).
- Press selector to “OPEN” until door is completely opened.
- Make sure selector returns to neutral position.
- Lock folding strut.
To close cargo door

- Unlock folding strut.
- Open flap for access to cargo door control panel.
- Press selector to “CLOSE” until door is completely closed.
- Fold back the lower lever in its recess.
- Depress handle or the upper lever and fold it back in its recess.
- Make sure blue light is ON (door locked in closed position) selector has returned to
neutral position and green light is OFF.
All the lights of the operating panel may be tested by depressing them.
As long as the cargo door is not closed and all hooks engaged, the “CARGO UNLK” light
illuminates amber on the cockpit overhead panel.
MANUAL OPERATING
In case of electrical actuator failure, it is possible to open or close the cargo door with a
hand crank, introduced in an adjusted shaft drive of the actuator.
FORWARD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS HATCH

An inward opening manually operated hatch in forward section of the nose landing
gear bay gives external access to the avionics compartment behind the main
instrument panel.
COCKPIT COMMUNICATION HATCH
A machined door with a net opening of 17.5 cm (7”) wide and 15 cm (6”) high is
located immediately below the CAPT side window.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
1 Panel cover switch

Connects the Ground Handling Bus on line when the panel cover is open.
2 Ground Handling Bus “ON BAT”
- Is ON when Ground Handling Bus is directly supplied by Hot main Bat Bus.
Note : This light shows that the main battery is emptying even if the BAT toggle
switch is in “OFF” position (visible even when the panel cover is closed).
3
Cargo Bay light switch
Allows acivation of the cargo bay light from outside.
4 Actuator Selection Switch
Is used to operate the door (opening or closing) when the “CARGO DOOR ARMED”
light is ON.
5 ”CARGO DOOR LCHD” blue light
Light is ON when all door hooks and latch locks are fully engaged.
Note : The door can be locked and latched only from outside.
6 ”CARGO DOOR ARMED“ green light
Is ON when Actuator selection switch working conditions are met.
These conditions are :
- Panel cover opened
- Door unlocked by operating handle : all locks are disengaged
Mod: 5948
P4 100
DOORS APR 11
AA
CAUTION : Door must be mechanically closed by outboard handles only in order to

be sure that latching and locking mechanisms are in the closed position.
OPERATING FROM INSIDE
OPENING
• Push upwards handle 1 (Latch lock flap get free)
• Push downward handle 2 on the vent door (the door is unlocked)
• Rotate downwards the handle 3 (Hooks are disengaged and the door is
unlatched)
• Use the actuator selection garded switch located in the internal operating panel.
CLOSING
• Use the actuator selection garded switch located in the internal operating panel.
Note : The locking and latching are not possible from inside. However, the latching
position can be inspected from inside through the view ports located on the
bottom part of the door.
FORWARD AVIONICS COMPARTMENT ACCESS HATCH
An inward opening manually operated hatch in forward section of the nose landing
gear bay gives external access to the avionics compartment behind the main
instrument panel.
COCKPIT COMMUNICATION HATCH
A machined door with a net opening of 17.5 cm (7”) wide and 15 cm (6”) high is
located immediately below the CAPT side window.
Mod: 5948 + (2595 or 4511)

P5 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY EXITS
COCKPIT
One plug type hatch located in the cockpit roof is provided as an emergency exit for the
flight crew. One escape rope is located in a compartment on top of the electric rack near
the exit. Some steps are provided for hatch access in the corridor RH side.
CABIN
In addition to the doors already described, two plug emergency type III exits are provided.
Note : All emergency exits are operable from inside or outside of the cabin.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
30.2 CONTROLS
DOORS PANEL
(1) Doors Alert lights

The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated by the MFC when associated door is not
seen locked (one or more micro switches in unlocked position).
CARGO, FWD COMPT, and EMER doors only are monitored through the MFC.
Door name amber labels are displayed on the SD cabin page when the associated door is
detected unclosed.
(2) Test Pb
Enables to test the microswitches system on cabin door and service door. This test has to be
performed on ground, doors open.
(3) OK lights
The lights illuminate when depressing test button on ground, only if cabin and service doors
are open and if associated microswitches are in unlocked position.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
Doors displays on SD CABIN page (MFD)
CABIN SIGNS MESSAGES (Cabin seat belt/No device messages status)
“NO DVCE” and “SEAT BELT” messages are displayed in cyan on the dedicated area of
the Memo Panel display.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
DOORS DEC 13
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY
(C/B)
R Doors alert DC BUS 2
(On lateral panel DOORS / CDCU &
LATCHES SUPPLY)
Cargo door actuator DC GND HDLG BUS
(On lateral panel DOORS / CARGO ACTG
/ ACTR)
Cargo door actuator control DC GND HDLG BUS
(On lateral panel DOORS / CARGO ACTG
/ CTL)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
DOORS
This caution is triggered on ground when any door is detected unlocked (except the FWD
COMPT door).
Visual and aural alert are :
- MC light flashing amber
- “DOORS” amber message on EWD
- Aural alert is single chime
- Amber solid rectangle and door name amber label on SD cabin page
- associated “UNLK” amber light on overhead panel
DOOR FWD COMPT

This caution is triggered on ground or in flight when the FWD COMPT door is detected
unlocked.
- “DOOR FWD COMPT” amber message on EWD
- Amber solid rectangle and “FWD COMPT” amber label on SD cabin page
Mod: 5948
P9 001
DOORS APR 11
AA
DOOR EMER
This caution is triggered in flight when the flight compartment overhead hatch is detected
unlocked.
- “DOOR EMER” amber message on EWD
- “EMER” amber label on SD cabin page
DOOR LH AFT
This caution is triggered in flight when the passenger/crew door is detected unlocked.
- “DOOR LH AFT” amber message on EWD
- “CABIN” amber label on SD cabin page
DOOR RH AFT
This caution is triggered in flight when the service door is detected unlocked.
- “DOOR RH AFT” amber message on EWD
- “SVCE” amber label on SD cabin page
DOOR LH FWD
This caution is triggered in flight when the left cargo door is detected unlocked.
- “DOOR LH FWD” amber message on EWD
- “CARGO” amber label on SD cabin page
Mod: 5948
P1 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
For aircraft lighting, different systems are installed :

- controlled from the cockpit
S cockpit lighting
S cabin signs lighting
S emergency lighting
S exterior lighting
- controlled from the cabin attendant panel
S cabin lighting
S emergency lighting
S rear cargo compartment
- controlled from cargo door operating panel
S FWD cargo compartment
COCKPIT LIGHTING
The cockpit is provided with Main Instrument Panel, Overhead panel, consoles lighting.
All lights installed in the cockpit are of LED type (Light Emitting Diodes).
For illumination of work surfaces and side consoles, spot lights and flood lights are installed.
The intensity of all instruments and panels lighting can be adjusted.
A STORM function is fitted in order to increase the lighting intensity of the central panel led
lights in case of stormy conditions.
As soon as DC EMER BUS is powered, Left Main Instrument Panel light located below the
glareshield, and one light on the overhead panel directed to the pedestal illuminate.
The general cockpit illumination is obtained from two dimmable DOME lights.
CABIN SIGNS LITHTING

“FASTEN SEAT BELTS” cabin signs “RETURN TO SEAT” sign in the toilet and/or “NO
SMOKING” cabin signs may be selected. They will be accompanied by a single chime in the
cabin.
CABIN AND CARGO LIGHTING

The passenger compartment, galley area and entrance door area are lighted by strip lights.
In addition, a separated lighting is installed into the rear cargo compartment and is operated
from the cabin crew panel.
The forward cargo compartment is fitted with an automatic lighting activated by the door
opening.
A switch located at the left side of the cockpit entrance provides cockpit lighting and
emergency EXIT lights illumination for 2 min.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
1 Navigation lights
Regulatory lights are installed on the wing tip (coverage 110°) and on the rear tail
cone (coverage 140°).
2 Taxi and to ligths
Two lights are installed side by side on the nose landing gear leg.
3 Landing lights
Two landing lights are installed laterally in the forward main landing gear fairing bay.
4 Wing lights
Two lights are installed one on each side of the fuselage and are positionned to
illuminate the wing leading edges and the engine air intakes in order to allow
preventive checking in icing conditions.
5 Beacon lights
Two beacon lights are installed :
one on the top of the vertical stabilizer and one on the bottom of the center fuselage.
6 Strobe lights
These lights are installed in each wing tip and in the tail cone. They flash white and are
used as supplemental recognition light.
7 Logo lights (optional)
Two lights are installed one on each side of the lower surface of the horizontal
stabilizer to illuminate the company logo on both sides of the vertical stabilizer.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY LIGHTING
Emergency evacuation path marking near the floor is a photoluminescent system.

EXIT, CEILING and EXTERIOR emergency lights are supplied with 6V DC.
Two sources are available :
- DC STBY BUS via a voltage divider.
- 6V integral batteries charged from the DC STBY BUS with a 10 mn capacity.
In case of system activation, light will be supplied by DC STBY BUS. If this source fails, the
battreries will be utilized automatically.
In case of flight with DC EMER BUS only, the cockpit ligthing is restricted to :
- RH DOME light with the possibility to switch it off
- Left Main Instrument Panel (MIP) located below the glareshield
- overhead panel light illuminating the pedestal.
One light is provided in the toilet, illuminating when associated door is locked.
Note : Emergency flash lights are provided (see 1.07).
Mod: 5948
P4 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
EXT LIGHT PANEL
1 BEACON sw
BEACON Both lights flash
OFF Lights are extinguished
2 NAV sw
NAV The three navigation lights illuminate steady. Ice evidence probe is
enlightened.
3 STROBE sw
STROBE Stroboscopic lights flash white
4 LOGO sw
LOGO Both LOGO lights illuminate steady
5 WING sw
WING Both lights illuminate steady
6 L and R LAND sw
Each landing light (L and R) is controlled by an individual switch
LAND Associated light illuminates steady
OFF Associated light is extinguished
7 TAXI & T.O. sw
taxi Both TAXI lights illuminate steady
MIN CAB LT SWITCH
Enables to control the minimum cabin lights powered by the main battery.
On the RH side of the cabin only, every second light is illuminated.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
SIGNS PANEL
1 NO SMOKING sw
NO SMKG Associated signs come on in the cabin, associated with a single
chime. “NO SMOKING” label is displayed in cyan on the memo
panel display
OFF Associated signs and memo panel label are extinguished.
2 SEAT BELTS sw
SEAT BELTS “FASTEN SEAT BELTS” signs in the cabin and “RETURN TO
SEAT” sign in the toilet come on associated with a single chime
upon illumination. “SEAT BELTS” label is displayed in cyan on the
memo panel display.
OFF Associated signs and memo panel label are extinguished.
Note : When switching off “NO SMOKING” or “SEAT BELTS” signs, single chime
sounds in cabin.
3 EMER EXIT LIGHT selector
ON Emergency lights illuminate.
ARM Normal selector position in operation. Emergency lights will :
- Illuminate if DC STBY BUS voltage is under 18V or if the two
generators are lost.
- Extinguish if DC STBY BUS voltage is over 20V and at least one
generator running.
DISARM Normal selector position with engines stopped. Emergency light
system is deactivated.
Note : Cabin attendant’s EMER LIGHT sw will override the ARM and DISARM
positions of the selector.
4 DISARM light
Illuminates amber when the emergency light system is deactivated.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
Labels (”NO DVCE” or “SEAT BELT”) are displayed in cyan when associated switch is
selected ON.
LT PANEL
MIP/PED rotary knob

Selects activation and intensity of main instrument panel and pedestal integral lighting.
OVHD rotary selector

Selects activation and intensity of the overhead panel integral lighting.
LT and RCDR PANEL
FLOOD knob
Selects activation and intensity of pedestal panel flood lighting.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
ANN LT PANEL
1 ANN LT sw
Allows to check and to control the intensity of :
- the annunciator lights on the overhead panel, main instrument panel and pedestal
panels
- the overhead panel flow bars.
TEST : All the associated lights are tested and illuminate
BRT : Associated lights, when selected, illuminate at normal brightness
DIM : Associated lights, when selected, are dimmed.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
SIDE PANEL
1 CONSOLE LT knob
CONSOLE The light above the associated lateral console is ON.
OFF Light is extinguished.
2 READING LT knob
Selects activation and intensity of the respective spot light.
FLT COMPT LT PANEL
1 DOME sw
BRT Dome lights are lighted at maximum intensity
DIM Dome lights are dimmed
OFF Both dome lights are OFF
2 STBY COMPASS sw
STBY COMPASSIntegral lighting of standby compass comes ON
OFF Lighting is OFF
3 STORM sw
STORM A lighting increase of the Central MIP light and the Lateral MIP light
to intense bightness
OFF Central and Lateral MIP lights are at normal brightness.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
LIGHTING APR 11
AA
CABIN CREW PANEL
1 Galley sw (when installed)

Controls galley lighting.
2 LAV sw
Controls lavatory lighting. A diffuser switches ON when lavatory latch is closed.
3 LAT PASS sw
Controls lateral passengers lighting.
4 CEILING LT sw
Controls the passengers ceiling lighting.
5 ENTRANCE sw
Controls entrance lighting.
6 AFT CARGO sw
Controls rear cargo lighting.
7 READING LT sw
When depressed passenger reading lights are operational.
8 VENT sw (when installed)
When depressed, passenger ventilation fan operates.
9 EMER LT sw
Controls emergency exit light and evacuation path marking causing emergency
lights to illuminate (overriding crew switching).
10 DIM LT sw
Associated light, when selected, are dimmed.
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
LIGHTING DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
R EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY AC BUS SUPPLY
(C/B) (C/B)
EXTERIOR
Beacon lights DC SVCE BUS - NIL--
(On lateral panel EXT LT /
BEACON NORM SPLY)
DC BUS 1
BEACON ALTN SPLY))
Navigation lights DC SVCE BUS - NIL--
NAV NORM SPLY)
DC BUS 1
NAV ALTN SPLY)
Wing lights DC BUS 2 - NIL--
WING))
Logo lights DC SVCE BUS - NIL--
(when installed) (On lateral panel EXT LT /
LOGO)
Landing lights DC ESS BUS (CTL) ACW BUS 1 (PWR SPLY)
(On lateral panel EXT LT / (On lateral panel EXT LT / L
L (R) LAND / CTL) LAND / PWR SPLY)
ACW BUS 2 (PWR SPLY)
(On lateral panel EXT LT / R
LAND / PWR SPLY)
Taxi and Take off ligths DC BUS 2 (CTL) ACW BUS 2 (PWR SPLY)
(On lateral panel EXT LT / (On lateral panel EXT LT /
TAXI & TO CTL) TAXI & TO PWR SPLY)
Strobe ligths - NIL-- ACW BUS 1
(On lateral panel EXT LT / R
STROBE)
ACW BUS 2
(On lateral panel EXT LT / L &
REAR STROBE)
SIGNS
Seat belts - DC BUS 2 - NIL--
No smoking/No device (On lateral panel COMPT
LT / BELTS & NO SMKG)
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
LIGHTING DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
R EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY AC BUS SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
EMER LIGHTS
Emergency exit lights DC STBY BUS - NIL--
(On lateral panel COMPT
LT & SERVICING / CAB-
IN / EMER EXIT LT))
PLUGS
DC SVCE PLUG DC SVCE BUS - NIL--
LT & SERVICING /
28 VDC SVCE PLUG)
ACW SVCE PLUG - NIL-- ACW SVCE BUS

(On lateral panel COMPT LT &
SERVICING /
115VAC ACW SVCE PLUG)
COCKPIT
- Capt Normal light. DC BUS 1 - NIL--
(Utility spot and food (On lateral panel COMPT
chartholder) LT & SERVICING / FLT
- Capt Dome light COMPT / CAPT NORM
- Storm. LT)
Main Instrument Panel DC BUS 1 - NIL--

(MIP), Pedestal (PED) (On lateral panel COMPT
LT & SERVICING / FLT
COMPT / CAPT NORM
LT)
DC EMER BUS
COMPT / EMER LT)
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
LIGHTING DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY AC BUS SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
COCKPIT
- F/O Normal light. DC BUS 2 - NIL--
(Utility spot and food (On lateral panel COMPT
chartholder) LT & SERVICING / FLT
COMPT / F/O NORM LT)
F/O Dome light DC BUS 1 - NIL--

COMPT / CAPT NORM
LT)
DC EMER BUS
COMPT / EMER LT)
OVHD (Overhead panel DC BUS 2 (CTL) ACW BUS 1 (PWR SPLY)

integral lighting) (On lateral panel COMPT (On lateral panel COMPT LT &
LT / FLT COMPT / OVHD) SERVICING / FLT COMPT /
OVHD)
STBY Compass DC EMER BUS - NIL--

COMPT / CAPT & F/O
EMER LT)
Light Managing Unit DC STBY BUS - NIL--

(LMU) Integral Panel (On lateral panel COMPT
lighting of NAS and auto- LT & SERVICING / FLT
press panels COMPT / LMU / MIP)
Light Managing Unit DC BUS 1 - NIL--

(LMU) Integral Panel (On lateral panel COMPT
lighting of other panels LT & SERVICING / FLT
COMPT / PED & LT)
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
LIGHTING DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
COCKPIT
Annunciator light test DC BUS 1 - NIL--
COMPT / ANN LT TEST
and FLT COMP LT / ANN
LT / TEST)
COMPARTMENT
Forward and Aft Cargo DC SVCE BUS - NIL--
LT & SERVICING / FWD
& AFT CARGO COMPT
LT)
- Main wheel well DC SVCE BUS - NIL--

- Nose wheel well (On lateral panel COMPT
- Aft avionics compart- LT & SERVICING /
ment WHEELS & AFT ELEK
COMPT LT)
PASSENGER
Lateral left DC BUS 1 - NIL--
IN / LAT LT)
DC SVCE BUS
LT & SERVICING / CAB
LAT LT)
MIN cab light DC ESS BUS - NIL--

IN / MIN LT)
Lateral right DC BUS 2 - NIL--

LT / CABIN / LAT LT)
DC SVCE BUS
LT & SERVICING / CAB
LAT LT)
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
LIGHTING DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
PASSENGER
Upper DC UTLY BUS 1 - NIL--
IN / UPPER LT)
DC UTLY BUS 2
LT / CABIN / UPPER LT)
Reading light DC SVCE BUS (CTL) ACW BUS 1 (PWR SPLY)

(On lateral panel COMPT (On lateral panel COMPT LT &
LT & SERVICING / CAB SERVICING / CAB RDNG LT /
RDNG LT / CTL) PWR SPLY / RH)
ACW BUS 2 (PWR SPLY)
(On lateral panel COMPT LT &
SERVICING / CAB RDNG LT /
PWR SPLY / LH)
Lavatory light DC SVCE BUS - NIL--

LT & SERVICING / LAV
LT)
Galley DC SVCE BUS - NIL--

LT & SERVICING / GAL-
LEY LT)
Attendant call DC UTLY BUS 1 - NIL--

LT & SERVICING / CALL
SYS)
Passenger Compartment HOT MAIN BAT BUS - NIL--

Entrance Door Area (On lateral panel COMPT
Lighting LT / ENTR )
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
WATER AND WASTE SYSTEM DEC 13
AA
50.1 DESCRIPTION
For the toilet, the aircraft is equipped with a clean water system and a waste disposal
system which provides adequate waste capability. It is drainable by gravity.
Clean water is stored in a tank located in the pressurized section of the fuselage.
The toilet flushing is obtained from a motorized pump filter unit. The flushing cycle is
automatically controlled by an electrical timer. Draining, flushing and charging of the
tank is accomplished at the toilet service panel, located underneath the rear fuselage.
R DC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B)
DC SVCE BUS
Lavatory flush motor (On lateral panel COMPT LT & SER-
VICING / LAV FLUSH MOTOR)
Mod: 5948
INTEGRATED SYSTEMS 1.01.00
P1 001
CONTENTS FEB 12
AA
1.01.00 CONTENTS
1.01.10 INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS (IMA)

10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 SCHEMATIC
10.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/SYSTEM MONITORING
1.01.20 MULTIFUNCTION COMPUTER (MFC)

20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
20.3 OPERATION
20.5 MAINTENANCE APPLICATION
20.6 SCHEMATICS
1.01.30 MULTIPURPOSE COMPUTER (MPC)

30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 SCHEMATIC
R 1.01.35 MPC LOST EQUIPMENT LIST
1.01.40 CPM/IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LIST
Mod: 5948
P1 001
INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The Integrated Modular Avionic (IMA) provides computation, memory and Input/Output
data processing resources, shared between several avionics applications.
The Integrated Modular Avionic is mainly composed of the dual Core Avionic Cabinets
(CAC 1& 2).
The term CAC (Core Avionic Cabinet) designs the whole equipment composed of the rack
and the set of cards.
In the basic configuration, each CAC is composed of :
- 1 CPM (Core Processing Module)

- The CPMs provide shared memory and computation resources to execute hosted
avionics applications.
- 1 IOM-- S (Input/Output Module)
This IO Module is dedicated to provide ARINC and discrete I/O for all functions
- 1 IOM-- AP (Input/Output Module)
This IO Module is dedicated to provide discrete and analog I/O for the
Auto-- Flight application.
- 2 IOM-- DC (Input/Output Module)
The IOM-- DC provide discrete and analog I/O for Data Concentration
Application (DCA) .
- 1 SWM (gateway and SWitch Module)
This module is dedicated to connect together CPM and other Avionics Data
Network subscribers.
The communication means is based on AFDX network, linking network
subscribers through SWM.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
The main applications hosted by the Core Avionic Cabinets are :

- Flight Warning (FWA)
- Auto-- Flight (AFCA)
- Centralized Maintenance (CMA) (only on CAC 1)
- Data Concentration (DCA)
The CAC 1 & 2, communicate with five display units and systems by means of different
data bus formats :
- AFDX: Avionics Full DupleX switched ethernet
- A429: ARINC 429
- Analogic
- Discretes
Two of the five displays units (DU2 and DU4) are dedicated to two other functions :
- Flight Management Application (FMA)
- Radio Management Application (RMA)
(Refer to section 1.01.40 to see the lost equipment list in case of CPM and/or IOM failure).
10.2 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P3 001
INTEGRATED MODULAR AVIONICS DEC 13
AA
1.10.10
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
The CPM, IOM-- AP&-- DC, IOM-- S and SWM cards are connected to the 28VDC aircraft
electrical network.
The power supply details are shown in the table below :
CAC CAC CARD DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)

R CPM 1 & IOM-- S 1 DC EMER BUS
(Upper Panel CAC / CPM 1 / IOM-- S1)
IOM - AP 11 DC EMER BUS
(Upper Panel AFCS/ FGCP CHAN 1/
IOM-- AP 1)
CAC 1
IOM - DC 12 DC STBY BUS
(Upper Panel CAC / IOM-- DC 12)
IOM - DC 13 DC STBY BUS
SWM 1 DC EMER BUS
(Upper Panel CAC / SWM 1)
CPM 2 & IOM-- S 2 DC ESS BUS (NORM SPLY)
DC STBY BUS (AUX SPLY - ENG
START)
CAC 2 IOM - AP 21 DC ESS BUS
(Upper Panel AFCS/ FGCP CHAN 2/
IOM-- AP 2)
IOM - DC 22 DC ESS BUS
IOM - DC 23 DC ESS BUS
SWM 2 DC ESS BUS
(Upper Panel CAC / SWM 2)
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
CAC 1(2)
This caution is generated in case of a CPM failure on one CAC.
Visual and aural alerts are :
- “CPM 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- Aural alert is Single Chime (SC)
CPM 1 (2) + IOM 2x (1x)

This caution is generated in case of a CPM failure on one CAC and a IOM-- DC failure on the
other CAC.
All combinations of one CAC/CPM and other CAC/IOM - DC are possible :
- “CPM 1 (2) + IOM 2x (1x)” amber message on EWD
IOM 1x (2x)
This caution is generated in case of one IOM-- DC failure on one CAC.
- “IOM 1x (2x)” amber message on EWD
IOM 1x (2x) + IOM 1x (2x)

This caution is generated in case of dual of IOM-- DC.
All combinations of one or two CAC are possible :
- “IOM 1x (2x) + IOM 1x (2x)” amber message on EWD
SWITCH SGL CH
This caution is generated in case of one SWM loss.
- “SWITCH SGL CH” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
MULTIFUNCTION COMPUTER APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
(See schematics p 15/16)
On the ATR72, numerous logic functions are performed by the MFC system. It consists of
two independent computers (MFC 1 and MFC 2).
Each computer includes two independent modules (A and B).
Each module includes :
- a 28 VDC dual power supply
- an input/output circuit.
- a computation unit.
- for modules 1A and 2A only, a hard-- wired logic independent of the computation unit.
SIGNAL PROCESSING
Each module receives signals from the various systems and systems controls.
Each signal received by a module is then converted, if necessary, to a digital signal by the
input circuit.
Then :
- for most of the functions, the signal is sent to the computation unit which processes the
data according to the logic programmes.
- for some specific functions (stick pusher, flaps), signal processing is performed in a
conventional way by the hard-- wired card (to avoid computation errors or common
failures).
An intercard dialogue is established between all modules to allow each module to use
signals processed by other modules.
Signals from each system are taken into account by one or more modules depending on
the degree of reliability/safety required for the system.
Each module is equipped with a self test system which monitor correct operation of that
module.
FUNCTIONS
After processing, computation unit transmits orders from the output circuit fo the various
systems in order to :
- monitor, control and authorize operation of the aircraft systems.
- manage system failures and flight enveloppe anomalies and command triggering of
associated warnings in the Flight Warning System (FWS).
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
CONTROL PANEL
Controls operation of associated module.
ON : (pushbutton pressed in) the module operates.
OFF : (pushbutton released) the module stops operating.

the OFF white indicator light comes on.
FAULT : The amber light comes on and the FWS is activated when a
malfunction or electrical supply fault is detected.
The module automatically becomes inoperative.
This light also flashes during self-- test of the module.
During powering, since all four modules are selected ON, the
following sequence is executed :
MFC 1A and MFC 2A FAULT lights (self-- test of these modules)

flashing.
MFC 1A and MFC 2A FAULT lights extinguish. MFC 1B and MFC 2B

FAULT lights (self-- test of these modules) flashing.
MFC 1B and MFC 2B FAULT lights extinguish.
Note : If the cargo door control panel is opened, the self test of MFC 1A and 2A are already
done, and only the MFC 1B and 2B are tested.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
20.3 OPERATION
Charts on the following pages list the implementation and availability of the functions
ensured by each module.
READING OF TABLES
The table uses the following symbols : F, , to indicate :
- location of the functions :
A function is integrated in each module denoted by one of these symbols :
- availability of the functions :
A function can be treated :
- in one module only,
- in several modules (redundancy),
- partially in two modules, i.e. both modules considered are to be operative to
process this function.
Example :
MODULE
SYSTEM FUNCTION
1A 1B 2A 2B
FLIGHT STICK PUSHER
CONTROLS STALL WARNING F F
- The stick pusher function is integrated in modules 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B.
- The stall warning function is integrated in modules 1B and 2B.
- The stick pusher function is available if modules (1A AND 2A) OR (1A AND 2B) OR (1B
AND 2A) OR (1B AND 2B) operate. This function is therefore not available if modules
(1A AND 1B) OR (2A AND 2B) are lost.
- The stall warning is available if module 1B OR 2B operate.
This function is therefore not available if modules 1B AND 2B are lost
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P5 001
MULTIFUNCTION COMPUTER DEC 13
AA
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P8 001
MULTIFUNCTION COMPUTER FEB 12
AA
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
Each module is supplied by two separate electrical sources (primary and alternate).
Power supply switching is automatic :
- from primary to alternate if primary V < 19V and if alternate V > 22V.
- from alternate to primary if primary V >22V.
UNIT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)
MFC 1A
Primary Supply DC ESS BUS
R (Overhead Panel 1A NORM SPLY)
Alternate Supply HOT EMER BAT BUS
R (Overhead Panel 1A AUX/ADC 1 HOT SPLY)
MFC 1B
Primary Supply DC BUS 1
R (Overhead Panel 1B NORM SPLY)
Alternate Supply DC EMER BUS
R (Overhead Panel 1B AUX SPLY)
MFC 2A
Primary Supply DC EMER BUS
R (Overhead Panel 2A NORM SPLY)
Alternate Supply HOT MAIN BAT BUS
R (Overhead Panel 2A AUX SPLY)
MFC 2B
Primary Supply DC BUS 2
Alternate Supply DC EMER BUS
SYSTEM MONITORING
MFC 1(2) A (B)
These cautions are generated when MFC module(s) are detected failed.
- “MFC 1(2) A(B)” amber message on EWD
- FAULT light illuminates on the overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
20.5 MAINTENANCE
LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL
Recording of the failures is performed by the MFC 1A module.
(1) ”BITE LOADED” Magnetic indicator

Indicates that a failure has been recorded by the maintenance system.
(2) TEST pb
Used to check operation the the BITE LOADED magnetic indicator.
When pressed for more than 3s. the magnetic indicator is activated.
(3) ERS pb
When depressed for at least 5s, the maintenance magnetic indicator is erased. This
procedure also erases the MFC maintenance memory thus it has to be performed at the
end of the maintenance task.
(4) CONNECTOR OUTLET

Enables the optional MTS (Maintenance Test Set) system to be connected.
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
R
AA
MCDU
During a maintenance operation on the ground, MFC fault codes can be displayed by
means of “MPC” menu on MCDU.
In the “MPC” menu, select “MAINTENANCE” sub-- menu then “MFC” :

- The “BASIC MEMORY” gives access to the content of the fault codes stored since the
last erase (no chronological information).
- The “FLIGHT FAULT” memory gives access to the fault codes which occured during the 9
previous flights.
Note : To erase the maintenance memory, select “MAINT MEMORY ERASING” menu via
MFC menu to erase basic memory and/or the flight memory.
To erase the maintenance magnetic indicator, press “ERS” PB on the lateral maintenance
panel.
Mod: 5948
MFC 1.01.20
P 13/14 001
R
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
20.6 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
MULTIPURPOSE COMPUTER APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
The MPC unit is including two parts :

- Flight Data Acquisition Unit (FDAU)
- Data Management Unit (DMU)
A) FDAU Part
The MPC acquires data in digital, analog or discrete format from aircraft systems for
various FDAU functions :
- Flight Data Recording (SSFDR) (refer to chapter Flight Instruments).
- Aircraft Performance Monitoring (APM) (Refer to chapter Ice and Rain
Protection).
- Data broadcast to CAC (to avionics system).
- Time management.
- Flight time management.
- Flight number management.
- Configuration management (A/C type, A/C ident, APM version).
B) DMU Part
The MPC has the capability to manage ACMS functions (Aircraft Condition Monitoring
System) in order to :
- facilitate the maintenance of the aircraft.
- record data for the Flight Data Monitoring purpose (FDM)
The main possible ACMS functions are :
- QAR/DAR recording on a PCMCIA disk (QAR when the data frame is the
FDR one/ DAR when it is reprogrammed by a ground support equipment)
- >FDM purpose
- Management of reports (take-- off, cruise ...) - > FDM purpose
- Dialogue with the following aircraft equipments: MCDU, Printer, ACARS
(optional)
- Other maintenance functions.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
30.2 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)

MPC (in flight) DC ESS BUS (SECT 1)
(on lateral panel FLT DATA RCDR /
FDAU DFDR / FLT SPLY)
MPC (on ground) DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel FLT DATA RCDR /
FDAU DFDR / GND SPLY)
SYSTEM MONITORING
See on dedicated chapter (flight instrument for recording and ice & rain protection for
APM)
Mod: 5948
P1 001
MPC LOST EQUIPMENT LIST FEB 12
AA
MPC LOST EQUIPMENT LIST
IMPORTANT NOTE on the DU indications:

SOME INDICATIONS and MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel.
Local alerts on the overhead panel are functional.
MPC
Maintenance Access (Via MCDU)

FDAU Function
DFDR
Indications lost:
AC STBY BUS on electrical system page
EMER BUS on electrical system page
ESS BUS on electrical system page
APM fault
NL
Flight time on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
CPM / IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LIST FEB 12
AA
CPM / IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LISTS
IMPORTANT NOTE on the DU indications:

SOME INDICATIONS and MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel.
Note: Local alerts on the overhead panel are functional.
CPM 1
AP&YD
R TLU Auto
DE-- ICING Mode Sel Auto
Prop 1 Anti Icing
Left Turbo Fan
CPM 2
AP&YD
R TLU Auto
Prop 2 Anti Icing
Right Turbo Fan
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
CPM / IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LISTS (CONT’D)
IMPORTANT NOTE:SOME INDICATIONS and MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to

the overhead panel.
CPM 1 + 2
AP&YD
FD
R SPD TGT : AUTO/MAN
All speeds computed by the FMS lost (on ground: V1, VR, V2 ;
in flight: VmLB0, VmHB NORMAL, VMHB ICING SPEED
BUGS, VminOPS, VPROT, VMIN SPEED BANDS)
R TLU Auto mode

APM Messages
Prop 1 Anti Icing
Prop 2 Anti Icing
FWS
VOR 2
(VOR / ILS 1 available on IESI only)
ADF 1 / ADF 2
NAV 1
NAV 2
Weather Radar
T2CAS and TCAS display

TAWS
XPDR Enhanced Surveillance
RA
DH/MDA
AUTO PRESS
Inhibition of Distributor Valve Heating
Left Turbo Fan
Right Turbo Fan
Mod: 5948
P 3/4 001
AA
CPM / IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LISTS (CONT’D)
IMPORTANT NOTE: SOME INDICATIONS and MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to
the overhead panel.
IOM DC12
PROP 1 Anti Icing

R ANTI/DE-- ICING Mode Sel Auto
IOM DC13

Left Turbo Fan
R TLU Auto mode
IOM DC22
PROP 2 Anti Icing

IOM DC23
Right Turbo Fan

R TLU Auto mode
Mod: 5948
P 5/6 001
AA
IMPORTANT NOTE for DU indicatings:

For all of the following lost equipment list (IOM DC’s), SOME INDICATIONS and
MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel.
CPM1 IOM DC 22
VminOPS
R TLU Auto mode
Continuing next page
Mod: 5948
P 7/8 001
AA
CPM1 IOM DC 22 - CONT’D
Mod: 5948
P 9/10 001
AA

CPM1 IOM DC 23
R MODE
Mod: 5948
P11/12 001
CPM / IOM LOST EQUIPMENT LIST APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
p 13/14 001
AA

CPM2 IOM DC 12
R TLU Auto mode
Mod: 5948
P 15/16 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P 17/18 001
AA

CPM2 IOM DC 13
R MODE
VminOPS
Mod: 5948
P 19/20 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P21/22 001
AA

MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel. .
IOM DC12 IOM DC13
FWS CAUTIONS ON EWD

FWS WARNINGS ON EWD
AND ASSOCIATED MASTER
AND ASSOCIATED MW AND
EQT LOSS FWS PROCEDURES CAUTION AND AURAL FWS CAUTIONS ON EWD FWS WARNINGS ON EWD
CRC
ALERTS
(REDONBLACK BACKGROUND)
(AMBERONBLACK BACKGROUND)
TLU auto mode NO ENG ITT
R DE-- ICING MODE SEL AUTO ENG EXCESS ITT
PROP 1 ANTI-- ICING ENG OVER LIMIT
LEFT TURBO FAN ENG 1 OVER LIM ENG 1 OIL PRESS *
WHEN THE A/C IS CLEAR OF * ONLY IN CASE OF ANALOG
FUEL 1 TEMP HI
ICE DETECTION AND NOT DISCRETE
FUEL 1 TEMP LO DETECTION
ENG 1 OIL TEMP LO
ENG 1 OIL TEMP HI
ENG 1 OIL TEMP OVHT
Mod: 5948
P23/24 001
AA

R Note: Local alerts on the overhead panel are functional.
IOM DC12 IOM DC22
& FLAPS UNLK
Mod: 5948
P25/26 001
AA

MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel. Local alerts on the
overhead panel are functional.
IOM DC12 IOM DC23
PANEL
R TLU auto mode
Mod: 5948
P27/28 001
AA

MONITORINGS are lost on DUs ; refer to the overhead panel. Local alerts on the
overhead panel are functional.
IOM DC13 IOM DC22
VminOPS
R TLU auto mode
Mod: 5948
P29/30 001
AA
IOM DC13 IOM DC22 - CONT’D
Mod: 5948
P31/32 001
AA

IOM DC13 IOM DC23
R TLU Auto mode
Mod: 5948
P 33 001
AA

IOM DC22 IOM DC23
R TLU Auto mode
Mod: 5948
FLIGHT WARNING SYSTEM 1.02.00
P1 001
CONTENTS FEB 12
AA
1.02.00 CONTENTS
1.02.10 GENERAL
10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
10.3 OPERATION
10.5 LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL
R 10.6 FWS MANAGEMENT and ELECTRONIC CHECK-- LISTS (if applicable)
Mod: 5948
P 1/2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The Flight Warning System (FWS) gives to the crew an operational aid for
management of normal and abnormal configurations of the aircraft systems. The FWS
performs the following functions :
- in case of detected alert, it draws crew’s attention through visual and aural
attention getters,
- in case of detected alert, it guides the crew to the system or subsystem concerned
by activating an alert message,
- it helps the crew to set the A/C in T.O. configuration,
- it inhibits some alerts at T.O.,
- it allows the crew to carry out normal procedures (checklist),
- it enables the crew to carry out abnormal and emergency procedures,
- it allows the crew to know limitations and/or remaining actions,
- it helps the crew identifying system action status required during procedure
processing by displaying the relevant system page on the SD.
The display area dedicated to the FWS is located on the lower part of the EWD.
It is composed of three parts :
- an Alerting Window on the left part
- a Procedure Window on the right part
- a status area dedicated to FWS information on the bottom part of the procedure window.
IMPORTANT NOTE
The chapter 1.02 Flight Warning System is written for the standard production
version of the ATR72- 212A Modification 5948 also called ATR72- 600.
On the initial production version (L2B1) the automatic procedure system will not be
operative.
All the Alerts, Master waning and Master cautions and alarms are operative, but in
case of detected failure the automatic procedure display in the procedure window
will not be operational.
The crew members will have to deal with the failure on the conventional way as on
the ATR72- 212A, using the QRH (Quick Reference Handbook).
Mod: 5948
P 3/4 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
ARCHITECTURE
The FWS is composed of :

R - two modules, on each MFC (Multi Function Computer)1B and 2B
R - two CPM (Core Processing Module), one on each CAC (Core Avionic Cabinet )
R - two IOM-- S (Input/Output Module), one on each CAC.
R - four IOM-- DC (Input/Output Module), two on each CAC.
R - two SWM (SWitch Module), one on each CAC .
- a display format dedicated to the FWS : EWD is displayed on normal configuration on the
center Display Unit (DU3).
R - two EFCP ( EFIS Control Panels);
R - two MW ( Master Warning pushbuttons), one for each crew member;
R - two MC ( Master Caution pushbuttons), one for each crew member;
- a T.O. configuration test pushbutton;
- an emergency audio cancel guarded toggle switch;
- a maintenance panel to test some warnings (red) that cannot be tested at system
level
The FWS is managed by the FWA function of the CAC (Flight Warning Application)
Mod: 5948
P5 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
BASIC PRINCIPLES
The following two principles have been adopted :
- “All fligth deck lights out” concept
In normal operation all the ligths are extinguished (except sometimes green or cyan
light for transient phases).
- Detection sequence
The detection sequence comprises three different phases.
PHASE FUNCTION MEANS OF DETECTION
1 DETECTION AURAL ALERT + MW or MC
2 IDENTIFICATION ALERT MESSAGE IN THE ALERTING WINDOW
3 ISOLATION SYSTEM CONTROL AND INDICATING PANEL
ALERT LEVELS
The alerts are classified in 4 levels according to their importance and to the urgency of the
corrective action required.
LEVEL 3 : WARNINGS
This corresponds to an emergency situation requiring crew prompt corrective action.
The following alerts fall into this category :
- aircraft in hazardous configuration or limiting flight conditions (e.g. stall warning)
- serious system failure (e.g. engine fire)
These warnings are identified by :
S The MW light flashing red associated with a continuous repetitive chime (CRC) and a
red warning message displayed in the alerting window.
S a specific aural warning.
LEVEL 2 : CAUTIONS
This corresponds to an abnormal situation of the aircraft requiring timely crew corrective
action. Time for taking action will be left to crew’s discretion.
This level mainly comprises system failures having no immediate impact on safety (e.g.
engine overheat).
The cautions are identified by the MC light flashing amber associated with a single chime
(SC) and an amber message displayed in the alerting window.
Mod: 5948
P6 080
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
LEVEL 1 : ADVISORIES
This corresponds to a situation requiring crew monitoring.
This level mainly comprises failures leading to a loss of redundancy or degradation of a
system.
These advisories are identified by an amber caution message displayed in the alerting
window without aural alert.
LEVEL 0 : INFORMATION
This corresponds to an information situation action (eg. DME hold).
This information is provided by cyan, green or white display on the control display.
This level is not taken into account by the FWS. Therefore, there is no associated display
in the alerting window nor on the procedure window.
COLOR CODING
INDICATION COLOR INTERPRETATION
WARNING RED Configuration or failure requiring immediate action.
CAUTION AMBER Configuration not requiring immediate action.
Left to crew’s discretion
GREEN Normal operation
INDICATION CYAN Normal transient configuration
WHITE System selected off
ALERT INHIBITION (see chp 1.02.10 p11)

In order to avoid alerts during critical take off phase, inhibition follows the conditions
below :
- ENG oil, smoke warnings and some caution alerts are automatically inhibited before
take off.
Associated aural alerts are also inhibited.
These inhibitions will be cancelled :
S automatically as soon as one gear leg is not locked down,
S by pressing RCL pb.
- An emergency audio cancel sw allows the crew to cancel a nuisance aural for a whole
flight (except for LDG GEAR, VMO, VFE, VLE, Stall Warning, Whooler, AP
Disconnect). Associated aural will be reactivated :
S at next aircraft energization,
S after MFC 1B/2B reset,
S after pressing RCL pb,
S after T.O. Config test.
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P7 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
AURALS
Two types of aurals alerts are used to alert the crew :
- Non specific alert always associated with an alert message displayed in the alerting
window :
- A continuous repetitive chime (CRC) associated with Master Warning (MW) lights
and red warning message displayed in the alerting window.
R - A single chime (SC) associated with Master Caution(MC) and amber caution message
displayed in the alerting window.
R - Specific aurals for alerts not associated with the illumination of the Master Warning
(MW) lights, or the Master Caution (MC) lights nor with an alert message displayed in
the alerting window :
Note : A priority order has been defined for aurals in case of simultaneous occurence
of warnings :
- Stall (cricket) - Nac OVHT (CRC)
- Overspeed (clacker) - Excess cab  P (CRC)
- Flaps unlocked (CRC) - Trim in motion (whooler)
- Config(CRC) - Smoke detection(CRC)
- Propeller brake failure (CRC) - Oil low press (CRC)
- Engine fire (CRC) - Landing gear not down (CRC)
- Pitch Disconnect (CRC) - AP disconnection(cavalry charge)
- Excess cabin altitude (CRC)
LOCAL ALERTS
R All the local alerts on the control and indicating panel on the overhead panel, on the
R central panel, or on display units, are activated by the systems. The local alerts are
then independent from the FWS that only takes these local alerts into account to draw
crew’s attention and has no possible action on them.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
R EFIS CONTROL PANEL

R The control panel for FWS management is composed of two EFCPs (e.g Captain EFCP)
(1) PROC MENU pb

Enables to display the “Procedure Menu” in the procedure window.
(2) MAN DEL pb
Enables to delete manually inserted procedures.
(3) CLR pb
Enables to clear the clearable alert messages and procedures displayed in the alerting
window and in the procedure window.
(4) RCL pb
R - A first press on Recall push button (RCL pb) enables to display (in the alerting window)
the alert messages previously cleared but still detected.
R - A second press on Recall push button (RCL pb) scrolls down the alert messages list in
case of overflow in the alerting window.
(5)(6) n / o pbs
Enables to move on upward (respectivly downward) line boxing in the procedure window.
(7) V pb
Enables to validate (boxed item) an action or to activate a boxed procedure or status.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R MW / MC LIGHTS
(1) MASTER WARNING light

Flashes red when a warning is generated with associated red label and procedures displayed
on the EWD.
When depressed, light will extinguish and associated aural warning will be cancelled.
(2) MASTER CAUTION light

Flashes amber when a caution is generated with associated amber label and procedures
displayed on EWD.
When depressed, light will extinguish.
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
CONTROL PANEL
(1) TO CONFIG TEST pb

Used before take-- off :
- to check if aircraft configuration is correct for take-- off by simulating power levers at TO
position (except PRK BRK ON) :
- to perform an automatic RECALL (thus reactivating all aural warnings previously
cancelled by Emer Audio/Cancel).
When pressed, status messages are displayed on EWD. See description the table below
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R(2) EMER AUDIO CANCEL sw (refer to 1.02.10 p6)

Is safety wired. In case of false alert generated and undue continuous alert, EMER AUDIO
CANCEL sw will allow cancelation of this unwanted aural alert.
Example : If the SW is used to cancel a system X failure CRC, CRC is not cancelled for the
systems other than system X.
Cancelled aural warning will be reactivated :
R - at next aircraft energization (MFC reset)
- after MFC 1B/2B reset
- after pressing RCL pb
- following T.O. Config test
Except for aural warning associated with :
- landing gear (landing configuration)
- VMO, VFE, VLE
- Stall warning
- Pitch trim whooler
- AP Disconnect
Which will be rearmed as soon as the triggering condition disappears.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
PROCEDURE PRINCIPLES
R WITHOUT AIRCRAFT SYSTEM FAILURE
- On the right side of the alerting window, the procedure window enables the crew to
manage procedures.
- Procedure window is blank when no checklist is detected by the FWS..
- When activating the ”PROCEDURE MENU” through EFCP, ”NO ACTIVE
PROCEDURE” is displayed in the PROCEDURE MENU. The ”LIST” menu is displayed
below.
- Any procedure can be called from the “LIST” menu
- During take off, some alert messages are not displayed and attention getters are not
activated. When the power levers are in the take off position, the “CONFIG” warning is
activated if parking brake is applied and the amber “PRKG BRK ON” message is
displayed on EWD. On landing gear retraction, “TO INHIB” indication goes off and all
alert messages detected but inhibited during T.O. are displayed. The inhibition at T.O.
can also be manually deactivated by pressing the “RCL”pb.
- Before approach when “RCL” pb is pressed, no alert message is displayed in the
alerting window if no failure occured in flight.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R WITH AIRCRAFT SYSTEM FAILURE
SINGLE FAILURE DETECTION
When a failure is detected, the associated alert message is displayed in the alerting
window. If a procedure is associated to the detected failure, it is simultaneously displayed
in the Procedure Window replacing the “PROCEDURE MENU”.
The alert message remains displayed as long as the failure is detected. Alert message
and Procedure can be cleared by pressing the “CLR” if it corresponds to a level 2
failure (caution message).
(NON VALIDATED ACTIONS : CYAN

VALIDATED ACTIONS : WHITE)
Color Coding
- Cyan items correspond to actions to be performed or choices to be made by the crew.
- Amber items correspond to abnormal procedure titles, recommendations and statuses
titles (even statuses deduced from emergency procedures).
- Red color corresponds to emergency procedures titles and strong recommendations.
- White color is used for subtitles items without associated action to be performed like
notes, normal procedures titles and items associated to validated actions.
“PENDING” list
Displayed in the “PROCEDURE MENU” above the ”LIST” menu. It lists the titles of all the
active procedures and statuses. Pressing ’RCL’ enables to display the PROCEDURE
MENU and to access the active procedures and statuses through the ”PENDING” list.
The entire procedure must be then taken up again as item previously validated are not
memorized.
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
Status
Some procedures can lead to a status. In this case, when the procedure is performed and
validated, the FWS replaces the procedure by the associated status. Status titles are
displayed in the ”PENDING” list between brackets.
Manually inserted procedure
Any normal, abnormal and emergency procedures available in the ”LIST” sub-- menu can
be called. Manually called procedures are displayed in the ”PENDING” list with the ”MAN”
message at the right end of the line only if at least one item has been acknowledged.
MULTIPLE FAILURES DETECTION

All procedures associated to alert message have the same priority level as the alert
message.
Level 3 alerts ( Master Warning) have priority over any Level 2 (Master Caution) or normal
procedures.
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
10.3 OPERATION
NORMAL OPERATION
WITHOUT AIRCRAFT SYSTEM FAILURE
After engines start :
No alert light illuminated in the cockpit except “PRKG BRK ON” amber message displayed
on EWD if the parking brake is set.
Before take off :
Press TO CONFIG TEST
- if aircraft is in correct configuration, no light will illuminate.
- if aircraft is not in correct configuration :
- MW light will flash red,
- CRC aural will be generated
- CONFIG red message on EWD associated with :
S FLT CTL when:
S Flaps are not in the TO configuration
S Pitch trim is not in the TO configuration (out of the green sector)
S Travel Limiter Unit (TLU) is not set to TO position (TO position - - > LO SPD)
S Aileron lock disagreement (AIL LOCK light illuminated)
S PWR MGT when:
- Power Management not in T.O. position
Before starting descent :
Press RCL on EFCP.
No messages displayed on EWD provided no failure occured in flight.
OVERSPEED ALERT
R When the aircraft is in overspeed condition, (VMO, VFE, VLE), a specific aural alert is
R generated.This alert persist until return below speed limits, see table.
ALERTS for VFE (alert at VLE (alert VLE VMO

VFE - 5kt) - 5kt)
R Flaps 0 185 kt 250 kt
R Flaps 15 185 kt
R Flaps 30 150 kt 150 kt
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R STALL ALERT
To generate this alert (cricket and stick shaker), aircraft is fitted with two angle of
attack probes, one on each side of the forward fuselage.
Angle of attack probe information is directly processed by the FWS.

Critical angle of attack detected by angle of attack probes leads to aural alert (cricket),
stick shaker activation, and then stick pusher activation.
In normal conditions, stick shaker and stick pusher triggering thresholds are
elaborated by adding a ”n” value to angles of attack corresponding to the basic
protections. n depends on engine 1 & 2 torques and flaps configuration.
Engine 1 torque signal is processed by MFC 1A and engine 2 torque signal is
processed by MFC 2A. So, two n are computed, but only the larger one is
considered.
The monitoring system uses:

- a microswitch signal on PL handles
- both EECs
- the four MFC modules
The failure of one of these elements invalids the associated n.

If a n is invalidated, the system takes into account the other one. If both n are
invalidated, system choses n = 0.
Note : System operation goes unnoticed for the crew.
AIRCRAFT CRITICAL ANGLE OF ATTACK

ALERT and STICK STICK PUSHER
SHAKER ACTIVATION ACTIVATION
FLAPS 0 FLAPS 15 FLAPS 30 FLAPS 0 FLAPS 15 FLAPS 30
HIGH POWER 10.9 10.9 9.9 13.4 14.1 12.8
LOW POWER 10.9 10.9 10.4 13.4 14.1 14.3
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
Whenever “ICING AOA” is illuminated, the aircraft is protected by an earlier stall

threshold as follows :
AIRCRAFT CRITICAL ANGLE OF ATTACK

ALERT and STICK STICK PUSHER
SHAKER ACTIVATION ACTIVATION
FLAPS 0 FLAPS 15 FLAPS 30 FLAPS 0 FLAPS 15 FLAPS 30
R TAKE OFF 8.4 10.9
EN ROUTE 8.0 8.4 7.7 10.6 10.9 10.8
Notes - EN ROUTE values occurs, when 10 mn have elapsed if take off was performed
flaps 15 or immediately if take off not performed flaps 15 (ferry flight for
instance)
- Stall alarm alert and shaker are inhibited when aircraft is on the ground
- Stick pusher activation is inhibited :
on ground
during 10 seconds after lift off
in flight, provided radio altimeter is operative, when the aircraft
descends below 500 ft.
- If radio altimeter gives an erroneous ”< 500 ft” signal meanwhile

IAS > 185 kt for more than 120 seconds (cruise), STICK PUSHER FAULT
amber light will come on to notify the crew that stick pusher is inhibited.
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R WITH AIRCRAFT SYSTEM FAILURE
R LEVEL 3 LEVEL 2
Failure detection
- aural alert : CRC - aural alert : SC
- MW light flashing red - MC light flashing amber
- red warning message on EWD - amber caution message on EWD
identifying the failure identifying the failure
- for all cases, a red light on the - local alert light on the affected system
affected system control panel and/or on control panel and/or SD system page
SD system page
Acknowledgement of the failure by the crew
- Press MW light - Press MC light
D MW light extinguishes D MC light extinguishes
D aural alert is cancelled
Corrective action
D lf the failure disappears, associated local alert light extinguishes, EWD message
disappears.
D If the failure does not disappear, associated local alert light remains illuminated,
EWD
message remains displayed.
- Press CLR on EFCP (after Procedure application)
EWD message does not disappear EWD message disappear
Before starting descent, press RCL on Take into account the failure conse-
EFCP. quences for the landing.Press CLR on
EWD messages, associated with systems EFCP (after Procedure application). Cau-
where a failure persists, or, with a white tion alert messages will disappear.
light illuminated on the associated control
panel will be displayed.
Note :
The local alert lights always reflect directly the system status : they are never inhibited or
cleared by any other mean than restoring normal functioning.
When a local alert light disappears, the other alert sequence elements (MW/MC Iight, EWD
messages, aurals) also disappear.
Mod: 5948
P 19 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
R OPERATION WITH MFC’s FAILURE
In case of MFC 1B and 2B failure :

- MC illuminates without flashing
- MFC amber message displayed on EWD
- MFC 1B and 2B amber FAULT lights illuminate on overhead panel
In these conditions, processing of alerts is as follows :
- All level 2 alerts and “CONFIG” + “ENG OIL” + “PROP BRK” level 3 alerts are not
processed. The crew has to monitor the overhead panel where the local alerts are still
active.
- All other level 3 alerts are processed on EWD (without MW and CRC).
If both FWA are detected failed, the ”FWA not available” message is displayed on a
blank black page on the Procedure Window. No alert message is displayed anymore
and the crew has to monitor the instrument panels where the local alerts are still active.
For failures detected by MFC, attention getters MC and SC or MW and CRC are still
activated.
Mod: 5948
P 20 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY(CB)
MFC 1B
Primary supply DC BUS 1
Alternate supply DC EMER BUS

MFC 2B
Primary supply DC BUS 1
Alternate supply DC EMER BUS

MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P 21 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
FWS NOT AVAIL

This message is displayed amber on the EWD when :
- both AFDX switches are reported faulty (SWM 1 and 2 fault).

The message is displayed on a blank black page on the lower part of the EWD.
Alerts are no more displayed and the crew has to monitor the overhead panel.
Attention getters MC and SC or MW and CRC are still activated.
- both CPM are reported faulty (CPM 1 and 2 fault).

Alerts are no more computed and the crew has to monitor the overhead panel.
activated.
- both FWA are detected failed (FWA 1 and 2 fault).

Alerts are no more computed and the crew has to monitor the overhead panel.
activated.
Note : The crew is then headed toward the corresponding procedure to apply (see Procedure
page below)
Mod: 5948
P 22 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
CPM 1(2)
This caution is generated when one of the CPM is detected faulty.
- “CPM 1(2)” amber message on EWD
Note : When backup FWA becomes primary, due to opposite FWA or CPM failure, the
”PROCEDURE PENDING” white message is displayed centered in the procedure window.
Pressing the ’PROC MENU’ PB enables the crew to display the PROCEDURE MENU.
FWS SGL CH
This caution is generated when one of the FWA is detected faulty.
- “FWS SGL CH” amber message on EWD
MFC 1B + 2B
This caution is generated when MFC modules 1B and 2B are detected failed.
- “MFC 1B + 2B” amber message on EWD
- FAULT light illuminates on the overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P 23 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA

On LH maintenance panel, a “WARN” section allows testing, on ground, of several warnings
which cannot be tested on their own system.
This section includes :
- a rotary selector to select the system to be tested ;
- a Push To Test (PTT) pushbutton to activate the selected test.
Note : The rotary selector must be replaced in NORM FLT position before flight.
(1) “CHAN” lights

Illuminates green to check the two angle of attack channels for correct operation.
R (2) ROTARY selector

System which can be tested :
- SMK : MW, CRC, “FWD SMK”, “AFT SMK”, and “ELEC SMK” red message on EWD.
- EXCESS CAB ALT : MW, CRC, “EXCESS CAB ALT” red message on EWD;
- PITCH DISCONNECT : MW, CRC, “PITCH DISCONNECT” red message on EWD.
- LDG GEAR NOT DOWN : MW, CRC, “LDG GEAR NOT DOWN” red message on EWD,
red light in landing gear lever.
- EXCESS CAB P : MW, CRC, “EXCESS CAB P” red message on EWD
To be continued next page ... \ ...
Mod: 5948
P 24 001
GENERAL DEC 13
R 10.5 LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL (CONT’D)
R - VMO: clacker
- STICK PUSHER SHAKER - YES :

S Stall cricket and both stick shakers are activated
S After 5 seconds, “GPWS” amber alert message is displayed on EWD
S After 10 seconds : - CHAN 1, CHAN 2 illluminate
- Stick pusher is activated
- Stick pusher indicators illuminate green
S Select WARN rotary selector to NORM FLT
S Monitor : - STICK PUSHER lights OFF
- C/B 14 FU FLT CTL / STICK PUSHER / PWR SUPPLY in.
- STICK PUSHER SHAKER - TEST 1 :

S Stall cricket and left stick shaker are activated
S After 5 seconds :
- “GPWS” amber alert message is displayed on EWD
- MC, “FLT CTL” amber message displayed on EWD and stick pusher FAULT pb
illuminate amber

S Stall cricket and right stick shaker are activated
S After 5 seconds :
- “GPWS” amber alert message is displayed on EWD
- MC, “FLT CTL” amber message displayed on EWD and stick pusher FAULT pb
illuminate amber
S CHAN 1, CHAN 2 illuminate
S Stall cricket and both stick shakers are activated
S After 5 seconds, “GPWS” amber alert message is displayed on EWD
Note : If ICING AOA is illuminated :

- YES procedure is the same.
R - TEST 1 procedure is the same except that CHAN 1, CHAN 2 illuminate
R - TEST 2 procedure is the same except that CHAN 1, CHAN 2 illuminate
R - TEST 2 procedure is the same except that stick pusher is activated in the
same time as shakers.
(3) “PTT” pb
After having selected a system with the rotary selector, the PTT pb allow to activate the test.
R As soon as a test is initiated, “MAINT PNL” amber message will be displayed on EWD.
Mod: 5948
P 25 100
GENERAL FEB 12
10.6 FWS MANAGEMENT and ELECTRONIC CHECK- LISTS
Note: for human factor recommendations, refer to sections 2.03.02, 2.04.01 and 2.05.01.
FWS automatically generates alerts (Warnings & Cautions) when an abnormal system
condition is detected.
FWS automatically triggers procedures (when properly documented) associated to
abnormal system operation and/or icing conditions.
FWS automatically displays relevant associated C/L.
Easy access to C/L & procedures is allowed within FWS display area.
Dedicated FWS area lies on EWD’s bottom and is split between CAS window (left column),
procedures & C/L window (right hand side area).
ALERTS
Alerts consists of WARNINGS & CAUTIONS.
WARNING labels are specific, intuitive and self-- explanatory.
CAUTION labels are initially prefixed with QRH abnormal procedures titles.
Pop-- up CAS window alerts will trigger:
MW-- MASTER WARNING flasher is associated to CRC-- CONTINUOUS REPETITIVE

CHIME.
MC-- MASTER CAUTION flasher is associated to SC-- SINGLE CHIME.
Depressing corresponding flashers will turn these off and silence their associated chimes.
New following pop-- up alerts will though trigger similar sequence of events.
A new CAUTION pop-- up alert, bearing similar class label as precedently uncleared alert,
will not trigger any corresponding chime.
WARNING alerts cannot be cleared using CLR PB, while CAUTION alerts maybe.
CAUTION alerts maybe recalled using RCL PB provided condition is still pending.
CAS display sorting sequence:

Warnings are displayed on top and sorted according to a specfically designed hierarchy.
Cautions are displayed below warnings if any, they are also sorted according to a
specifically designed hierarchy.
CAS list may exceed cas window capability. Thus, a second (third,...etc.) list remain
hidden and is indicated by an amber arrowhead lying to the bottom. Crew may display it,
hitting RCL PB.
Alerts (WARNING or CAUTION) may be associated to:

- neither procedure at all.
- a specifically dedicated procedure.
- several activated procedures in accordance with operational context.
.../...
Mod: 5948 + 6521

P 26 100
GENERAL FEB 12
EWD WINDOW:
EWD WINDOW may be:
- empty if neither procedure nor C/L is activated.
- displayed as a ”PENDING PROCEDURE” if any active procedure was cleared prior
being correctly completed.
- a given PROCEDURE (or C/L) displayed on a single or several pages.
CHECK- LISTS:
FWS is designed to detect either current ground and flight phases. CHECK LISTS will be
purposedly triggered on a timely manner:
- FINAL COCKPIT PREPARATION with ACFT either powered using GPU or HOTEL
Mode.
- BEFORE PROPELLER ROTATION will be pending untill FINAL COCKPIT
PREPARATION is completed.
- BEFORE TAXI once one engine is running and associated Condition Lever is set to
AUTO or OVRD.
- TAXI once PRKG BRK is released.
- BEFORE TAKE OFF once ”TO CONFIG TEST” PB is depressed.
- AFTER TAKE OFF once ACFT is set airborne.
- DESCENT upon final descent phase detection.
- APPROACH is pending following DESCENT completion.
- BEFORE LANDING upon final approach phase detection.
- AFTER LANDING upon touchdown once airspeed gets below 60 kt.
- PARKING follows AFTER LANDING once PRKG BRK is set on.
- LEAVING AIRCRAFT is pending once PARKING is completed.
NORMAL PROCEDURES:
NORMAL PROCEDURES may be associated to icing conditions:
- with ICING being detected and/or AIRFRAME DE-- ICING being selected ON, ICE
ACCRETION procedure will be activated (FAA requires ENTERING ICING CONDITIONS
procedure to be activated upon ENGINE DE-- ICING selection).
- if ICING AOA condition is active, deselecting HORNS ANTI-- ICING will trigger LEAVING
ICING CONDITIONS procedure.
EMERGENCY AND ABNORMAL PROCEDURES:
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES are associated to a red WARNING label.
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES are associated to a red WARNING or to an amber CAUTION
label.
EMERGENCY or ABNORMAL procedure is cancelled if:
- none of procedure’s item (s) is aknowledged &/or associated WARNING or CAUTION
condition is not anymore valid.
- procedure’s item (s) are aknowledged all with ”PROCEDURE COMPLETED” prompt
down to procedure’s page bottom.
All procedures & C/L may be manually browsed, using EFCP’s PROC MENU PB. Manually
activated procedure’s title is ”MAN” suffixed on line’s RH side.
.../...
Mod: 5948 + 6521
P 27 100
GENERAL FEB 12
PROCEDURE & STATUS PAGES LAYOUTS:

A PROCEDURE body starts with title (line 1) & an optionnal sub-- title (line 2) when a
sub-- procedure is engaged.
PROCEDURE embodies 3 main parts:

- itemized list of actions that needs be completed following displayed steps to immediately
resolve failure consequences.
- deferred items to be later applied for specific flight phases, taking into account failure’s
future operationnal consequences. Those flight phases might be ”icing conditions”,
”before approach”, ”before landing”, ”after touchdown”,...etc.
- failure’s resulting limitations.
Three push button are designed to scroll & browse within procedures:
- Two arrowheads push button (for up & down scrolling) moves a blue outlined highlighted
frame all along item list.
- a dedicated PB allows for boxed item aknowledgement.
Once all items are completed & aknowledged, procedure &/or C/L is now completed & a
”PROCEDURE COMPLETED” caption pops out.
Once complete, ”PROCEDURE COMPLETED” caption needs be aknowledged itself:
- with no pending procedure, C/L or status, procedure window turns blank.
- with a pending procedure, C/L or status, a ”PROC MENU” page is activated. Crew is kept
aware of yet to apply procedure list & related status for flight remainder. ”PROC MENU”
displays pending list & associated menu.
- with only one pending C/L along with a currently opened procedure (C/L), the first one will
be recalled after corresponding ”PROCEDURE COMPLETED” aknowledgement.
.../...
Mod: 5948 + 6521
P 28 100
GENERAL FEB 12
Within a given procedure, mandatory items (those displayed in procedure’s first part) are
labeled in cyan. They turn white once aknowledged. Other items are shown in white,
excepting caution items (amber) &/or warning items (red).
Further flight phase postponed actions & limitations are automatically embodied in
pending list’s stored status.
”STATUS” begins with a title (& sub-- title if triggered by sub-- procedure).
”STATUS” is made of 3 parts:
- DEFERRED ACTIONS to be later applied in specified flight phase, in order to consider
deferred failure operational consequences. Flight phase may be ”icing conditions”,
”approach”, ”before landing”, ”after touchdown” ...etc.
- LIMITATIONS related to failure and applied actions.
- failure associated INOP EQUIPMENTS list (not exceeding 3 pages).
To ease PROCEDURE or STATUS items browsing, a blue highlighted box helps focusing
each item.
When PROCEDURES or STATUSES are displayed on more than 2 pages,
PROCEDURES’s white & STATUSES’s amber page numbers are displayed.
PROCEDURE’s algorythms
FWS is not able to detect all relevant operational scenarii. Crew must choose most
appropriate scenario as applicable. These options are highlighted with procedure’s
sub-- title. Selecting an option needs all preceding items be aknowledged.
Option list is identified by crew using colored fonts:
J . . If condition xx (typed cyan)
or
J . . If condition yy (typed cyan)
Activating an option also activates associated sub-- menu.
Once option is activated, ”PREVIOUS CHOICE” prompt on line 3, allows returning to
option list to change previous selection.
PROCEDURE’s CONDITIONAL ACTION
Conditional action is identified by crew using colored fonts:
J . . If condition xx (typed white)
ACTION AAA (typed white)
PROCEDURE’s CONDITIONAL PHASE
Conditional Phase is identified using colored fonts:
F . . Phase condition xx (typed white)
Phase ITEM listing (typed white)
CLEARING/DELETING C/L, PROCEDURES or STATUSES
a) EWD window’s displayed PROCEDURES, C/L or STATUSES :
- hitting ”CLR” PB deletes PROCEDURES, C/L and STATUSES from being displayed on
EWD window.
A ”PENDING PROCEDURE” caption will remind a pending C/L or PROCEDURE on EWD.
.../...
Mod: 5948 + 6521
P 29 100
GENERAL FEB 12
- depressing ”MAN DEL” PB more than 3s will clear displayed PROCEDURE or C/Lfrom
EWD window until pilot hits ”RCL” again, though recalling relevant PROCEDURE or C/L if
triggering conditions are still valid.
b-- EWD window active PROC MENU’s page:
- depressing ”MAN DEL” PB more than 3s will delete boxed PROCEDURE or C/L until Pilot
hits ”RCL” again, though recalling relevant PROCEDURE or C/L if triggering conditions
are still valid.
- depressing ”MAN DEL” more than 3s will clear boxed STATUS MAN (bad label, MAN
STATUS is a lot preferrable). Automatic STATUSES can’t be cleared.
PROCEDURES & C/L AUTOMATIC MANAGEMENT
- Blank EWD window will automatically display newly triggered procedure or c/l.
- Displayed ”PROCEDURE PENDING” (bad label, ”PENDING PROCEDURE” is a lot
preferrable) on a blank EWD window will be bypassed to display a newly triggered
procedure or c/l.
- Displayed procedures or c/l will get their newly triggered similar or sub-- leveled
couterparts stored in the PENDING LIST with a related CAS window caption to get crew
properly reminded.
- No items aknowledged & displayed lower level procedure or c/l will automatically be
bypassed by any highly leveled newly triggered ones.
- then,previously displayed procedure is stored, according to its rank, in the PENDING
LIST (alert CAS window caption is kept displayed if related procedure is still active).
- previously displayed procedure is automatically cleared of EWD WINDOW if triggering
conditions are no longer valid.
- manually opened procedures or c/l are not stored in the PENDING LIST (thus no CAS
window caption is displayed).
- All activated ”WARNING” PROCEDURES automatically bypass lower rank procedures
or c/l.
- previously displayed procedure is then stored in the PENDING LIST according to its
rank (CAS window’s corresponding caption is still displayed).
- if triggering conditions are no longer valid, associated procedure is cleared (so is the
associated CAS window caption).
- manually opened procedures or c/l are not stored in the PENDING LIST (nor was CAS
window caption displayed).
- With an active PROC MENU page, once a new CAUTION procedure or c/l is triggered,
associated PROC MENU page is kept displayed while procedure pending list is
automatically refreshed with this newly triggered CAUTION procedure, appropriately
listed according to its rank. Highest ranks are sorted with focus to the top of associated
pending list.
- Newly triggered WARNING procedure is automatically sorted & displayed on associated
active PROC MENU page.
- Active & browsed PROC MENU will:
- automatically display newly triggered WARNING procedure.
- open any of 3 EMERGENCY/NORMAL/ABNORMAL sub-- menus, all along with newly
triggered CAUTION procedure or c/l, appropriately stored in the pending list with
unaltered sub-- menu page.
Mod: 5948 + 6521
AIR 1.03.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.03.00 CONTENTS
1.03.10 GENERAL
1.03.20 PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
20.5 SCHEMATIC
1.03.30 AIR CONDITIONING
30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATING
30.3 SD CABIN PAGE
30.5 SCHEMATIC
1.03.40 PRESSURIZATION
40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
40.4 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.10
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
The aircraft uses external air to supply :

- the air conditioning and the ventilation systems
- the pressurization system
- the de-- icing system
Air inlets location :

- engines air intakes
- main landing gear fairings
- low pressure ground unit through a connector
The air intended for air conditioning and pressurization is pressurized by engines
compressors and delivered through the bleed valves.
It is conditioned by the packs, distributed to the pressurized zones then discharged
overboard through two outflow valves. A part of this air is recirculated.
Electrical and electronic equipments and the forward cargo compartment are ventilated
by cabin ambient air which is then recirculated or discharged outside the aircraft.
The de-- icing system is described in the chapter 1.13.
The MFC provides the system monitoring and failures information to crew members.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P1 001
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM APR 11
20.1 DESCRIPTION (See schematic p.10/11)
Compressed air is bled from the engine compressors at the LP or HP stages.

The pneumatic system consists of all the systems designed to supply air to the various
aircraft systems, zones or engines, with associated control, monitoring and indicating
components. It supplies under pressure air for air conditioning, pressurization and ice
protection system.
A protection against overheat due to possible leakage around the hot air ducts is
provided.
AIR BLEED
- Air conditioning and pressurization
The system is designed to :
¯ select the compressor stage from which air is bled, depending on the pressure
and/or temperature existing at these stages.
¯ regulate air pressure in order to avoid excessive pressures.
Air is generally bled from the low compressor stage (LP). At low engine speed when
pressure from LP stage is insufficient, air source is automatically switched to the high
compressor stage HP. (This may occur on ground and during descent at F.I.).
Transfer of air is achieved by means of a pneumatically operated and electrically
controlled butterfly valve, (HP valve) which remains closed in absence of electrical
supply :
¯ when the HP valve is closed, air is directly bled from the LP stage through LP bleed
air check valves.
¯ when the HP valve is open, the HP air pressure is admitted into the LP pneumatic
ducting and closes the check valves ; air is therefore bled from HP stage only,
without any recirculation into the engine.
- Wing and engine de-- icing.

Air is bled from the HP compressor stage. Transfer of air is achieved through a pressure
regulating valve which is electrically controlled.
ISOLATION
Downstream of the junction of the LP and HP ducting, air is admitted into the duct by a
pneumatically operated, electrically controlled butterfly bleed valve which acts as a shut
off valve. It includes a single solenoid which locks the valve closed when deenergized.
The bleed valve automatically closes in the following cases :
- Bleed duct OVHT
- Bleed duct LEAK
- Actuation of associated ENG FIRE handle
- Engine failure at TO (UPTRIM signal)
In the absence of air pressure, the valve is spring-- loaded closed regardless of electrical
power supply.
Note : During a starting sequence, the bleed valves opening is inhibited.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P2 001
AA
CROSSFEED
The crossfeed valve installed on the crossfeed duct is designed to connect LH and RH air
bleed systems.
- On the ground, it opens only when air is supplied from the RH engine oprating in hotel
mode.
- In flight, the crossfeed valve is normally closed.
This is a spring loaded closed, solenoid controlled, pneumatic shut off valve. The valve is
closed with solenoid deenergized.
LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
A continuous monitoring system is installed in order to detect overheat due to duct

leakage and to protect the structure and components in the vicinity of hot air ducts:
- Wing leading edge and wing to fuselage fairing.
- Upper and lower fuselage floor,
- Air conditioning pack area.
In order to ensure rapid leak sensing, a Kevlar envelope is installed around the major
part of the high temperature ducts to collect and direct leaking air to the sensing
elements.
The sensing system includes two single loop detection assemblies, one for the RH and
one for the LH air duct systems.
The sensing elements comprise a control lead (nickel wire) embedded in an insulating
material and are integrated in an inconel tube connected to aircraft ground.
Each sensing element is permanently subjected to the temperature of the compartment
it protects. For any temperature higher than a preset value : 153_C (307_F) applied to a
part of the sensing element, the resistance of the eutectic mixture rapidly decreases and
the central lead is grounded. This results in an alert signal processed in a control unit
which triggers illumination of LEAK light on overhead panel, and leak on the cabin SD
page. After one second time delay, the associated pack valve, HP valve and BLEED
valve (and GRD X FEED valve if the left loop is affected) are automatically latched
closed.
Note : In case of LEAK, the crew must consider the associated bleed system as
inoperative for the rest of the flight.
Mod: 5948
A
AIR 1.03.20
P3 001
OVERHEAT CONTROL SYSTEM
This system includes switches (thermal resistances) which are installed downsteam of
the bleed valve.
These switches, which are duplicated for safety, ensure that the HP bleed valve and the
bleed air shut-- off valve are closed whenever any abnormal over temperature conditions
occur. They operate at 274_C (525_F) and are controlled by the MFC.
In case of OVHT, the associated bleed system may be recovered after a cooling time.
OVERPRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
The pressure switch is fitted on the bleed air duct upstream the bleed air shut-- off valve.
When air bleed pressure > 80 psi, overpressure switch sends a signals to the MFC which
closes the bleed air shut off valves. FAULT light illuminates on the corresponding air bleed
push button.
HP BLEED AIR THERMAL PROTECTION
When this thermal sensor detects a tempetrature > 270°C on HP port, the HP bleed valve
is closed and the MFC bite loaded magnetic indicator (located on maintenance panel) turn
amber.
Mod: 5948
A
AIR 1.03.20
P4 001
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM FEB 12
AIR BLEED PANEL
R (1) ENG BLEED pbs

Controls the associated HP valve and BLEED valve.
ON (pb pressed in) associated HP and bleed valves solenoids are energized.
The valves will open if pressure is available.
OFF (pb released) associated HP and bleed valves are closed. OFF light
illuminates white. Caution “AIR BLEED 1(2)” is displayed on EWD.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and a specific caution message from the FWS is
displayed on EWD associated with a Caution and a Single Chime when the
bleed valve position disagrees with the selected position (case of OVHT,
Overpressure or LEAK).
(2) OVHT light
The light illuminates amber and the caution message “OVHT” from the FWS is
displayed on EWD associated with a caution light and a Single Chime when either of
the respective bleed duct dual overheat sw operates (T > 274 ºC/525 ºF).
(3) LEAK light
The light comes on amber and the caution message “LEAK” from the FWS is displayed
on EWD associated with a caution light and a Single Chime when respective bleed leak
detection system signal an alert (T loop > 153 ºC/307ºF).
(4) X VALVE OPEN light
The light illuminates amber when the GRD X FEED valve is open. This occurs on
ground when the air is bled from right engine running in hotel mode (propeller brake
switched on) or during taxiing with one engine running.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P5 001
AA
CABIN SD PAGE
.
(1) ENGINE BLEED symbol

- Green engine bleed : ON status, FULLY status, FULL OPERATIVE, NO FAULT reported
- White engine bleed : OFF status, NO FAULT reported
- Amber engine bleed : The engine bleed is reported faulty either because a fault directly
impacts the system or another fault is detected and impacts the engine bleed air system
(duct bleed leak, engine off, etc...).
(2) BLEED CROSSFEED pipe

- Green : air is flowing in the pipe
- Grey : no air is flowing inside the pipe but the bleed crossfeed valve operation is reported
faulty
- Not shown : No air flows inside the pipe and the bleed crossfeed valve operates properly.
Mod : 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P6 001
AA
(3) BLEED CROSSFEED valve

- Green : the bleed crossfeed valve operates properly and is fully open (the valve
open position corresponds to the valve command)
- Amber : the valve reported position does not correspond to the valve command.
R (Refer to System Monitoring chapter : 1.03.20 p007_001 )
- Not shown : the valve operates properly and is fully closed as required.
(4) OVHT
Amber “OVHT” displayed besides the affected engine bleed.
R (Refer to System Monitoring chapter : 1.03.20 p007_001)
(5) LEAK
Amber “LEAK” displayed besides the engine bleed on the relevant side.
R (Refer to System Monitoring chapter : 1.03.20 p007_001)
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P7 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
DC BUS SUPPLY AC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT (C/B) (C/B)
ENG 1
HP valve DC BUS 1 - NIL -
(on lateral panel ENG 1 BLEED/SO
VALVES/HP)
Bleed valve DC ESS BUS - NIL -
(on lateral panel ENG 1 BLEED/SO
VALVES/BLEED)
Fault and OVHT alert DC ESS BUS - NIL -
light (on lateral panel ENG 1
BLEED/CAUTION)
ENG 2
DC BUS 2
HP valve (on lateral panel ENG 2 BLEED/SO - NIL -
VALVES/HP - ENG2 BLEED/SO
VALVES/BLEED)
Bleed valve DC ESS BUS - NIL -
(on lateral panel)
Fault and OVHT alert DC ESS BUS - NIL -
light (on lateral panel ENG 2
BLEED/CAUTION)
CROSSFEED
Crossfeed valve and DC BUS 1 - NIL -
associated OPEN light (on lateral panel XFEED)
LEAK
Bleed leak detection - NIL - 115 VAC BUS 1 (on
system lateral panel ENG 1&2
/ BLEED LEAK DET)
LEAK lights DC BUS 1 - NIL -
(on lateral panel ENG 1&2 / BLEED
LEAK / CAUTION)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod :5948
AIR 1.03.20
P8 001
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
- AIR BLEED 1(2)
This alert is triggered when there is a desagreement between the bleed valve position and
command, due to a system failure or another fault which impacts the engine bleed air
system (overpressure, engine off, etc...).
- “AIR BLEED 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- Bleed FAULT on overhead panel
- AIR BLEED 1(2) OVHT
This alert is triggered when one of the two over-- temperature switches is subjected to a
temperature of 274 ºC (525 ºF) or higher.
- “AIR BLEED 1(2) OVHT” amber message on EWD
- Amber “OVHT” displayed besides the affected engine bleed on SD
cabin page
- OVHT light illumination on the overthead panel
- AIR LEAK 1(2)
This alert is triggered when a bleed leak is detected.
Note that the leak may be detected from the engine bleed source down to the pack and the
bleed crossfeed valve.
- “AIR LEAK 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- Amber “LEAK” displayed besides the engine bleed on the relevant
side on SD cabin page
- LEAK light illumination on the overthead panel
- AIR X VALVE
This alert is triggered when the valve reported position does not correspond to the valve
command. Therefore the valve is either failed open or failed closed (amber open or amber
closed).
- “AIR X VALVE” amber message on EWD
- X VALVE OPEN on the overhead panel (only in open position)
Mod :5948
AIR 1.03.20
P 9/10 001
AA
(1) BITE LOADED magnetic indicator

Indicates that a failure - “LH or RH HP valve position disagrees with the closed selected
position” - has been recorded by the maintenance system that happened when the HP
bleed air thermal sensor detects a temperature > 270°C.
(2) AIR BLEED LEAK Push To Test button

Used to check the functionning of both ambient overheat detection circuits along the
bleed air ducts. Both bleed leak detection loops are tested simultaneously.
When depressed, both “LEAK” lights illuminate (test is successfull) on the overhead panel
and on the SD cabin page.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.20
P 11 001
AA
20.5 SCHEMATIC
Mod :5948
AIR 1.03.30
P1 001
AIR CONDITIONING APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
AIR PRODUCTION
The air conditioning system is supplied by air processed through two packs which regulate air
flow and temperature as required. The two packs are installed in the main landing gear
fairings and operate automatically and independently.
The left pack supplies the cabin and cocpkit with conditionned air, the right pack supplies only
the cabin.
Note : If one pack is inoperative, the other one supplies both compartments through the
mixing chamber.
Hot air from the engines is admitted through pack valves and conditioned (cooled, dried,
compressed) into the packs.
The pack valve is pneumatically operated and electrically controlled. This butterfly valve has
two functions :
- Pack shut off
- Pressure control and hence flow control. Normal or high flow are available. The selection
of the high flow mode increases the pack entrance pressure resulting in conditioning
performance improvement.
Without air pressure and regardless of electrical command, the pack valve is spring-- loaded
closed. It will also close without electrical supply.
Note : Pack valves will be automatically closed in case of leak detection.
Air Cooling is performed :
- by two ground turbo fans through turbo shut off valves when :
S IAS አ 150 kt and landing gear is retracted for less than 10 min.
Note : In case of ENG OIL LOW PRESS, the turbo fan starts on the opposite side
and is running as long as IAS አ 150 kt and regardless of landing gear position.
S IAS አ 150 kt and landing gear is extended.
- by ram air when IAS > 150 kt.
Note : Incorrect position of a turbo fan shut off valve leads to closure of associated pack valve
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P2 001
AA
AIR VENTILATION
Conditioned air is blown into the cabin by outlet ramps located under the overhead bins
through two electrical isolating valves (CAB VENT). It is then evacuated through guides
along the cabin side walls at floor level. A part of it is recirculated by the fans, the other part
being evacuated overboard through the outflow valves installed in the rear under floor.
An additional electrical fan is used (through a switch installed on the flight attendant
panel) to increase the airflow of each passenger individual outlet.
It can be used on ground and during climb, and is inhibited when one pack is OFF.
The toilet is ventilated by differential pressure through a vent line.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P3 001
AA
Flight deck, forward cargo compartment, electric and electronic equipments are
ventilated by flow of ambient air which is :
- Recirculated (underflow) to the pressurized compartment, or
- Ducted overboard.
The selection is operated by the overboard (OVBD) valve which controls the underfloor
(U/F) valve :
- OVBD full closed →U/F open
- OVBD partially or full closed →U/F closed
- OVBD NORMAL MODE : Automatic selection
- OVBD MANUAL MODE : to be used in case of AUTO MODE failure or, on ground, to
accelerate cabin heating (Full closed position).
Air is extracted by a fan which may operate at different speeds depending on flight deck
temperature : Rotation speed is minimum below 20° C (68° F), maximum above 52° C
(126° F) and varies linearly between these values.
Only when OVBD valve AUTO MODE is selected, EXHAUST mode pb may be used to
control OVBD valve in a partially open position. This action is required in case of fan failure
to provide cooling air flow by allowing cabin differential pressure.
In case of smoke in forward cargo compartment, flight deck air extraction duct can be
closed with a lever located on right side maintenance panel in order to avoid contaminated
air suction to the flight deck.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P4 001
AA
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
The system is designed to regulate and limit the temperature of the air discharged from the
packs which is supplied to the different zones :
- FLT COMPT by the left pack
- CABIN by the right pack and excess air from the left pack.
The pack temperature control valves vary the amount of hot air that is mixed with cool
air in order to establish the required temperature.
In automatic mode, each pack discharge temperature is controlled by an electronic
temperature controller which computes temperature control valve position taking into
account :
- Duct temperature
- Zone temperature demand selector
- Associated compartment temperature
- Aircraft skin temperature
In manual mode, each pack temperature control valve is controlled directly by the zone
temperature control selector and limited by the pneumatic temperature sensor
OVERHEAT PROTECTION
When duct temperature downstream of the mixing chamber increases over T = 88° C
(191° F), the limiter closes the temperature control valve progressively by a pneumatic
action in order to reduce hot air flow.
An OVHT caution is provided to the crew when Tduct > 92° C (200° F) (but the pack valve
does not close).
In case of overheat downstream of the pack compressor (T > 204° C (399° F) the pack
valve closes automatically.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P5 001
AA
COMPT TEMP PANEL
1
PACK VALVE pb
pb pressed in Associated PACK VALVE is open if electrical supply and air
pressure are available
Note : A 6 seconds delay has been provided on right pack valve for passengers comfort
purpose.
OFF (pb released) Associated PACK VALVE is closed. The OFF light
illuminates white. “AIR PACK” caution is displayed on EWD when
one of the pack valve is commanded OFF.
“AIR PACK 1+2” caution is displayed on EWD when both pack
valves are commanded OFF.
FAULT Illuminates amber and the caution message “AIR PACK” from the
FWS is displayed on EWD associated with a Master Caution and a
Single Chime when the PACK VALVE position disagrees with the
selected position or in case of overheat downstream of the pack
compressor (T>204° C/399° F). In the later case, the valve is
latched closed automatically.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P6 080
AIR CONDITIONING DEC 13
AA
(2) FLOW pb
NORM (pb released) Both pack valves are controlled automatically to give 22 PSI
regulated pressure.
HIGH (pb pressed in) Both pack valves are controlled to give regulated 30 PSI
which increases the flow accordingly. HIGH light illuminates cyan.
(3) COMPT TEMP selectors
For the related compartment the temperature is either automatically controlled by the
electronic controller taking into account the selector position or manually selected by
direct operation of the temperature control valve through the selector.
(4) TEMP SEL pb
Selects the temperature control mode of operation.
AUTO : (pb pressed in) Automatic mode is selected. The electronic temperature
controller controls the valve position.
MAN : (pb released) Manual mode is selected. The COMPT TEMP selector directly
controls the position of the valve. The pneumatic temperature limiter will limit
the max duct temperature below T = 88C/190F. The MAN light illuminates
cyan.
OVHT : Illuminates amber and the caution message “AIR DUCT OVHT” from the FWS
is displayed on EWD associated with a Master Caution and a Single Chime,
when an over temperature is detected in the duct (T > 92C/198F). It is not
inhibited in MAN mode.
(5) RECIRC FAN pb
Selects operation of the respective circulation fan.
pb pressed in : (pb depressed) Fan runs. Recirculation of a part of the cabin air to
supplement the conditioned air supply is provided.
Fan rotation speed linearly varies from 12700 RPM to 15600 RPM
depending on temperature control valve position. If temperature
measured at cabin floor level is lower than 18C(61F), high speed is
automatically selected.
OFF : (pb released) Fan stops. All the air is supplied by the packs whithout
recirculation. The OFF light illuminates white. “AIR RECIRC FAN 1(2)”
caution is displayed on EWD
FAULT : Illuminates amber and the caution message “AIR RECIRC FAN 1(2)”
from the FWS is displayed on EWD associated with a Master Caution
and a Single Chime, in case of either low fan RPM (< 11400 RPM) or fan
electrical motor overheat conditions.
(6) COMPT ind.
Air temperature in the selected compartment is indicated in C.
(7) DUCT ind.
For the selected compartment, the temperature of the conditioned air before leaving the
duct is indicated in C. Duct temperature is automatically limited to max 88C/190F in
AUTO mode or MAN mode.
(8) COMPT selector
Selects the zone - FLT COMPT or CABIN - for which temperature (COMPT and DUCT)
reading is desired.
(9) GND X FEED (See Chapter 1.03.20)
Mod: 5948 + 6560

AIR 1.03.30
P7 001
AIR CONDITIONING FEB 12
AA
AVIONICS VENT PANEL
(1)”OVBD VALVE” selector switch with three positions :

- “AUTO” : Automatic operation of the overboard valve. The safety guard
in auto position prevents valve opening control when
cabin/exterior dP is greater than 1 PSI
- “FULL OPEN” : (blue full open indicator on SD cabin page) :
Serves to fully open the overboard valve when cabin/exterior
R nP is equal or lower than 1 PSI
R - “FULL CLOSED” : (cyan full close indicator on SD cabin page) :
Overboard valve closing control
(2) EXHAUST MODE pb with two steady positions

- PUSHED : (NORMAL CONFIGURATION) involves electrical power supply of
extraction fan.
On ground, engine 1 not running (OIL LOW PRESS) :
- OVBD valve full open (green full open indicator on SD cabin page)
- U/F valve closed
In flight, or on the ground, engine 1 running :
- OVBD valve full closed (green full closed indicator on SD cabin
page)
- U/F valve open
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P8 001
AA
- RELEASED : (”OVBD” legend ON) involves extraction fan power supply shut off :
In flight (normal configuration) :
- Opening of overboard ventilation valve in intermediary position
(green intermediate position on SD cabin page)
- Closing of U/F valve
- Activation of following alarms :
- Master caution
- Single chime
- FW caution message “AIR VENT EXH” on EWD
- Exhaust ovbd status on SD cabin page
On ground :
- Opening of overboard ventilation valve in intermediary position
(green intermediate position on SD cabin page)
- Closing of U/F valve
- Activation of mechanic call system if power supply through
ground power unit is used
- Activation of following alarms :
- Master caution & Single chime (if condition levers are in
a position other than “FTR” or “FUEL SO”)
- FW caution message “AIR VENT EXH” on EWD
- Exhaust ovbd status on SD cabin page
Note 1 : Aircraft on ground and external power available:

if exhaust mode is set on OVBD position, a ground
mechanic call is generated and intermediate position is
inhibited.
Note 2 : When start sequence is initiated, extract fan stops for 120s
to avoid pressure shocks. Exhaust mode fault illuminates,
however the ground mechanic call is not generated.
“FAULT” indication on EXHAUST MODE pb

“FAULT” legend comes on when “AVIONICS/VENT/EXHAUST MODE” pb is pushed
and when following failures appear :
- Rotation speed of air extraction fan is null or insufficient (fan failure or power
supply loss)
- Excessive internal temperature (fan failure or simultaneous closing of overboard
vent valve and underfloor vent valve)
At the same time, the following alarms appear :
- Master caution & single chime (if conditions levers are in a position other than
“FTR” or “FUEL SO”)
- EXHAUST VENT status and amber extraction fan indicator on the SD cabin page
“FAULT” legend is off when “EXHAUST MODE” pb is released (”OVBD” legend on).
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 9/10 001
AA
(3) “OVBD VALVE FAULT” caution light :

- Comes on amber when position of overboard valve does not correspond to control
position.
- Related warnings appear simultaneously :

- Master Caution
- Single chime
- FW caution message “AIR OVBD” on EWD
- OVBD amber status on SD cabin page.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 11/12 001
AIR CONDITIONING DEC 13
AA
30.3 SD CABIN PAGE
(1) PACK VALVE
On the page SD cabin, pack indicators allow to know the pack valve status.
Moreover, when high flow is selected on the Comp Temp Panel, a message shows “AIR (CYAN)
HIGH FLOW” in cyan.
(2) RECIRCULATION FAN - CABIN AIR DISTRIBUTION
The SD Cabin page provides information (highlights the faulty elements.) on Recirculaton
Fan Status, as well as Cabin Air Distribution Duct indication.
(3) CABIN AIR DISTRIBUTION DUCT
Depending on the pack valve status and the recirculation fan status, the SD Cabin page
provides visual information on cabin air supply.
(4)-- (5) VENTILATION : EXTRACTION FAN - OVERBOARD VALVE
The SD Cabin page provides information on overboard valve and air extraction fan.
(6)-- (7) TEMPERATURE MANAGEMENT - CABIN TEMPERATURE
The SD Cabin page provides information about on the cabin temperature and about the
temperature management.The right hand indicator provides information from the cabin
and the left hand indicator provides information from flight compartment.
Mod : 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 13 001
R AIR CONDITIONING FEB 12

AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
DC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B)
LH SIDE
Pack valve DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel SYS 1/PACK VALVE)
Recirculation fan DC UTLY BUS 1
(on lateral panel PWR SUPPLY CTL)
Pack and recirculation fan alert DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel SYS 1/PACK and RECIRC
FAN CAUTION)
FLT COMPT automatic temperature con- DC ESS BUS
trol (on lateral panel FLT COMPT/TEMP CTL/
AUTO)
FLT COMPT manual temperature control DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel FLT COMPT/TEMP
CTLMAN)
RH SIDE
Pack valve DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel SYS2/PACK VALVE)
Recirculation fan DC SYS 2/UTLY BUS 2
(on lateral panel PWR SUPPLY CTL)
Pack and recirculation fan alert DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel SYS2/PACK and RECIRC
FAN CAUTION)
Automatic temperature control DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel CABIN/TEMP CTL/AUTO)
Manual temperature control DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel CABIN/TEMP CTL/MAN)
Compartment and duct temperature ind. DC BUS 1
(on lateral panel COMPT and DUCT TEMP
IND)
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 14 001

AA
TURBO FAN SHUT OFF VALVE 1 CTL DC BUS 1

(on lateral panel SYST 1/TURBO FAN)
TURBO FAN SHUT OFF VALVE 2 CTL DC BUS 2
(on lateral panel SYST 2/TURBO FAN)
OVBD valve, U/F valve DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel VALVES)
Extract fan control relay DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel CTL)
EXTRACT FAN Contactor DC BUS 2
(on lateral panel EXTRACT FAN)
EXTRACT FAN Contactor DC BUS 1
(on lateral panel EXTRACT FAN)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 15 001

AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
AIR PACK
A pack valve fault can be triggered by :
- a disagreement between the selected pack valve position and the actual position of the
pack valve.
- an air temperature dowstream the air machine compressor higher than 204° C (399° F)
- “AIR PACK” amber message on EWD
- Packs indicator in amber on SD cabin page
- Pack valve FAULT on overhead panel
AIR PACK 1+2

This alert is triggered when both pack valve are lost.
- “AIR PACK 1+2” amber message on EWD
- Packs indicator in amber on SD cabin page
- Pack valve FAULT on overhead panel
AIR RECIRC FAN 1(2)

A recirculation fan low RPM or internal overheat.
A caution signal is sent to the FWS by the MFC.
- “AIR RECIRC FAN 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- Recirculation fan in amber on SD cabin page
- Recirc fan FAULT on overhead panel
AIR DUCT OVHT

This caution is generated when the over-- temperature switch, in the supply duct, has
sensed a temperature of 92°C (197.6 °F).
- “AIR DUCT OVHT” amber message on EWD
- Duct overheat amber alert “HOT” on the SD cabin page
- OVHT on the overhead panel
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 16 001

AA
AIR VENT EXH

This caution is generated either by releasing the OVBD push-- button on Avionics Vent
Panel or by an extraction fan failure (temperature or underspeed).

- “AIR VENT EXH” amber message on EWD
- Extraction fan indicators in amber on SD cabin page
- Avionics Vent/Exhaust Mode FAULT light illuminated
AIR OVBD
This caution is generated when there is a disagreement between the commanded position
of the OVBD valve and its current position.
- “AIR OVBD” amber message on EWD
- OVBD indicators in amber on SD cabin page
- Avionics Vent / OVBD Valve FAULT light illuminated
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.30
P 17 001

AA
30.5 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P1 001
PRESSURIZATION FEB 12
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
R The cabin pressure is controlled by an electro-- pneumatic valve and a pneumatic valve.
These valves are located on the lower fuselage skin in the rear underfloor zone and are
operated by either of two control sub-- systems :
- A digital electro-- pneumatic sub-- system : AUTO-- mode
- A pneumatic sub-- system : MAN-- mode
R An overpressure relief valve and a negative pressure relief valve are fitted on both outflow
valves as safety devices.
The controls related to the Cabin Pressure Control System (CPCS) are located on the R.H,
side of the flight deck central instrument panel.
Indicating is provided through SD cabin page, on the upper part of MFD.
When the system is operating in the AUTO-- mode, the pneumatic outflow valve is slaved to
the electro-- pneumatic valve. Their opening will be the same.
R In case of controller failure :
- The positive differential pressure is limited to 6.35 PSI by a manometric capsule.
- The negative differential pressure is limited to - 0.5 PSI by a non return valve.
Note : The manual controller knob must be selected to NORM position in order not to disturb
the automatic regulation.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P2 001
PRESSURIZATION APR 11
AA
AUTO MODE
The digital controller is located on the cabin pressure control system (CPCS) panel. It
consists of an electronic box with a front panel and three plug-- in modules as follows :
- one module contains the electrical supply circuit, the power output circuit and subsidiary
circuits.
- one module holds all the input circuits (including the pressure sensor) and the output
circuits.
- the remaining module contains the central processor unit.
With the AUTO-- mode operating, the outflow valves are driven by the controller according to
the information received with respect to:
- Aircraft altitude obtained from air data computer (A.D.C.) via the CAC.
- Landing elevation, pre-- selected by the ELV SET trigger switch.
- Take-- off elevation, memorised by the controller.
- Pressure cabin altitude, obtained from a pressure transducer inside the digital controller.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P3 001
AA
AMBIENT PRESSURE SENSOR
R It is composed of three modules that allow acquisition, process and transmission of cabin
pressure data to the CAC.
Both signals (pressure and pressure variation) are designed to provide an output between
0.5 V and 4.5 V, allowing failure detections out of this range.
R Signals from APS are sent to the CAC and processed to displayed as three indicators on the
SD Cabin page :
- Cabin altitude (ft) : Determine the equivalent altitude associated the cabin pressure.
- Vs (ft/min) : Determine the equivalent altitude change associated to the pressure variation.
- ∆P (PSI) : Determine the pressure difference between the outside (provided by other
pressure sensor) and the inside of aircraft.
DUMP FUNCTION
A DUMP function is available to send a fully open electrical signal to the electropneumatic
outflow valve.DUMP function is available as long as pressurization system is in AUTO mode.
CAUTION :
The DUMP PB is mechanically protected. No other safety device protects DUMP function
from inadvertent use.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P4 001
AA
MANUAL MODE
The electropneumatic outflow valve is maintained closed and the pneumatic outflow valve
controls the cabin outlet air flow. Its control servo pressure is function of the manual controller
demand. The control knob is used to select any cabin rate change from - 1500 ft/mn to + 2500
ft/mn.
DITCHING MODE
Two electrical motors (one for each outflow valves) maintain both outflow valves in closed
position.Ditching mode is available in both automatic and manual modes.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P5 001
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
R AUTO PRESS PANEL
(1) LANDING ELEVATION ind.

Displays in ft the landing elevation setting. The two last digits always displays 0. All digits will
R extinguish in case of automatic system failure, manual mode or DUMP mode
(2) ELV SET trigger switch

Allows selection of the elevation of the planned destination airport in 100 ft increments. The
R landing altitude ranges between - 1500 ft and 10000 ft.
(3) DESCENT RATE pb

Is operated to allow a fast cabin descent.
NORM (pb released) The max cabin vertical speed in descent is - 400 ft/mn.
FAST (pb pressed in) The max cabin vertical speed in descent is - 500 ft/mn.
The FAST LIGHT illuminates blue.
(4) TEST pb
When depressed, the system is electrically tested. If the system is ready to use, the
LANDING ELEVATION ind. displays alternately 18800 and - 8800. Fault light illuminates
amber on MAN pb.
In flight, this test is inhibited.
(5) DUMP guarded pb

This guarded pb allows selection of the dump function when in AUTO mode.
NORMAL (pb released) The digital controller operates normally.
ON (pb pressed in) The digital controller is out of circuit and an electrical opening
signal is sent to the electropneumatic outflow valve. Both outflow valves will
fully open. The ON light illuminates white.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P6 001
AA
MAN PRESS CONTROLS
(1) MODE pb
Selects the pressure control mode :
pb pressed in The digital controller is in operation (AUTO mode).
MAN (pb released) The digital controller is out of operation, digits extinguish and
the manual controller regulates the pressure. The MAN light illuminates
white. “AIR AUTO PRESS” caution is displayed on EWD.
FAULT The light illuminates amber to indicate a digital controller failure “AIR AUTO
PRESS” caution is diplayed on EWD.
(2) MAN RATE knob

In manual mode, the control knob is used to select any cabin rate of change from - 1500 ft/mn
to + 2500 ft/mn.
NORM This position must be used when in AUTO mode.
(3) DITCH guarded pb

Selects the ditch mode.
ON (pb pressed in) Both outflow valves are forced to closed position regardless
of the pressure control mode. The ON light illuminates white.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P 7/8 001
AA
CABIN PRESS IND
The SD Cabin page gives the following information :

- Cabin altitude, obtained from Ambient Pressure Sensor via the CAC
- Rate of change of cabin altitude
- Differential pressure between cabin pressure and outside static pressure.
R After conversion, data received from APS are sent by the CAC to both MFD to be displayed.
SD CABIN PAGE
(1) Differential pressure indicator
In the event of an excessive differential pressure, the CAC sends a warning signal to both
MFCs and the alerting display is activated.
(2) Cabin rate indicator

Cabin rate of climb or descent are indicated on SD cabin page.
Invalid rate are also indicated and can be due to sensors failure or missing connectivity.
An invalid speed can be due to sensors failure (out of range measurement) or a missing
connection.
(3) Cabin altitude indicator

Cabin and target altitude are displayed.
An invalid display can be due to sensors failure (out of range measurement) or a missing
connection.
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P9 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B) (C/B)
Digital controller DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on lateral panel AUTO PRESS)
Ambient Pressure Sen- DC EMER BUS - Nil -
sor (on lateral APS)
DITCH DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral DITCH)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
EXCESS CAB ALT
R Triggered when the cabin altitude becomes greater than 10.000 ft.
R If Cabin altitude exceeds 13.000 ft, the digital controller fully closes both outflow valves.
- MW light flashing red

- “EXCESS CAB ALT” red message on EWD
- Aural alert is Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC)
- CAB ALT alerting display on SD cabin page (White on Red
background)
EXCESS CAB ∆P
R Triggered when the differential pressure exceeds 6.35 PSI.


- “EXCESS CAB ∆P” red message on EWD
- CAB ∆P alerting display on SD (White on Red background)
Mod: 5948
AIR 1.03.40
P 10 001
AA
AIR AUTO PRESS

R Triggered in the event of a power loss to the digital controller (more than 0.1second).
- “AIR AUTO PRESS” amber message on EWD
- AUTO MAN switch FAULT light illuminated
- “AUTO PRESS” label in amber on SD cabin page
AIR DITCH
Triggered when the ditch push button is depressed.
- “AIR DITCH” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.04.00 CONTENTS
1.04.10 GENERAL
10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
10.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY / MFC LOGIC / SYSTEM MONITORING
1.04.20 AUTO PILOT / YAW DAMPER
1.04.30 FLIGHT DIRECTOR
1.04.40 OPERATION
40.1 AUTO PILOT / FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
40.2 AFCS ALERTS
1.04.50 ALTITUDE ALERT
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 1/2 140
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is provided with an automatic flight control system. It achieves :
• AutoPilot (AP) function with automatic pitch trim, Yaw Damper (YD) and turn coordination
• Flight director (FD) function
• altitude alert
Main components are :
• two Core Avionics Cabinet (CAC 1 which controls the autopilot functions and CAC 2
which monitors the autopilots functions)
• three control panel : one Flight Guidance And Control Panel (FGCP) and two Integrated
Control Panel (ICP)
• two Flight Mode Annunciator (FMA), one on each PFD upper part
• three identical servo actuators on the three axes (pitch, roll, yaw)
• one Power Trim Box (to interface with the pitch trim actuator)
The computers (CAC1/2) receive data from the two Air Data computers (ADC), the two
Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRS), the radio-- altimeter, the NAV1/2 , the
FMS, and from some sensors.
The CAC 1 generates commands to the flight control actuator, and CAC 2 monitors the
system.
COMPONENTS LAYOUT
¡ FMA, FGCP, ICP, computers and pitch trim box (Cockpit and electronic rack).
© Yaw and pitch servo actuators.
¢ Roll servo actuator.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7144

AFCS 1.04.10
P3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
FLIGHT GUIDANCE and CONTROL PANEL (FGCP)
(1) - AP P/B
Action on the P/B engages Auto Pilot (AP) and Yaw damper (YD) functions
simultaneously. All four associated arrows illuminate green. Pressing the P/B again
disengages only the AP function.
(2) - YD P/B
Action on the P/B engages the YD function. Both associated arrows illuminate green.
Pressing the P/B again disengages the YD function (and the AP if engaged).
(3) - SPEED HLD P/B

Action on this P/B engages the Speed Hold (SPD HLD) function for approach only.
Requested conditions : Aircraft in landing configuration, PL in White Arc (Between 37°
and 49°), AP ON, LOC + GS Green, IAS < 140 kts.
Pressing the P/B again disengages SPD HLD function.
(4) - CPL P/B

Enables selection of the side (CAPT or F/O) to be coupled to the AP/YD computers. At
power up, selected side is CAPT side.
(5) - VERTICAL MODES P/B

Enables selection of vertical modes: IAS HOLD, VS HOLD, ALT HOLD. Pressing the P/B
again disengages these functions to return in basic mode (PITCH HOLD).
Note : (5) is common Vertical mode for AP and FD and (3) is vertical mode for AP only, for
CAT II or CAT III and speed hold is disengaged outside white arc.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10.
P4 100
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
(6) - PITCH WHEEL (PW)

In VS mode, operating the PW will change the VS value without disengaging the VS
mode.
In pitch Hold mode, operating the PW will change the pitch target value without
disengaging the pitch Hold mode.
Note : PW is inhibited in GS, IAS HOLD, ALT SEL CAPTURE and ALT HOLD modes.
(7) - STBY P/B

Cancels all AP and FD Upper Modes (Armed, Captured or active modes). Resets them to
basic modes.
(8) - LATERAL MODES P/B

Enable the selection of lateral modes: HDG SEL, NAV, APP, BC. Pressing the P/B again
disengages these functions to return in basic mode (HDG HLD or ROLL HLD) and in case
of Flux valve failure the WING LVL replaces HDG HLD basic mode.
(9) - FD P/B
Action on the P/B displays the Flight Director (FD) command bars. Each bar (Horizontal
Bar and Vertical Bar ) will be displayed in :
- upper mode
- basic mode, only if AP is engaged.
(Pressing the P/B again clears the display of the FD command bars).
(10) - HDG Knob

Sets the heading used as reference by the FGCS. The selected heading is displayed on
both CAPT and F/O on EHSI and/or ND depending on display configuration. Pushing the
knob permit to synchronize the heading bug with the actual heading.
(11) - CRS Knob CAPT side

Sets the course on CAPT EHSI and/or ND depending on display configuration
(12) - CRS Knob F/O side

Sets the course on F/O EHSI and/or ND depending on display configuration
(13) - NAV SOURCE Selector CAPT side

Selects the NAV SOURCE for CAPT EHSI and/or ND depending on display configuration
(14) - NAV SOURCE Selector F/O side

Selects the NAV SOURCE for F/O EHSI and/or ND depending on display configuration
(15) - ALT SEL knob

Controls the preselected altitude which is shown above the PFD altimeter scale.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.10
P3 120
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
FLIGHT GUIDANCE and CONTROL PANEL (FGCP)
(1) - AP P/B
Action on the P/B engages Auto Pilot (AP) and Yaw damper (YD) functions
simultaneously. All four associated arrows illuminate green. Pressing the P/B again
disengages only the AP function.
(2) - YD P/B
Action on the P/B engages the YD function. Both associated arrows illuminate green.
Pressing the P/B again disengages the YD function (and the AP if engaged).
(3) - SPEED HLD P/B

Action on this P/B engages the Speed Hold (SPD HLD) function for approach only.
Requested conditions : Aircraft in landing configuration, PL in White Arc (Between 37°
and 49°), AP ON, LOC + GS Green, IAS < 140 kts.
Pressing the P/B again disengages SPD HLD function.
(4) - CPL P/B

Enables selection of the side (CAPT or F/O) to be coupled to the AP/YD computers. At
power up, selected side is CAPT side.
(5) - VERTICAL MODES P/B

Enables selection of vertical modes: IAS HOLD, VS HOLD, VNAV, ALT HOLD. Pressing
the P/B again disengages these functions to return in basic mode (PITCH HOLD).
Note : If VNAV P/B is pressed : VNAV function will only be available if LNAV is engaged
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7181

AFCS 1.04.10
P5 100
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
INDEX CONTROL PANEL (ICP)
(1) This P/B allows switching between Selected Manual Speed (MAN) and Automatic
Speed managed by the FMS (AUTO).
Note : At power on, the manual speed target mode (MAN) is engaged
(2) Speed knob used to set the SPD TGT in MAN mode.
(3) The knob is used to set the barometric reference.

Pushing the knob sets standard barometric reference (29.92 INHG / 1013.25 Hpa)
(4) Outer knob permits to select between DH (Decision Height) or MDA (Minimum
Descent Altitude).
Inner knob is used to set DH or MDA values, depending of the outer knob position.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.10
P6 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
GO AROUND PB
The GO AROUND PB are located on the external side of each Power Lever.
When pressing these P/B, the Go Around mode is engaged.

All flight director modes are cancelled and the autopilot is disengaged.
The FGCS provides :
- heading (HDG HOLD) for the lateral mode.
- safe pitch (GA) for the vertical mode via the FD bars indications
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P7 100
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
CONTROL WHEEL
(A) AP Quick Disconnect PB

Allows to disconnect AP when depressed once. When depressed again clears the AP OFF
alarm.
(B) Normal Pitch Trim ROCKER

Used in order to adjust the Pitch Trim (Normal Pitch Trim setting means).
Note : If the AP is ON, action on this trim disengages the AP
(C) Touch Control Steering (TCS) PB

Located on the back side of the Control Wheel. Depressing the button allows to regain
temporary manual control of the aircraft without disconnecting the AP.
Basic AP mode :
Depressing the TCS button in the basic mode will cause the AP to change the pitch and roll
references. The reference attitude will be the aircraft’s new pitch and roll attitude (within
limits) at the time the TCS button is released. Pitch attitude resynchronisation limits are
- 11°/+15°. If the button is released with a pitch attitude beyond than - 11°/+15° the aircraft
will return inside the limits (-- 11°/+15°) and maintain that attitude. If pitch attitude selected
with TCS is greater than 25° the AP will be disengaged.
If the TCS is released at bank angles less than 6° the system will level the wings and, at
wings level will fly the existing heading. If the bank angle is greater than 6° but less than
35° at TCS release, the AP will maintain the bank angle. At bank angles greater than 35°
the aircraft will return to 35° and the AP will maintain 35°.
- In VS HOLD mode:
Action on TCS PB (during VS HOLD mode) will resynchronize the Air Data Command
reference without disengaging the mode.
- In Pitch HOLD mode:
Action of TCS PB (during Pitch HOLD mode) will resynchronize the Air Data Command
reference without disengaging the mode.
In all other modes:

A TCS activation will simply allow the pilot to take manual control of the aircraft without
disengaging the mode.
Mod: 5948 + 6521
AFCS 1.04.10
P8 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
STBY PITCH TRIM SW
STBY PITCH TRIM will disengage the AP.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P9 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
FLIGHT MODE ANNUNCIATOR (FMA)
The Flight Mode Annunciator (FMA), located in the upper part of the PFD, has :
- 4 columns dedicated to annunciation of :

- Icing Status Information
- Lateral Modes
- Vertical Modes
- Engagement Status of the AutoPilot.
- A messages line
Modes Symbols :
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 10 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
(1, 2, 3) Lateral modes
(1) : Lateral armed mode (cyan)

(2) : Lateral Capture and Hold mode (green)
(3) : Bank Angle (green) : depending of the speed :
- Low Bank (LO) (15° max)
- High Bank (27° max)
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 11 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
(4&5) Vertical modes
(4) : Vertical Armed mode (cyan)

(5) : Vertical Capture and Hold mode (green)
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 12 001
GENERAL NOV 14
R (1, 2, 4, 5) Common modes
- APP(GS&LOC)
- GA
(6) AP or YD engagement
(7) FD bars display
(8) Coupling selection
DISPLAY (GREEN) DESCRIPTION

← COUPLING ON CAPT SIDE WITH THE CPL P/B ON THE FGCP (< CPL)
→ COUPLING ON F/O SIDE WITH THE CPL P/B ON THE FGCP ( CPL>)
R DUAL DUAL COUPLING IN CAT 2 APPROACH AND RNP AR IF AVAILABLE

(< CPL >)
NOTE : ITALIC TEXT INDICATES THE REAL COLORS
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 13 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
R (9) Provision for CAT III information

(10) TCS Activation
(11) AP/YD disengagement, approach category retrogression, AFCS internal failure.

(See chapter 10-- 3 system monitoring)
(12) Unexpected mode change, or problem in navigation parameters.

(See chapter 10-- 3 system monitoring)
R (13) Operation category
(14) Trim status

(See chapters 10-- 3 System monitoring & 09 Flight controls)
(15) Icing
(See chapter 13 Ice and rain protection)
(16) APM Message

(See chapter 13 Ice and rain protection)
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 14 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY (PFD)
1-- Flight Director Command bars (Green) :

Display computed commands to capture and maintain a desired flight path.
2-- Speed bug & speed read out :

- Cyan bug when selected manually.
On Index Control Panel (ICP), the speed target (SPD TGT) has to be in MAN and selection
is done with the speed knob.
- Magenta bug when managed by the FMS
On Index Control Panel (ICP), the speed target (SPD TGT) has to be in AUTO, and the
speed is computed by the FMS
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 15 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
3-- ALT bug & altitude read out :

On the Flight Guidance Control Panel (FGCP), the cyan bug and the readout is set with the
ALT SEL knob. The numeric ALT SEL readout is permanently displayed.
4-- VS bug & VS read out :

On the Flight Guidance Control Panel (FGCP), the cyan bug and read out are set with the
Pitch wheel when the VS mode is selected
5-- HDG bug & HDG read out :

On the Flight Guidance Control Panel (FGCP), the cyan bug is set with the heading knob.
6-- NAV course pointer/deviation & readout :

- Cyan course when selected manually. (Mode NAV and APP)
On the Flight Guidance Control Panel (FGCP), when the NAV source selector is on V/ILS1
or 2, the course pointer is set with the CRS knob.
- Magenta course when managed by the FMS (Mode LNAV)
On the Flight Guidance Control Panel (FGCP), when the NAV source selector is on FMS
1&2, the desired track indication is computed by the FMS
7 - Minimum Descent Altitude (MDA) :

The MDA is set with the ICP. This MDA is displayed by two horizontal amber lines directly
on the altimeter scale.
8 - Decision Height (DH) - (CAT II ) :

Linked to the radioaltimeter information, an aural and visual alert inform the crew that the
decision height is reached. A DH alert is displayed on the PFD and an aural alert is
generated by the T2CAS (TAWS) (Minimum, Minimum).
DH on PFD :
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 16 001
OPERATION DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B)
AutoPilot Servo Motor DC STBY BUS
(Roll, Yaw,Pitch) (On overhead panel : PITCH SERVO, YAW SERVO,
ROLL SERVO)
Flight Guidance Control DC EMER BUS
Panel (Channel 1 & 2) (Overhead panel : FGCP CHAN1/IOM-- AP1)
DC ESS BUS
(Overhead panel : FGCP CHAN2/IOM-- AP2)
R Index Control Panel F/O DC BUS 2 (Flight SPLY)
(Overhead panel: ADC2/ ICP F/O FLT SPLY)
DC EMER BUS (Ground SPLY)
(Overhead panel: ADC2/ ICP F/O GND SPLY)
Index Control Panel CAPT DC EMER BUS
(Overhead panel: ADC 1/ ICP CAPT EMER SPLY)
Yaw Dynamometric Rod DC EMER BUS
Quick release DC EMER BUS
(Lateral panel: L NORM & STBY PITCH TRIM & RUD
TLU MAN CTL)
FCTL Power Trim Box DC EMER BUS
(Lateral panel: L NORM & STBY PITCH TRIM & RUD
TLU MAN CTL)
CAC 2 DC ESS BUS
(CAC Card : CPM2)
(C/B overhead panel: CPM 2 / IOM-- S 2)
DC ESS BUS
(CAC Card : IOM-- AP2)
(C/B overhead panel : FGCP CHAN2/IOM-- AP2)
CAC 1 DC EMER BUS

(CAC Card : CPM1)
(C/B overhead panel: CPM 1 / IOM-- S 1)
(CAC Card : IOM-- AP1)
(C/B overhead panel: FGCP CHAN1/IOM-- AP1)
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 17/18 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
(11) : AP/YD disengagement, approach category retrogression, AFCS internal failure
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 19/20 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
(12) : Unexpected mode change, or problem in navigation parameters
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 21 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
Mod: 5948 ATR42 Model : 500

AFCS 1.04.10
P 23 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 24 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.10
P 25/26 100
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
(14) : Trim status
AFCS FAIL
AFCS FAIL When both FD channel are lost. The FMA is black. The AFCS FAIL (steady red) is the only message dis-
played (Zone 5)
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.20.
P1 100
AUTO PILOT/YAW DAMPER FEB 12
AA
PURPOSE
The YAW DAMPER (YD) provides yaw damping, turn coordination and rudder trim
function. To achieve these functions, AFCS computers (CAC1/2) and AP yaw actuator are
used.
The AUTO PILOT (AP) allows the following :
- stabilizing the aircraft around its center of gravity while holding pitch attitude and
heading, wing level or bank angle (AP in basic modes).
- flying automatically any upper or basic mode or any mode except GO AROUND mode
which must be flown manually only.
AUTO PILOT ENGAGEMENT
When the AP is engaged, the pitch, roll and yaw actuators are connected to the flight
controls, the pitch autotrim and yaw auto trim function are activated.
- Engagement with no vertical upper mode selected: The AP flies current pitch attitude.
This is the basic vertical mode (”PITCH HOLD”, displayed in green). Pitch wheel and
TCS can be used to modify the pitch attitude.
- Engagement with no lateral upper mode selected : Depending of the conditions at
engagement, the AP will level wings and then maintain wing level (”WING LVL”,
displayed in green) or will maintain the current heading (”HDG HOLD”, displayed in
green) or will maintain the current bank angle (”ROLL HOLD” ,displayed in green).
These are the basic lateral modes. TCS pb may be used (see 1.04.10).
- Engagement with a lateral or vertical armed upper mode selected : the AP flies basic
mode until the armed mode becomes active.
- Engagement with a lateral and/or vertical active upper mode selected : the AP
manoeuvers to fly to zero the FD command bars.
- If AP is engaged while the vertical FD orders are not followed, the reversion is done in
pitch hold mode. (AP basic mode)
AUTO PILOT DISENGAGEMENT
AP can be disengaged manually or automatically.
S Manual disengagement is achieved by action on either one of the following devices :
- Quick disconnect pb on control wheel
- Action on Pitch Trim (normal or STBY)
- AP pb on FGCP
- YD pb on FGCP
- GA pb on PL
- Pilot’s force on the pedals over 30 daN (66 lb)
- Pilot’s force on the control column (pitch axis) over 10 daN (22 lb)
S Automatic disengagement occurs when :
- one of the engagement conditions of the AP and/or YD is no longer met
- stall warning indicator threshold is achieved
- there is a disagreement between the two AHRS or between the two ADC
- there is a mismatch between the two pitch trims
- there is a failure of one AHRS or one ADC.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.20
P2 100
AUTO PILOT/YAW DAMPER FEB 12
AA
MANUAL DISENGAGEMENT
- Action on the AP pb on the FGCP, or quick disconnect pb on each control column, or
GA mode activation, or STBY or NORMAL pitch trim switch activation or effort on
control column disengage the AP function without disengaging the YD function. The
AP green arrows extinguish, “AP DISENG” is displayed on FMA (white on red
message reverse video) and the “cavalry charge” aural warning is generated.
- Action on the quick disconnect pb (second time) clears the aural warning and
message.
Note : If a failure occurs, the “PITCH TRIM FAIL”, “PITCH MISTRIM”, “AILERON
MISTRIM” , “RUDDER MISTRIM” or “YAW AUTO TRIM” message is displayed on
the FMA.
The crew has to disengage AP and manually fly the aircraft.
- Action on the YD pb on the FGCP or an effort on pedals disengages the AP and YD (if
engages together). AP and YD green arrow extinguish. AP/YD DISENG is displayed
on FMA (displayed in white on red message reverse video) and the “cavalry charge”
aural warning is generated. Action on the quick disconnect pb (second time) clears
the aural warning and message
- The YD (if only engaged). The YD green arrows extinguish. YD DISENG is displayed
on FMA (displayed in black on amber message reverse video). Action on the quick
disconnect pb (second time) clears the message
AUTOMATIC DISENGAGEMENT
The warnings and messages are the same as those which occur in case of manual
disengagement but the AP DISENG, AP/YD DISENG or YD DISENG messages are
flashing. Action on “Quick disconnect“ pb clears warnings and messages.
Note: If PITCH TRIM ASYM on the EWD, AP automatically disengages and cannot be
reengaged.
AP/YD MONITORING RECOVERY

When a monitored failure is detected, AP and/or YD is disengaged. If the pilot clears
messages displayed on FMA (by using “Quick disconnect“ pb) the AP computer will
attempt a “monitor recovery”. The AP/YD can be again engaged.
If initial failure condition still exists, AP/YD is disengaged again.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.30
P1 100
FLIGHT DIRECTOR FEB 12
AA
FUNCTION
The purpose of the FLIGHT DIRECTOR (FD) is to provide information to the pilot through
the command bars on the PFD to allow a manual guidance of the aircraft :
- In pitch axis if a vertical active mode is selected.
- In roll axis if a lateral active mode is selected.
The FD commands are satisfied when the FD bars remain centered on the PFD.
If no vertical active mode is engaged, the corresponding command bar will revert to
PITCH HOLD.
If no lateral active mode is engaged, the corresponding command bar will according to
situation revert to HDG HOLD, ROLL HOLD or WING LVL.
In addition, the two bars can be removed by acting on the FD P/B on the FGCP.
The following modes are available :
S Vertical modes :
ALT SEL, ALT, VS, IAS
S Lateral modes :
HDG SEL, NAV, BC
S Common modes :
APP (lateral and vertical guidance for approach) GA.
Some modes have an initial arm status before becoming active.
Their active phase is divided into a capture phase followed by a track or hold phase.
When AP is engaged, it automatically follows the FD commands. If no FD active mode is
selected, the system flies basic AP mode (see 1.04.20).
MODE SELECTION
Mode selection is achieved by action on the corresponding pb on the FGCP except for ALT
SEL mode and GO AROUND mode :
- ALT SEL mode is automatically armed.
- GO AROUND mode is activated as soon as one of the GA pb located on the PL’s is
depressed, and is disengaged by using TCS, STBY pb, by selecting a new vertical
mode or by engaging AP.
- Only one lateral mode can be armed at one time.
- GS and ALT SEL can be engaged simultaneously. The first of both modes (GS or ALT
SEL) with its fulfilled activation conditions will be engaged when GS mode is engaged,
ALT SEL arming is inhibited.
ACTIVATION OF ARMED MODES
Only one lateral and one vertical mode can be activated simultaneously. If two vertical
modes are armed, the first which meets the capture conditions becomes active. The
second remains armed.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.30
P2 001
FLIGHT DIRECTOR APR 11
AA
MODE DISENGAGEMENT
Action on the pb of an armed or active mode on the FGCP disengages that mode.
Action on either GA pb on the PL’s disengages all other armed or active mode.
Action on the STBY pb on the FGCP disengages all armed and active modes. ALT SEL
mode will rearm automatically only if AP is engaged or if a FD mode is selected again and if
aircraft flies toward the selected altitude.
When a vertical (or lateral) mode becomes active, the previously active vertical (or lateral)
mode is automatically disengaged.
Other automatic disengageement logic conditions are detailed for each mode in chapter
1.04.40.
FLIGHT GUIDANCE DISPLAYS AND ANNUNCIATIONS
The HSI / ND displays navigation information: The FD uses information from the
coupled HSI / ND which is selected through the CPL pb on the FGCP.
Heading bug : the heading bug is controlled by the single heading knob. The heading
error between actual heading and selected heading as displayed on the coupled HSI /
ND is sent to the FD.
Course pointer : the course pointer of each HSI / ND is controlled by the associated
course knob (except LNAV mode). The course error as displayed on the coupled HSI /
ND is sent to the FD.
Deviations : deviations displayed on the coupled HSI / ND and used by the FD are as
follows, depending on the selected navigation source:
S in lateral : VOR, LOC or LNAV
S in vertical : GS
The ADI displays guidance information through the pitch and roll command bar.
The FMA provides mode status annunciations :

S lateral armed mode status is displayed in cyan (VOR, NAV, BC)
S vertical armed mode status is displayed in cyan (ALT SEL, GS)
S lateral active mode status is displayed in green (VOR, LOC, BC, LNAV, HDG SEL,
HGD HOLD, ROLL HOLD, WING LVL)
S vertical active mode status is displayed in green (IAS, VS, ALT, GS, PITCH HOLD)
S At mode change, the mode annunciation is surrounded with a green box for 7
seconds
S During capture phase, a star is added to the mode annunciation on FMA.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.40
P1 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
40.1 SYSTEM OPERATION
VERTICAL MODES
CAC 1 & CAC 2 (AFCS computers) receive data from both ADC and both AHRS.
The Autopilot and Yaw damper functions use data from both ADC and both AHRS, and the
FD use data from the selected sources. This selection is achieved by the CPL P/B on the
FGCP.
At power up, left side is coupled. The coupled side is indicated by illumination of the
corresponding arrow located at each side of the CPL pb and displayed in green on the FMA
(”<-- - “, “-- - >“).
In case of failure on either side despite of the coupling (AHRS or ADC failed, AHRS’s or
ADC’s miscomparison), AP/YD are disengaged.
In this case the AP/YD can be reengaged with a ”single AHRS” or “single ADC” by
selecting the operative source, with the dedicated switching source P/B on the switching
control panel.
During ILS approach only :
DUAL CPL automatically occurs after LOC and GS track phase has begun if both NAV
receivers are tuned to ILS (same frequency), both identical courses and RA below 1200ft.
In DUAL CPL both arrows are illuminated, “DUAL” is displayed on FMA, and both NAV
receivers are coupled to the AFCS computers which utilize average data for guidance
computation. When the APP mode is manually cancelled, the FD remains coupled to the
side selected prior to dual coupling.
Excess DEV monitoring utilizes ILS data from both sources (CAT 2 approach).
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P2 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
40.2 AUTOPILOT / FLIGHT DIRECTOR MODES
GENERAL
- Reduced bank angle function
In all lateral modes, this function selects automatically the bank angle limit (High or Low
bank).
Selection of either value is made by the AFCS computer by comparison between current
aircraft speed and VmHB.
LO BANK is selected if IAS < VmHB or RA < 1000 ft
HI BANK is selected if IAS > VmHB + 5 and RA > 1000 ft
The selected bank angle is displayed on the FMA by the green message “LO”
- if nothing is displayed : bank angle maximum value 27°
- if “LO” is displayed: bank angle maximum value 15°
This limit bank angle is also displayed on the ADI by 2 green ticks :
For LO BANK :
For HI BANK :
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P 3/4 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
BASIC MODES
The basic modes are engaged by means of the AP push-- button on the FGCP, if no FD
mode is active prior to AP engagement. The auto pilot basic modes are :
- Pitch hold (”PITCH HOLD” green on FMA) on vertical axis.
- Heading hold (”HDG HOLD” green on FMA), Wing level (”WING LVL”, green on FMA)
and Roll hold ( “ROLL HOLD” green on FMA”) on lateral axis.
Note: If AP engaged in basic mode only, the Flight Director cross bars will be displayed.
- Vertical basic mode

Pitch hold (”PITCH HOLD” green on FMA).
The pitch basic mode enables to maintain the pitch attitude at engagement or bring it back
to +15° or - 11° limit value.
Then the pitch value, can be changed and held within the limits, with the TCS or the pitch
wheel.
- Lateral basic mode
- If the roll angle is less than 3° for more than 10s, at mode activation, the current heading
is maintained (“HDG HOLD” green on FMA) despite of the heading bug.
- If the roll angle is inferior to 6° at mode activation: the aircraft returns to null bank angle
with activation of the wing level basic mode (”WING LVL”, green on FMA), then when bank
angle is less than 3° confirmed for 10s, the heading hold basic mode (“HDG HOLD”, green
on FMA) is activated.
- If roll angle is superior to 6° at activation, the autopilot held the current bank angle
(”ROLL HOLD” green on FMA)
- If roll angle is superior to the limit (+ /-- 15° or +/-- 27° depending of the speed - - > Low
bank/ High bank), the aircraft return and hold the limit bank angle (”ROLL HOLD” green on
FMA).
The bank angle can be changed and hold with the TCS, within the limits of +/-- 50°, the
autopilot is automatically disengaged if bank angle is greater than 50° .
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P 5/6 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
VERTICAL MODES
ALTITUDE SELECT MODE

ALT SEL mode is automatically armed when the aircraft is climbing or is descending
toward the selected altitude except after action on the STBY pb. In this case, ALT SEL
mode rearms only if AP is engaged or if a FD mode is selected, in addition to the previous
conditions.
¡ £ ARM PHASE
The ALT SEL armed mode is annunciated by :
- a cyan “ALT SEL” message on the FMA.
- a cyan bug and an altitude selected read out on the PFD altimeter.
VS HOLD, IAS HOLD or PITCH HOLD modes can be used to fly to the selected altitude.
This altitude is selected by means of the ALT SEL knob on the FGCP.
© CAPTURE PHASE
When approaching the preselected altitude, the system automatically switches to the
ALT SEL CAP mode and the previous vertical mode is cancelled. A command is
generated to asymptomatically capture the selected altitude.
ALT SEL CAPTURE is annunciated by :
- a green and boxed “ALT*” (the box for mode change and the star for capture).
- a green “ALT*” after 7s.
Note : The ALT OFF amber message appears during Altitude Capture
- When the selected altitude is changed (transition to basic PITCH HOLD mode)
- When baro correction is changed (transition to basic PITCH HOLD mode)
¢ HOLD PHASE
When the desired altitude is reached, the ALT SEL CAP mode is automatically
cancelled and ALT HOLD mode is automatically selected. The ALT HOLD mode is
annunciated on the FMA by a green “ALT”.
During the three phases (ALT SEL ARM, ALT SEL CAP, ALT HOLD), a GS capture will
override the altitude mode.
ALTITUDE HOLD MODE ¤¥

Activation of the ALT pb on the FGCP selects the ALT HOLD mode and overrides all active
FD vertical modes. Any lateral mode existing at engagement is mantained.
The ALT HOLD mode is annunciated on FMA by a green “ALT” and the bug & readout are
displayed on the PFD.
In the ALT HOLD mode, all armed FD vertical modes are allowed, but a GS capture will
override the ALT HOLD mode.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.0440
P 7/8 001
OPERATION APR 11
AA
VERTICAL SPEED HOLD MODE
¡ Action on the VS pb on the control panel selects the VS hold mode and overrides all
active FD vertical modes. VS existing at engagement is maintained.
The VS mode is annunciated by :
- a green “VS” message on the FMA.
- a cyan bug and a selected Vs readout on the PFD VSI.
© When the Vs is stabilized, the VSI pointer is in front of the bug.

7 s after the selection the VS is annunciated by a green “VS” message on the FMA.
¢ Activation of the PW will set a new vertical speed reference.
£ When the new Vs is stabilized, the VSI pointer is in front of the bug.
Depressing and holding the TCS button allows the pilot to maneuver the aircraft to a new
vertical speed reference without disengaging the mode.
In VS hold mode any other vertical mode may be armed, and when captured will override
VS hold mode.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.40.
P 9/10 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
INDICATED AIRSPEED MODE
¡ Action on the IAS pb on the control panel selects the IAS hold mode and overrides all
active FD vertical modes.
The IAS target speed (MAN or AUTO) is acquired and hold.
The IAS mode is annunciated by :
- a green boxed “IAS” message on the FMA.
- a cyan bug and the selected IAS readout on the PFD ASI.
After 7s, a green IAS message is displayed on the FMA
MANUAL SPEED (”MAN”)
© Actuation of the SPD TGT knob will set a new IAS reference without disengaging the
mode. The speed bug (cyan) is manually operated by the flight crew.
¢ When the new IAS is stabilized, the ASI pointer is in front of the bug.
In IAS hold mode, any other vertical mode may be armed, and when captured will override
IAS hold mode.
AUTOMATIC SPEED (”AUTO”)

The speed bug (magenta) is managed by the FMS.
For further information, refer to FMS USER GUIDE in part 4.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P 11/12 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
LATERAL MODE
HEADING SELECT MODE
¡ © Heading selection is made by the heading knob and is displayed on both HSI / ND. fdklgjfdkljgdfmksljgfdkljg
¢ Action on the HDG pb on the FGCP, selects the Heading Select mode and overides any
active lateral FD mode.
The heading Select mode is annunciated on the FMA by a green boxed “HDG SEL” at the
lateral active location.
£ The aircraft turn to the selected heading and after 7s a green “HDG SEL” is displayed
on the FMA
Selection of turns greater than 180° will lead the system to order a turn as short as possible
if selection has been made before HDG mode being engaged. If selection is made after
HDG mode engagement, turning command will occur by the side selected by the pilot.
CAUTION : Before take off, A/C lined up with the runway heading, the vertical command
bar has to be checked and centered (if necessary).
HEADING SEL ENGAGE
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40.
P 15/16 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
- LNAV NAVIGATION MODE
¡ The nav source is selected on the FGCP (FM1 or FM2) and the flight plan is selected
on the MCDU. The managed course (HSI) and the leg to the next waypoint (ND) are in
magenta
© After action on the NAV pb, the LNAV ARM is annunciated on the FMA by a cyan LNAV
message. HDG SELECT, HDG HOLD modes can be used to steer during the LNAV ARM
phase.
¢ At capture, the previous lateral mode is cancelled. LNAV is annunciated on FMA by:
- a green box (the box for mode change).
£ LNAV track mode is annunciated on the FMA, by a green LNAV message after 7s.
¤ ¥ Passing over the waypoint, the LNAV mode sends a roll order to fly to the next way
point.
NAV ARMED
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P 17/18 001
OPERATION APR 11
AA
BACK COURSE MODE
The back course mode is set up and flown exactly like a front course localizer approach but
selecting BC mode. In this case, glideslope capture is automatically inhibited.
- Set the course pointer on the HSI / ND for the inbound published track.
- Set the heading bug on the HSI / ND for the desired heading to intercept the course.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.40
P 19/20 100
OPERATION FEB 12
AA
COMMON MODES
ILS APPROACH MODE

¡ © Action on the APP pb on FGCP selects LOC and GS ARM modes provided the
coupled NAV receiver is tuned to an ILS frequency.
LOC ARM is annunciated on the FMA by a cyan “LOC” message.
HDG SELECT, HDG HOLD modes can be used to steer during the LOC ARM phase.
GS ARM is annunciated on the FMA by a cyan “GS” message. Any vertical mode is
allowed during GS ARM phase.
¢ £ At LOC CAPTURE the previous lateral mode used to fly is cancelled. LOC
CAPTURE is annunciated on the on the FMA by :
- a green boxed “LOC*” (the box for mode change and the star for capture).
- a green “LOC*” after 7s.
¤ LOC TRACK is annunciated on the on the FMA by the green “LOC” message.
- a green boxed “LOC”.
- a green “LOC” after 7s.
Glideslope capture is interlocked such that the localizer must be captured prior to
glideslope capture. The GS capture overrides all vertical modes which were previously
engaged. GS CAPTURE is annunciated on the on the FMA by :
- a green boxed “GS*” (the box for mode change and the star for capture).
- a green “GS*” after 7s.
GS TRACK is annunciated on the on the FMA by the green GS message.
- a green boxed “GS”.
- a green “GS” after 7s.
Crew is advised if AFCS CAT II conditions are met by a CAT 2 message displayed on the
FMA. IF not, a CAT I message is displayed. If CAT II conditions are lost during approach, a
“CAT 2 INVALID” amber message is displayed on the FMA. In addition, a “TRIPLE CLIC”
aural alert is generated.
Note : EXCESS DEV monitoring is enabled when CAT II conditions are met. This
monitoring is available below 500 ft RA. When an excessive deviation occurs, the LOC
or/and GS scales are flashing amber and “EXCESS DEV” (white on red reverse video) is
flashing on the FMA, then after 7s “EXCESS DEV” is becoming steady amber
Mod: 5948 + 6521

AFCS 1.04.40
P 21 001
OPERATION NOV 14
AA
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.40
P 25/26 001
OPERATION NOV 14
AA
GO AROUND MODE (FD MODE ONLY)

Action on the GA P/B selects the GO AROUND mode and cancels all armed and active FD
modes. The AP disengages and the FD gives commands to fly predetermined minimum
safe pitch attitude and to maintain heading followed at GA engagement.
The GO AROUND mode is annunciated on the FMA by a GA message as vertical mode
and HDG HOLD message as lateral mode.
The GO AROUND mode is cancelled by selecting another vertical mode, engaging TCS,
pushing the STBY P/B or engaging the AP.
Mod: 5948
AFCS 1.04.50
P1 100
ALTITUDE ALERT NOV 14
AA
The purpose of the altitude alert function is to alert the crew by activation of a visual signal
and an aural signal when the aircraft is reaching or leaving the preselected altitude.
Preselection is displayed with a bug and a read out above the PFD altimeter scale :
R - In cyan selected through the ALT SEL rotary knob.
The visual signal consists of a flashing yellow box surrounding the altitude readout, above
the PFD altitude scale, when altitude is between H + 250 ft and H + 1000 ft or between H -
250 ft and H - 1000 ft.
The aural signal consists in a “C chord” signal of 1 s duration which is activated each time
the aircraft enters one of the two altitude zones defined above.
R NOTE: During final approach, disregard altitude alert (visual and aural
signal) after setting missed approach altitude.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

COMMUNICATIONS 1.05.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.05.00 CONTENTS
1.05.10 GENERAL
10.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
10.2 RADIO MANAGEMENT FUNCTION
10.3 CONTROLS
1.05.20 TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS)
20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
20.3 OPERATION
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The aircraft communication system provides:

- radio communication between aircraft and ground stations
- Interphone between:
o Cockpit crew stations
o Cabin attendant stations
o Ground crew stations
- Passenger address system
- Distribution through loudspeakers of aural alerts generated by FWS and T2CAS.
Note: As per regulations all communications are recorded on the Cockpit Voice Recorder
The communication system comprises:
As standard features:
- Radio Management Application
- VHF System
- Passenger Address
- Ground Crew Call System
- Cabin and Flight Crew Call System
- Cabin and Service Interphone
- Audio Integrating
- Static Discharger
- Cockpit Voice Recorder
As optional features:
- HF System
- SELCAL
- Aircraft Communication Addressing of Reporting System (ACARS)
- Announcement & Music Reproducing System
For general communication architecture, see schematic p 27/28.
Mod: 5948
P 2/3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.2 RADIO MANAGEMENT FUNCTION
The Radio Management System (RMS) handles Radio COMMunication, Radio NAVigation
and TCAS/XPDR through Virtual Control Panels (VCPs), Multi Function Control Panel
(MCPs) and Multi Control Display Units (MCDUs).
These functions, which are performed by the Radio Management Application (RMA), ensure
the correct management and the information exchange involving input data and equipments.
The aim of RMA is to manage sets of radio navigation and radio communication equipments
and to provide pilots communication and navigation settings awareness on different
displays.
RMS consists of two redundant RMA software applications, RMA1 and RMA2, which are
hosted respectively inside Display Units 2 and 4.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
GENERAL ARCHITECTURE
Mod: 5948
P5 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
VHF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems independent of each other.
The VHF transceiver operates in the 118.00 to 136.975MHz range with 8.33 KHz spacing.
The VHF 1 or VHF 2 transceiver allows to transmit and receive voice communications
through acoustic equipment (boomset, headset, hand microphone, loud-- speakers and
oxygen mask).
Each system comprises a transceiver connected to his antenna and to the Radio
Management Application.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
HF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (optional)
The aircraft is equipped with a single HF (or as option a second HF can be fitted) system
designed to operate in the two following mode:
- Amplitude Modulation (AM)
- Single Side Band (SSB)
This system allows two way voice communications in the 2 to 29.9999 MHz range.
Each system comprises a transceiver connected to the single HF antenna and to the
Radio Management Application.
Note:
During HF communications, ADFs are inhibited to avoid interferences.
HF system is SELCAL capable.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
INTERPHONE SYSTEM
- To interconnect all stations (ground crew stations + cockpit + cabin attendant):

- Depress INT transmissions key on the Audio Control Panel
- Use PTT pushbuttons.
- Cockpit crew interphone

Using boom set or oxy mask:
- Set the RAD/INT selector on “INT” position (on Audio Control Panel)
without use of PTT pushbutton or,
- Set the PTT selector (control wheels) in the forward position regardless of the
RAD/INT selector position
Note: In case of use of oxygen mask it is recommended to put the RAD/INT (on Audio
Control Panel) to neutral position and to use the control wheels PTT forward, to avoid
permanent breathing noise.
- To call cabin attendant from the cockpit (see 1.05.10 p 22):

- Depress the ATTND pushbutton (overhead panel) for a normal call, or press the
ATTND pushbutton three times successively for an emergency call.
A single chime (or three for an EMER call) is generated in the cabin and the
flight deck green light illuminates on the cabin attendant panels. As
soon as the cabin attendant selects CALL, the flight deck green light
extinguishes.
- To call cockpit from cabin attendant station:

- Depress CALL pushbutton (besides the hostess panel) for a normal call or
depress the EMER pushbutton for an emergency call. Associated ATTND light
illuminates on overhead panel and a door bell is generated by the MFC. By
pressing RESET, both visual and aural calls are cancelled.
- To call the ground crew from the cockpit (see 1.05.10 p 22) :
- Depress MECH pushbutton (overhead panel)
A horn call is generated in the nose gear bay.
- To call cockpit from ground crew:

In case of ground crew call MECH pushbutton illuminates blue on overhead
panel and a door bell is generated by the MFC. By pressing RESET, both visual
and aural calls are cancelled.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM
The passenger address system allows the crew and the cabin attendant to make
announcements to the passengers. Passenger address system also generates single
chime in the cabin.
The passenger address system is connected to :

- The RCAU which allows the cockpit crew to make announcements to the
passengers by selecting PA key on audio control panel.
- The cabin attendant handset
- The cabin attendant call pb distributed in the cabin for the passengers
- The cabin attendant call pb in the cockpit
- The NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELTS controls
- The cockpit voice recorder
- Loudspeakers distributed in the cabin (one of them being installed in the toilet)
DISTRIBUTION OF AURAL ALERTS

Generated by FWS (refer to chapter 1.02)
Generated by T2CAS (refer to 1.15)
Mod: 5948
P9 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.3 CONTROLS
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
1 Volume control knob

To control reception volume for associated communication or navigation facility.
2 Transmission keys
To select the individual communication facility for transmission, six interlocked keys
are provided. Only one key can be engaged at a time. It illuminates white when
selected.
3 VOICE ONLY key

When depressed, it inhibits NAV receivers station identification by activating a band
cut off filter above 1020 Hz. Voice only light illuminates amber on Audio Control
Panel.
4 INT/RAD selector
Provides selection of transmission mode when using OXY MASK or BOOM SET
mike.
INT Hot mike position. Interphone is always operative between, crew
stations. Other transmissions require selecting a transmission key
and using a PTT pushbutton.
NEUTRAL Interphone is inoperative. Other transmissions require selecting a
transmission key and using a PTT pushbutton.
RAD This position is required to automatically connect for transmissions
BOOM SET and OXY MASK mikes without using a PTT pushbutton,
when released the selector is spring-- loaded to NEUTRAL.
Note : Recovering boomset/micro function when the oxygen mask is out of is
container : cf 1.07.20.
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
R MCP
The Multi Function Control Panel (MCP) allows to modify some communications
parameters via a keyboard.
Refer to Flight instruments chapter for more details about MCP.
VCP
The Virtual Control Panel (VCP) is a part of MFD. It is displayed on the bottom right of
MFD.
VCP communication page is displayed by pressing ”COM” on the MCP.
VHF or HF pages can be selected by using arrow push buttons on MCP to select the
communication equipment required.
Selection on one VCP is simultaneously updated on the opposite crew member display.
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
ATC CONTROL
ATC Controls are located on XPDR tab of VCP (Virtual Control Panel) which is part of
MFD.
(1) XPDR 1 or 2
Select active transponder via MCP or MCDU.
(2) XPDR Mode selection

ON : Transponder is active.
STBY : Power is applied to the system but prevents it from transmitting.
ALT OFF : Altitude reporting is deactivated.
(3) Code Display

Transponder code entered via MCP or MCDU.
(4) IDENT button

When activated through MCP or MCDU, allows transmission of IDENT.
Note :
- Button visual description :
- Circle : Filled color : Black (inactive mode), Cyan (selected mode), amber (failure)
- Square : ticked cyan (active), not ticked (stand by)
- XPDR is configured through MCDU by selecting RMS menu then XPDR page. Code,
Mode, Altitude Reporting, Flight ID or Selected XPDR functions can be changed on the
XPDR page.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
COMMUNICATION MCDU page (all information are reported on the VCP)
(1) Transponder code can be set from scratchpad by activating the appropriate LSK.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
XPDR MCDU page (all information are reported on the VCP)

R
(1) Transponder CODE can be set from scratchpad by activating the appropriate LSK.
(2) XPDR MODE selection with LSK.
ON: Transponder is active.

STBY: Power is applied to the system but prevents it from transmitting.
(3) ALT selection with LSK.

ALT OFF: Altitude reporting is deactivated.
(4) FLT ID
Flight number can be set from scratchpad by activating the appropriate LSK.
(5) XPDR SEL with LSK.

Transponder Selection
(6) IDENT with LSK.
R(7) EMER
Displays automatically transponder emergency code 7700 in amber, to be activated has to be
confirmed by pressing on the EXECute key on MCDU.
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
VHF CONTROL
VHF VCP page
VCP VHF page allows managing VHF 1 and 2 frequencies.
(1)Active frequency window, allows setting a new active frequency by clicking on it (MCP
or MCDU).
(2) Transfer switch, clicking on it transfers stand by frequency to active(MCP or MCDU).
(3) Stand by frequency windows, allows setting a new stand by frequency by clicking on it
(MCP or MCDU).
COMMUNICATION MCDU page
(1) Active frequency can be set directly from scratchpad by activating the appropriate
LSK.
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
VHF MCDU page
More parameters are available on MCDU VHF page:
(1) Active frequency can be set directly from scratchpad, standby, preset or emergency
frequency by activating the appropriate LSK.
(2) Stand by frequency, set from scratch pad or preset.
(3) R3 LSK allows access to preset frequencies.
(4) R5 LSK allows turning off/on the squelch.
(5) R6 LSK if depressed will automatically tune emergency frequency 121.500 as active.
IESI
(1) VHF 1 frequency display

(2) SEL
R Multifunction pushbutton allowing selection of VHF submenu. After tuning, the frequency
R needs to be confirmed by depressing SEL P/B again.
(3) SET
Multifunction rotary knob allowing tuning of VHF frequency.
R For further information refer to 1.10.36 IESI or to THALES user’s guide for the IESI
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
HF CONTROL
HF VCP page
(1)Active frequency box, allows setting a new active frequency by clicking on it.
(2)Transfer switch, clicking on it transfers stand by frequency to active.
(3)Stand by frequency box, allows setting a new stand by frequency.
R (4)Display of selected modulation (USB or AM),setting can only be done through MCDU.
R (5)Display of selected power output intensity (LO, MED, HI),setting can only be done
R through MCDU.
(6)Squelch attenuation intensity, allows setting squelch attenuation by clicking on

selected circle.
COMMUNICATION MCDU page (all information are reported on the VCP)
(1)Active frequency can be set directly from scratchpad by activating the appropriate LSK.
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
HF MCDU page
R (1) Active frequency (Cyan), set from scratchpad or from stand by frequency
(2) TX (Green) transmission in progress
R (3) Stand by frequency (Cyan) set from scratchpad, becomes active if R1 LSK depressed.
(4) Access to PRESET frequencies
(5) By pressing R5 LSK sets required squelch attenuation intensity
(6) By pressing R6 LSK sets the HF output power
(7) Allows changing modulation type (USB or AM)
R (8) Mode selection, if in standby the HF is muted.
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
VHF & HF CONTROL SUM UP
T: Tunable parameter.
I: Information only.
N: No information.
(*): Stored preset can be selected on the Preset Page and used in appropriate tuning page
as tuning parameters (Active and Standby Frequency).
Mod: 5948
P 19/20 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
MCDU SUM UP
Mod: 5948
P 21 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
PTT SELECTOR
The outboard horn of both control wheels is provided with a PTT selector controlling the
transmission mode and effective only when BOOM SET or OXY MASK mike is used for
transmission.
Interphone Forward position springloaded to neutral transmission of flight interphone
selected.
INT transmission key has not to be used to communicate between
cockpit crew stations.
Neutral Center position. No transmission. Reception is normal. Hand microphones
are connected for transmission when keyed.
Radio Backward position springloaded to neutral. BOOM SET or OXY MASK is
connected for transmission over the selected communication equipment.
RAD PTT SW on NOSE WHEEL STEERING CONTROL HANDWHELL
When depressed, BOOM SET or OXY mike is connected for transmission over the
selected communication equipment.
Mod: 5948
P 22 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
HEAD SET/BOOM SET PANEL/HAND MIC PANELS
Allow connection of a boom set, a head set and a hand mike.
LOUDSPEAKERS VOLUME KNOBS
Communication reception over cockpit loudspeakers is controlled by an individual

knob for each of the two cockpit loudspeakers.
Note:
- normal alert volume is always available regardless of knobs position.
- during any transmission, the volume of both loudspeakers is muted.
Mod: 5948
P 23 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
AUDIO SEL PB(s)
Controls functioning of associated RCAU processing board.
NORM (pushbutton depressed) RCAU functions normally.
FAULT illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when an associated RCAU
processing board failure or power loss is detected.
ALTN (pushbutton released) affected crew station is connected directly to

VHF 1 if CAPT station is affected or VHF 2 if F/O station is affected.
Volume is adjusted by affected loudspeaker volume control.
Note:
On the affected side PA, interphone and other VHF can not be used any longer.
CALLS PB(s)
ATTND call PB:

Cyan “CALL” will illuminate and chimes will be generated when receiving a normal call
from the flight attendant. Amber “EMER” will illuminate and chimes will be generated,
when an emergency call has been made from the flight attendant handset.
When depressed the pushbutton will generate a cockpit call at the flight attendant station.
MECH call pushbutton:

Cyan “CALL” will illuminate and chimes will be generated when receiving a Mechanic call.
When depressed it will sound the horn in the nose wheel bay in order to draw ground crew
attention.
RESET pushbutton:
Chimes will cease and the system will be rearmed for next call by depressing the RESET
pushbutton
Mod: 5948
P 24 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY BEACON
The transmitter is located in the ceiling of the cabin between the passengers entry door
and the toilet door. The antenna is located in the fairing ahead of the stabilizer fin. This
system includes its own battery.
AUTO transmission is made automatically on 121.5 MHz, 243 MHz and

406 MHz when deceleration exceeds 5 g (”X MIT ALERT” Iight
illuminates amber).
MAN allows commanded operation (”X MIT ALERT” Iight illuminates

amber).
AUTO TEST RST is used in case of undue alert (reset), or to test the Emergency
beacon. Two cases are possible for the test:
- Net work “X MIT ALERT” illuminates amber during 2
seconds.
- Failure “X MIT ALERT” Iight flashes during 15 seconds.
CAUTION:
The test must not be performed in MAN mode.
Aircraft on ground (and electrically supplied), when the emergency beacon is triggered
after 30 seconds, the mechanic call horn is triggered too.
Mod: 5948
P 25 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
VHF 1 DC EMER BUS
(on overhead panel VHF 1)
VHF 2 DC BUS 2
CAPT audio system DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel CAPT)
F/O audio system DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel F/O)
XPDR 1 DC EMER BUS
(on overhead panel XPDR 1)
XPDR 2 DC BUS 2
(on averhead panel XPDR 2)
CAPT MCP DC EMER BUS
(on overhead panel CAPT MCP)
F/O MCP DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel F/O MCP)
TCAS (if installed) DC BUS 2
(on overhead panel TCAS)
Attendant call DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel ATTND)
Ground crew call DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel
PUBLIC ADRESS)
HF 2 (when installed) DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel HF 2)
HF 1 (when a second HF is DC BUS 1
installed) (on overhead panel HF 1)
SELCAL DC BUS 1
(when installed) (on overhead panel SEL CAS)
VHF 3 (when installed) DC BUS 2
CMU (when installed) DC BUS 2
(on overhead panel VHF)
MFC LOGIC
See Chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P 26 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
AUDIO SEL CAPT
This caution is generated when CAPT audio fault is detected. The RCAU on the captain
side has processing failure or power loss.
- “AUDIO SEL CAPT” amber message on EWD
- Fault illuminates amber on capt audio sel pushbutton
AUDIO SEL F/O

R This caution is generated when F/O audio fault is detected. The RCAU on the First Officer
side has processing failure or power loss.
- “AUDIO SEL F/O” amber message on EWD
- Fault illuminates amber on F/O audio sel pushbutton
XPDR
This caution is generated when a transponder (XPDR) fault is detected.
- “XPDR” amber message on EWD
- Amber “XPDR 1(2) FAIL” label displayed on PFD
- Amber indication on XPDR VCP
VHF
This caution is generated when one VHF is detected failed.
- “VHF” amber message on EWD
- Amber “FAIL” on communication page of MCDU, amber display on
VCP page.
VHF1+2
This caution is generated when both VHF are detected failed.
- “VHF 1+2” amber message on EWD
VCP page.
Mod: 5948
P 27 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
HF (only if HF installed)
This caution is generated when one HF is detected failed.
- “HF” amber message on EWD
VCP page.
HF 1+2 (only if 2 HF installed)

This caution is generated when both HF are detected failed.
- “HF 1+2” amber message on EWD
VCP page.
“RMS”
This caution is generated when one RMS is detected failed.
- “RMS” amber message on EWD
“RMS 1+2”
This caution is generated when both RMS are detected failed.
- “RMS 1+2” amber message on EWD
VHF EMITTING
This caution is generated when VHF is emitting for more than 29 seconds.
- “VHF EMITTING” amber message on EWD
HF EMITTING
This caution is generated when HF is emitting for more than 29 seconds.
- “HF EMITTING” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
The TCAS (Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System) is a part of the T2CAS.
The T2CAS includes the TCAS (Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System) and the
TAWS (Terrain Avoidance Warning System).
The TCAS:
- Detects any aircraft, equipped with transponders, flying in its vicinity
- Displays potential and predicted collision targets
- Issues vertical orders to avoid conflict.
- The TCAS is independent from the ground-- based air traffic control system.
The TCAS detection capability is limited to intruders flying within a maximum range of 100
NM (depending on aircraft configuration and external conditions), and within a maximum
altitude range of 9900 feet (above and below the threatened aircraft).
The TCAS is a single system consisting of:

- One TCAS transmitter receiver,
- One directional top antenna,
- One omni directional bottom antenna,
- Two ATC Mode S transponders,
- Four ATC Mode S antennas.
The TCAS system is interacting with:

- two PDF,
- two MFD,
- two overhead speakers for voice messages.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
DEFINITIONS
(1) Advisory
A message given to the pilot containing information relevant to collision avoidance.
(2) Corrective resolution advisory

A resolution advisory that advises the pilot to deviate from current vertical speed, e.g.,
CLIMB when the aircraft is in level flight.
(3) Intruder
A target that has satisfied the TCAS threat detection logic and thus requires a traffic
advisory.
(4) Mode S
Type of secondary surveillance radar (SSR) equipment which provides replies to mode A
and Mode C interrogations and discrete address interrogations from the ground or air.
(5) Preventive resolution advisory

A resolution advisory that advises the pilot to avoid certain deviations from the current
vertical speed because certain vertical speed restrictions exist.
(6) Proximate traffic

Nearby aircraft within ¦1200 ft and 6NM which are neither an RA nor a TA.
(7) Resolution advisory (RA)

Aural and visual information provided to the flight crew to avoid a potential collision.
(8) Threat
A target that has satisfied the threat detection logic and thus requires a resolution
advisory.
(9) Traffic advisory (TA)

Information given to the pilot pertaining to the position of another aicraft in the immediate
vicinity. The information contains no resolution information.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
TCAS FEB 12
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
VIRTUAL CONTROL PANEL (VCP)
TCAS function and displays are configured through the Virtual Control Panel (VCP).
R TCAS is accessed by depressing twice the NAV pushbutton on the MCP
Selection on one VCP is simultaneously updated on the opposite crew member display.
TCAS function mode (STBY, AUTO, TA ONLY) are selected via TCAS tab and Traffic
display mode via OVLY tab (NORM, ABOVE or BELOW).
MCP
The Multi Function Control Panel (MCP) allows setting TCAS parameters.
R
Refer to Flight instruments chapter for more details about MCP.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
TCAS FEB 12
AA
MCDU
R Note:
At power up, the TCAS performs an auto test and in case of malfunction will display it on
the TCAS part of the PFD.
(1) TCAS mode (AUTO, TA ONLY or STBY)
(2) TCAS display configuration (ABV, NORM or BLW).
Mod: 5948
P 5/6 001
TCAS FEB 12
AA
MFD Navigation Display page
Mod: 5948
P7 001
TCAS FEB 12
AA
Indication display on PFD

Current TCAS mode (as selected on VCP) and preventive or corrective indications are
displayed on PFD.
Resolution indications on VSI tape:
- Resolution Advisory:
The RA display is the instrument used to fly the TCAS resolution.
The resolution required vertical speed is displayed on the PFD Vertical Speed Scale as a
green segment.
- Corrective RA:
The pilot has to adjust the vertical speed by bringing the pointer back in the green
segment.
- Preventive RA:
If in green segment, the pilot maintains the current vertical rate.
TCAS status indications:
R On VSI:
(1) green segment

(2) red segment
Mod: 5948
P8 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
On PFD:
Mod: 5948
P9 100
TCAS DEC 13
AA
20.3 OPERATION
The TCAS provides two levels of threat advisories :

If the traffic gets between 20 and 45 seconds (depending on aircraft altitude) of projected
Closest Point of Approach (CPA), it is then considered an intruder, and an aural and visual
traffic advisory is issued. This level calls attention to a developing collision threat using
the traffic advisory display and the voice message, “TRAFFIC TRAFFIC”. It permits
mental and physical preparation for a possible maneuver to follow, and assists the pilot in
achieving visual acquisition of the threat aircraft.
If the intruder gets between 20 and 35 seconds (depending on aircraft altitude), of CPA, it
is considered a threat and an aural and visual resolution advisory is issued. This level
provides a recommanded vertical maneuver integrated on PFD and voice messages to
provide adequate vertical separation from the threat aircraft, or prevents initiation of a
maneuver that would place the TCAS aircraft in jeopardy.
The TCAS resolution advisories are annunciated by the following voice messages, as
appropriate :
A “CLIMB, CLIMB” :
R (Climb at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on PFD).
B ”DESCEND, DESCEND” :
(Descend at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band .)
C ”MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED” :
Initial preventive RAs (adjust vertical speed to a value within the illuminated green
band ).
D ”MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, MAINTAIN” :
(No crossing maintain rate RAs (corrective)).
E ”MAINTAIN VERTICAL SPEED, CROSSING MAINTAIN” :
(Altitude crossing, maintain rate RAs (corrective)).
F ”CLEAR OF CONFLICT” :
(Range is increasing, and separation is adequate, return to assigned clearance).
G ”CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB, CLIMB, CROSSING CLIMB” :
R (Climb at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on PFD). Safe separation will
best be achieved by climbing through the threat’s flight path.
H ”LEVEL OFF, LEVEL OFF” :
(Adjust vertical speed to a value within the illuminated green band )
I ”DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND, DESCEND, CROSSING DESCEND” :
(Descend at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on the TCAS VSI) safe
separation will best be achieved by descending through the intruder’s flight path.
Mod : 5948 + 6754

P 10 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
The following voice messages annunciate enhanced TCAS maneuvers when the initial
TCAS RA does not provide sufficient vertical separation. The tone and inflexion must
constate increased urgency.
A “INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT” :
(descend at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on the TCAS VSI). Received
after “DESCEND” advisory, and indicates additional descent rate required to achieve
safe vertical separation from a maneuvering threat aircraft.
B ”INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB” :
(climb at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on the VSI). Received after
“CLIMB” advisory, and indicates additional climb rate required to achieve safe
vertical separation from a maneuvering threat aircraft.
C ”CLIMB-- CLIMB NOW, CLIMB-- CLIMB NOW” :
(climb at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on the TCAS VSI). Received after
a “DESCENT” resolution advisory and indicates a reversal in sense is required to
achieve safe vertical separation from a maneuvering threat aircraft.
D ”DESCEND-- DESCEND NOW, DESCEND-- DESCEND NOW” :
(descend at the rate depicted by the green (fly to) band on the TCAS VSI). Received
after a “CLIMB” resolution advisory and indicates a reversal in sense is required to
achieve safe vertical from a maneuvering threat aircraft.
All TCAS aural alerts are inhibited :

- below 1100 ft AGL when aircraft is climbing
- below 900 ft AGL when aircraft is descending
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
TCAS APR 11
AA
TCAS OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS

S NON ICING CONDITIONS of inhibition
CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB

FLAPS 0_ AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15_ TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15_ Approach AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 30_ AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
S ICING CONDITIONS of inhibition
CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB

FLAPS 0_ Z < 20 000 ft AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
Z > 20 000 ft INHIBITED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15_ TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15_ Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 30_ INHIBITED INHIBITED
S The “increase climb” RA is inhibited for certain above conditions.

In non altitude crossing encounters for which a “CLIMB” RA is posted, the threat may
maneuver or accelerate toward own aircraft and cause a reduction in vertical separation
despite the RA. Since the “increase climb” RA is inhibited, the climb RA remains posted.
As soon as the threat passes throught own aircraft’s altitude, the RA sense will be
reversed and a “DESCEND” RA will be posted. If the threat never crosses through, the
“CLIMB” RA will remain posted for the duration of the encounter.
S “DESCEND” RA’s are inhibited :
- below 1200 ft AGL during a climb at take off
- below 1000 ft AGL in approach during a descent
S “INCREASE DESCEND” RA’s are inhibited
- below 1650 ft AGL during a climb
- below 1450 ft AGLduring a descent
S All RA’s are inhibited :
- below 1100 ft AGL during a climb
- below 900 ft AGL during a descent
S There can be a case where the threat aircraft track on altitude information is lost
during an RA. In this case, the RA will terminate without a “CLEAR OF CONFLICT”
annunciation.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B) AC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)
TCAS DC BUS 2 - Nil -

(on overhead panel TCAS)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
TCAS
This caution is generated when a TCAS fault is detected.
- “TCAS” amber message on EWD
- ”TCAS FAIL”amber label on PFD
Mod: 5948
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1.06.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.06.00 CONTENTS
1.06.10 GENERAL
1.06.20 DC POWER
20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
20.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC/SYTEM MONITORING
20.5 SCHEMATICS
1.06.30 AC CONSTANT FREQUENCY

30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS
1.06.35 AC/DC SCHEMATIC
1.06.40 AC WILD FREQUENCY

40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
1.06.50 EXTERNAL POWER

50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 CONTROLS
1.06.60 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT LIST
Mod: 5948
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
The electrical power generation is provided by the following sources :
- Main and emergency batteries

- Two engine-- driven DC starter/generators
- Two AC wild frequency generators
- Two external power units (AC and DC)
In addition, two static inverters (supplied by the DC system) provide constant frequency
AC power. The ACW electrical system can also supply DC electrical system through a
transformer rectifier unit (TRU).
The electrical distribution is ensured by busses which feed equipments.
Two separate networks (left and right) run individually and can be connected in case of
generation failure thanks to bus tie contactors (BTC).
Mod: 5948
P2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P1 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
GENERATION (See AC - DC schematic section 1.06.35)

The 28V DC may be normally provided by :
- two engines driven starter/generators,
- a ground external power unit.
Three sources may be used for the 28VDC emergency supply :
- one main battery
- one emergency battery, excluding START function
- one TRU
BATTERIES
A 24V Ni-- CD battery of 43Ah (main BAT) is provided for engine starting and for emergency
power supply including propeller feathering.
A 24V Ni-- CD battery of 17 Ah (emer BAT) which, in addition to its secondary role of avoiding
power transients on critical equipment during engine starts, ensures power to the emergency
network (EMER BUS and STBY BUS during starting and when OVRD UND/V pb is pressed in
OVRD position) even if the main battery has been completely discharged by repeated start
attempts.
Batteries monitoring is performed by MFC which :
* connects the battery to the associated DC BUS for charging,
* analyses the charge current and/or associated DC BUS voltage so as to prevent an
abnormal battery operating condition or thermal runaway.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
TRU
A TRU is installed in order to preserve the batteries when DC power is under emergency
supply conditions (both generators failed). In this configuration,emergency DC system can
be supplied by the ACW electrical system, through the TRU.
STARTER GENERATOR
The two DC starter/generators are driven by the engine accessory gear boxes. Each
generator is a long life brushes air cooled type and is rated to deliver :
- Nominal output power : 12 KW (400A)
- Nominal operating voltage : 27 to 31 V (nominal setting 30 V)
Starter mode :
In starting mode, the starter/generator is connected by the START contactor to :
- The aircraft main battery through a BATTERY START CONTACTOR, or
- The external power through an EXTERNAL POWER CONTACTOR or
- The aircraft main battery and the other operating generator, on ground only (cross start).
In starter mode, the starter/generator cranks the engine to the point of self sustaining
(associated engine START ON light illuminated on the ENG START panel). At the end of the
start sequence (45 % NH), the start contactor opens (associated engine START ON light
extinguished).
Generator mode :
When the engine reaches 61.5% NH, the starter/generator is acting as a generator.
Provided associated DC GEN pb is selected and EXT PWR is not used, each generator
feeds associated DC BUS through a GENERATOR CONTACTOR (GC).
A GENERATOR CONTROL UNIT (GCU) associated with each generator provides the
control for the generator contactor and the start contactor.
The GCU monitors the point of regulation, where the voltage is maintained constant as the
load varies, and provides fault detection and protection for :
S over/under voltage
S over/under speed
S differential fault current
S generator overload
S power and fault current limiting
S reverse current
S bus tie lock out
S equalizing load (in case of BTC failed closed).
The BUS TIE CONTACTOR (BTC) allows DC BUS 1 and 2 to be on line when only one
generator is operating or when the aircraft is powered from EXT PWR.
A single BUS POWER CONTROL UNIT (BPCU) provides the control for BUS TIE
CONTACTOR, BATTERY START CONTACTOR, load shedding, EXTERNAL POWER
functions, and DC SVCE BUS contactors.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
DC POWER FEB 12
AA
DISTRIBUTION
The aircraft DC distribution network consists of eleven busses :
- two main busses : DC BUS 1 and 2
- HOT MAIN BAT BUS and HOT EMER BAT BUS
- DC EMER BUS, DC ESS BUS and DC STBY BUS
- UTLY BUS 1 and 2
- DC SVCE BUS
- GND HDLG BUS
DC BUS 1 and 2
The DC BUS 1 is normally supplied by the LH engine driven generator and the DC BUS 2 by
the RH engine driven generator.
In case of generator failure, the associated DC BUS will be automatically supplied by the
other generator through the BUS TIE CONTACTOR.
DC BUS 1 normally supplies :
HOT EMER BAT BUS, DC EMER BUS, DC STBY BUS, UTLY BUS 1, INV 1 and DC
SVCE BUS.
DC BUS 2 normally supplies :
HOT MAIN BAT BUS, DC ESS BUS, UTLY BUS 2, INV 2.
HOT BAT BUSSES
- HOT MAIN BAT BUS and HOT EMER BAT BUS are normally supplied by main DC busses.
- In case of main DC busses failure or thermal runaway of one of the batteries, the
associated HOT BAT bus is supplied by its respective battery.
DC ESS BUS/DC EMER BUS/DC STBY BUS
In normal operation, DC EMER BUS and DC STBY BUS are supplied from HOT EMER BAT
BUS. DC ESS BUS is supplied from HOT MAIN BAT BUS.
In case of thermal runaway of one of the two batteries, the associated busses are
transferred to DC BUS 1 supply.
If DC BUS 1 is not powered, these busses are transferred to DCBUS 2 supply, by the Main
Bus Transfer Contactor.
If Both DC generators are lost :
- When TRU is operative, DC EMER BUS, DC ESS BUS can be supplied by the ACW
electrical system, through the Transformer Rectifier Unit.
- When TRU is not operative, the DC EMER BUS, DC ESS BUS are supplied by their
R respective HOT BAT BUS.
Note :During engine starts, or when cranking, DC STBY BUS is supplied by HOT EMER
BAT BUS . INV 1 remains supplied by HOT MAIN BAT BUS. In the event that batteries
are used as an emergency sources, DC STBY BUS is supplied by main battery.
UTLY BUS 1 and 2
The UTLY BUS 1 and 2 supply non essential loads. They are supplied by the associated
main DC BUS through UTLY BUS CONTACTORS (UBC(s)). The contactors are controlled
by the BPCU so that the UTLY BUS(ES) can be automatically deenergized if the supply
source becomes overloaded.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
DC POWER FEB 12
AA
DC SVCE BUS
The DC SVCE BUS supplies power in flight, and on ground during airplane servicing
operations.
The DC SVCE BUS can be supplied by :
- DC BUS 1. The master sw is the DC SVCE/UTLY BUS pb. When selected on, the
cabin attendant controls the DC SVCE BUS supply from a sw located on the cabin
attendant control panel.
- EXT PWR. Only the cabin attendant pb has control. The supply of the BUS may be
performed with batteries switched OFF.
GND HDLG BUS
The GND HDLG BUS supplies the DC loads required for airplane servicing on the
ground even with BAT sw selected OFF. Since these loads are not required during
flight, the GND HDLG BUS is deenergized in flight. The GND HDLG BUS can be
supplied :
- When EXT PWR is available, from DC SVCE BUS.
- When EXT PWR is not available, from HOT MAIN BAT BUS provided :
F Cargo door operating panel door is open (micro switch), or
F Refueling panel is open (micro switch), or
F Entry door is open (micro switch).
R TRANSFER (see schematics p. 20 to p. 25)
With all switches in normal position, the DC power transfer is achieved by automatic
opening and/or closure of electrical contactors according to the particular electrical
conditions.
- On ground
R F When EXT PWR is connected (p. 20)
R F When hotel mode is running (p. 21)
Note : The electrical power transfer is achieved in the same way as in flight as long
as EXT POWER is not connected.
- In flight
R F Both engine driven generator operating (p. 22)
* The engine driven generator 1 supplies the DC BUS 1,
* The engine driven generator 2 supplies the DC BUS 2,
* The BTC is open.
R F If one engine driven generator fails (p. 23)
* The BTC closes (BTC green flow bar illuminates),
* The entire electrical network is supplied by the remaining engine driven
generator.
R F If both engine driven generators fail (p. 24)
* DC ESS BUS, DC STBY BUS are supplied from the main battery, or from the
TRU, if selected ON.
* DC EMER BUS is supplied from the emergency battery or from the TRU, if
selected ON.
R F If both engine driven generators fail and TRU is inoperative (p. 25)
* When DC STBY BUS reaches undervoltage (amber UNDV light comes ON), this
bus may be recovered by selecting OVRD UND/V pb.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
GENERATION
1 DC GEN pb
Controls the energization of associated generator and the resetting of the protection
system after failure.
ON (pb pressed in) Associated generator is energized and associated generator
contactor closes if the network electrical parameters (and S/G parameters)
are normal.
OFF (pb released) associated generator is deenergized and associated generator
contactor is opened. The OFF light illuminates white.
FAULT illuminates amber and the FWS is activated in event of :
- A protection trip initiated by the associated GCU. If it is caused by a
generator underspeed, reset will be automatic. For the other cases, a
manual reset has to be performed ( but can lead to a loss of the opposite
generator).
- An opening of a generator contactor except if pb is selected OFF.
In both cases, the BUS TIE CONTACTOR closes and affected DC BUS is
automatically supplied from the remaining generator.
BTC does not operate in case of DC BUS overload.
Mod: 5948
P6 080
DC POWER DEC 13
AA
2 BTC pb
This guarded pb controls the DC BUS TIE CONTACTOR (BTC) which, when closed,
connects both main DC BUSSES.
NORM (released) The BPCU automatically controls the BTC
- In normal conditions with both generators operating, the BTC is
opened allowing isolated operation of both generator circuits.
- In case of external power operation, or single generation, the BTC is
automatically closed, the flow bar is illuminated.
ISOL (pressed in) The BTC is opened. ISOL light illuminates cyan.
3 EXT PWR pb
AVAIL Illuminates green when conditions of DC external power connection

are met.
ON Allows to connect DC external power.
Refer to EXTERNAL PWR section for more informations.
4 DC SVCE/UTLY BUS pb
Controls connection/disconnection of DC SVCE BUS and both UTLY BUSSES to

associated main DC BUSSES.
NORM (pb pressed in) DC SVCE BUS and both UTLY BUS are available unless
a load shed signal is provided by the BPCU.
OFF (pb released) DC SVCE BUS and both UTLY BUSSES are
disconnected from associated main DC BUS. The OFF it illuminates
white.
SHED Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when a load shed
condition controlled by the BPCU is present and at least one UTLY BUS
is disconnected from associated main DC BUS.
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P7 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
DISTRIBUTION
1 DC BUS OFF lights

Illuminates amber when associated main DC BUS is not supplied.
If one DC BUS is OFF, the FWS will be activated.
2 BAT CHG pbs

Controls the operation of the associated BATTERY CHARGE CONTACTOR.
ON (pb pressed in) The contactor is controlled by the MFC.
Contactor is closed in normal operation, it opens in case of :
- Thermal runaway of battery
- Undervoltage of DC MAIN BUS (<25 V)
- Start sequence initiated (in this case, both BCC are opened, and
closed when start rotary selector leaves START or CRANK position).
- An OVRD signal on BAT switch
OFF (pb released). The charge contactor is opened on demand. The OFF
light illuminates white.
FAULT - Illuminates amber and the MFC is activated in event of :
- An overheat detected by the MF. In this case, the charge contactor
automatically opens.
- A failure of the charge contactor.
Mod: 5948
P8 080
DC POWER DEC 13
AA
3 TRU pb
NORM (pb released)
- One engine driven generator operating :
S DC EMER and DC STBY BUS are supplied from HOT EMER
BAT BUS.
- Both engine driven generators failed :
S DC EMER is supplied from HOT EMER BAT BUS
S INV 1, DC STBY BUS and DC ESS BUS are supplied from HOT
MAIN BAT BUS
ON (pb pressed in). The TRU is connected to ACW BUS 2. ON It
illuminates cyan. Arrow ! illuminates green when supply of DC
EMER BUS, DC STBY BUS, INV 1 and DC ESS BUS from TRU is
effective.
4 Emergency supply ind
Right arrow illuminates amber when the DC ESS BUS or INV 1 are supplied from the
MAIN BAT.
Left arrow illuminates amber when the DC EMER BUS or INV 1 are supplied from the
EMER BAT.
5 OVRD pb
When on batteries supply, this guarded pb allows to transfer the DC STBY BUS and
the INV 1 from HOT MAIN BAT BUS to HOT EMER BAT BUS.
NORM (pb released) The DC STBY BUS and INV 1 are supplied from the same
source as DC ESS BUS.
OVRD (pb pressed in) The DC STBY BUS and INV 1 are supplied from the
same source as DC EMER BUS. OVRD it illuminates cyan (see p 21).
UNDV The light illuminates amber, to indicate that DC STBY BUS voltage is
below 19.5 V. OVRD may be used as necessary.
6 BAT toggle sw
The BAT three positions toggle sw is used to provide DC electrical power :
- from the emer battery to the EMER BUS,
- from the main battery to the ESS BUS, and DC STBY BUS, and through the INV 1, to
the AC STBY BUS.
OFF ESS BUS, DC STBY BUS and INV 1 are isolated from the HOT MAIN
BAT BUS.
DC EMER BUS is isolated from the HOT EMER BAT BUS.
ON With engine driven generators OFF and EXT PWR off, ESS BUS, STBY
BUS and INV 1 are supplied from the HOT MAIN BAT BUS, EMER BUS
is supplied from the HOT EMER BAT BUS.
With generation other than battery available, ESS BUS is supplied by
the HOT MAN BAT BUS ; EMER BUS and STBY BUS are supplied by
the HOT EMER BAT BUS.
OVRD Allow to be sure that EMER BUS and ESS BUS are supplied by their
respective battery by overriding all protections. This position is
protected by a toggle guard.
Note : DC STBY BUS is supplied by EMER BAT.
Mod: 5948 + 6560
P 9/10 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
7 DC AMP ind.
Indicates the charge (CH) discharge (DCH) current of the selected battery.
8 BAT AMP reading selector
Enables to select the battery checked by the ammeter (7).
CABIN ATTENDANT PANEL
DC SVCE BUS pb
Controls the supply of the DC SVCE BUS.
Note : - Without GPU (DC BUS 1 supplying)
DC SVCE BUS will be supplied if both the cockpit DC SVCE/UTLY BUS and the
cabin attendant panel DC SVCE BUS are selected. As soon as one of the two pb is
selected OFF, the bus is isolated.
- With GPU (direct supplying)
DC SVCE BUS is directly supplied provided Cabin attendant panel pb is ON. If the
DC SVCE BUS cabin attendant panel is on SHED position, cargo door opening,
internal ligthing and refuelling panel are not supplied.
ON (pb pressed in) The light illuminates green whenever a power source is available on
the aircraft.
OFF (pb relased) The DC SVCE BUS is disconnected from the available power source.
The ON light extinguishes.
SHED Illuminates amber when :
- DC source is available and the pb is relased, or the pb is pressed in and an overload
shedding occurs.
Mod: 5948
P 11/12 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
INDICATING
DC INFORMATION
Mod: 5948
P 13/14 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
INDICATING
BATTERIES INFORMATION
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT DC BUS AC BUS
SUPPLY
(C/B) (C/B)
Generator Control Unit 1 DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel GCU GEN 1)
Generator Control Unit 2 DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel GCU GEN 2)
Bus Power Control Unit DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel BPCU DC)
Main Battery CHG IND DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel CHG IND)
Emer Battery CHG IND DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel CHG IND)
Ess BUS and INV1 on DC ESS BUS - Nil -
main Bat ind (arrow) (on lateral panel IND)
Emer Bus on Bat ind HOT EMER BAT BUS - Nil -
(arrow) (on lateral panel or EMER BAT BUS IND)
Emer Bat Voltage ind HOT EMER BAT BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel IND)
DC BUS 1 OFF IND DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel DC BUS 1 CAUTION BUS 1)
DC BUS 2 OFF IND DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel DC BUS 2 CAUTION BUS 2)
Main Bat Voltage ind HOT MAIN BAT BUS - Nil -
DC STBY BUS DC EMER BUS - Nil -
undervoltage and (on lateral panel UNDV and OVRD IND)
OVRD ind
DC STBY BUS control DC EMER BUS - Nil -
Ground Handling bus on HOT MAIN BAT BUS - Nil -
Bat XF relay (on lateral panel RLY)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
ELEC DC GEN 1+2

This warning is generated when both DC generation channels are inoperative.
- “ELEC DC GEN 1+2” red message on EWD
- DC BUS 1(&2) OFF legend in amber boxes on SD Electrical System page
- DC GEN FAULT legend in an amber circle on SD Electrical System page
- FAULT light of DC GEN pb illuminates amber on overhead panel
- DC BUS OFF caution lights illuminate amber on overhead panel
ELEC DC 1(2)
This caution is generated when DC BUS 1(2) is not supplied.
- “ELEC DC 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- DC BUS 1(2) OFF legend in an amber box on SD Electrical System page
- DC BUS 1(2) OFF caution light illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC DC GEN
This caution is generated when one DC generation channel is inoperative.
- “ELEC DC GEN” amber message on EWD
- DC BUS 1(2) OFF legend in amber boxes on SD Electrical System page
- DC GEN 1(2) FAULT label in amber circle on SD Electrical System page
- FAULT light of DC GEN 1(2) pb illuminates amber on overhead panel
- DC BUS 1(2) OFF caution lights illuminate amber on overhead panel
ELEC DC EMER
This caution is generated when DC EMER BUS is no longer supplied.
- “ELEC DC EMER” amber message on EWD
- “EMER BUS” label in an amber box on SD Electrical System page
- EMER BUS light illuminates amber on overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
ELEC DC ESS
This caution is generated when DC ESS BUS is no longer supplied.
- “ELEC DC ESS” amber message on EWD
- “ESS BUS” label in an amber box on SD Electrical System page
- ESS BUS light illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC DC SHED
This caution is generated when DC BUS is automatically shed after a source overload.
- “ELEC DC SHED” amber message on EWD
- “SHED” label displayed in amber on SD Electrical System page
- SHED light of DC SVCE BUS pb illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC BAT CHG

This caution is generated in case of an incipient battery thermal runaway or a charge
contactor failure.
- “ELEC BAT CHG” amber message on EWD
- “CHG FAULT” label displayed in amber on SD Electrical System page
- FAULT legned of BAT CHG pb illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC BAT DISCH

This caution is generated in case of battery(ies) discharge in flight (but DC main sources
available).
- “ELEC BAT DISCH” amber message on EWD
- Amber filled arrow displayed on SD Electrical System page
ELEC CHG LOSS
This caution is generated in case of a loss of charge
- “ELEC CHG LOSS” amber message on EWD
- “CHG FAULT” label displayed in amber on SD Electrical System page
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
On LH maintenance panel, a rotary selector is provided, with several indicators. The

maintenance panel is protected by a transparent cover to avoid unintended inflight
operation.
CURRENT CHECK
1 Rotary Selector
Allows to connect selected pick-- up points of the electrical network to the indicators.
“GEN” position selects DC generator on DC indicators.
2 DC voltage indicator
Indicates the voltage at pick up point selected by the rotary selector.
Normal readings are :
- For battery without load : 25 to 28 volts
- For battery under load : 23 to 28 volts
3 DC Current indicator
Indicates the current generated by selected sources.
Normal reading is for each generator : less than 300 A.
Mod: 5948
P 19 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
DC UTLY/SVCE/STBY CONTACTORS MALFUNCTION INDICATION AND DC FEEDERS

OVHT DETECTORS
Electrical malfunctions are indicated by MFC on the “BASIC MEMORY” MCDU menu.
Selection of MISC 1(2) menu gives information on DC UTLY/SVCE/STBY contactors and DC

FEEDERS OVHT detectors.
Mod: 5948
P 20 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
20.5 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P 21 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P 22 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P 23 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P 24 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P 25 001
DC POWER APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
P1 001
AC CONSTANT FREQUENCY APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
GENERATION
The source of constant frequency (400 Hz) AC power consists of two static inverters
(INV).
The inverters are rack mounted and cooled by forced air with provisions for natural
convection cooling.
The static inverter design characteristics are as follows :
- Power 500 VA
- Output voltage 115 V ± 4V and 26 V ± 1V
- Frequency 400 Hz ± 5 Hz
- Type single phase
The two inverters are powered respectively from DC BUS 1 and DC BUS 2. The input
voltage range is between 18 VDC and 31 VDC for satisfactory operation.
In event of one DC BUS loss, corresponding inverter is not supplied, but corresponding
AC BUS is supplied by AC BTR (BTC pb).
In event of both DC BUS power loss, INV1 is automatically supplied by HOT MAIN BAT
BUS, or by HOT EMER BAT BUS in OVRD configuration (for each bus when OVRD
UNDV is selected) or by TRU when selected ON.
The maximum power available on each 26 VAC BUS is 250VA.
(See AC-- DC Schematic section 1.06.35)
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
DISTRIBUTION (115 and 26 V)

INV 1 normally supplies :
- AC BUS 1
- AC STBY BUS
INV 2 normally supplies :
- AC BUS 2
In event of inverter failure or input power loss the associated AC BUS is isolated from
affected inverter and, provided the BTC pb is not in ISOL position, the AC BUS 1 and
2 are automatically tied together by the BTR (Bus Tie Relay).
In event of INV 1 failure or input power loss, AC STBY BUS is automatically supplied
from INV 2.
Mod: 5948
P3 080
AC CONSTANT FREQUENCY DEC 13
AA
30.2 CONTROLS
1 INV FAULT light

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated in case of an inverter failure or a loss of
power supply.
2
BUS OFF light
IIluminates amber and the FWS is activated when associated AC BUS is
deenergized.
3
OVRD pb
When on batteries supply, this guarded pb allows the INV 1 and hence the AC STBY
BUS to be transfered from HOT MAIN BAT BUS supply to HOT EMER BATR BUS
supply.
NORM (pb released). The INV 1 and AC STBY BUS are supplied from the same
source as DC ESS BUS.
OVRD (pb pressed in). The INV 1 and AC STBY BUS are supplied from the same
source as DC EMER BUS. OVRD light illuminates white.
UNDV The light illuminates amber to indicate that the DC STBY BUS voltage is
below 19.5V. INV 1 require 18 V for normal operation. OVRD may be
used as necessary.
4
DC BTC pb
This guarded pb controls the AC BUS TIE relay (AC BTR) which, when closed,
connects both main AC BUSSES.
NORM (pb released). The BPCU automatically controls the BTC and a separate
logic controls the AC BTR.
* In normal conditions, with both inverters running, the AC BTR is open
allowing isolated operation of both inverter circuits.
* In case of inverter failure, the AC BTR is automatically closed after 10s
with OVRD UNDV pb released. The INV FAULT light illuminates but
associated BUS OFF light extinguishes after 10s.
ISOL (pb pressed in). The AC BTR is locked open, ISOL light illuminates cyan.
Mod: 5948 + 6560
P4 001
AA
INDICATING
AC BUS
INVERTERS
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
INV 1 + AC BUS 1 AC voltage - Nil - 115 VAC EMER BUS
and frequency ind. (on lateral panel FREQ IND.)
AC BUS 2 power supply 115 - Nil - 115 VAC OUTPUT INV 1
VAC (on lateral panel 115 VAC)
AC BUS 1 control and INV 1 DC EMER BUS
caution (on lateral panel INC CAU-
TION and BUS SPLY RLY)
AC BUS 1 caution relay - Nil - 115 VAC BUS 1
(on lateral panel RLY)
AC BUS 1 caution light DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel LT)
INV 2 + AC BUS 2 ACV and - Nil - 115 VAC BUS 2
frequency ind. (on lateral panel FREQ IND)
AC BUS 2 power supply 26 - Nil - 26 VAC OUTPUT INV 2 (on lat-
VAC eral panel 26 VAC)
AC BUS 2 control and INV 2 DC ESS BUS - Nil -
caution (on lateral panel BUS CTL
and INV CAUTION)
AC BUS 2 caution relay - Nil - 115 VAC BUS 2
(on lateral panel RLY)
AC BUS 2 caution light DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel LT)
AC BUS 1 and 2 tie line 115 - Nil - 115 VAC BUS 1
AC BUS 1 and 2 tie line 26 - Nil - 26 VAC BUS 1
AC STBY BUS power supply - Nil - OUTPUT INV 1 or 2
115 VAC (on lateral panel 115 VAC)
AC STBY BUS power supply - Nil - OUTPUT INV 1 or 2
26 VAC (on lateral panel 26 VAC)
AC STBY BUS transfer relay DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel AC EMER
and STBY BUS XFR RLY)
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
ELEC AC 1(2)
This caution is generated when AC BUS 1(2) is not supplied
- “ELEC AC 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “AC BUS 1(2) OFF” label in amber box on SD Electrical System page
- “AC BUS OFF” light illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC INV 1(2)

This caution is generated in case of under/over voltage at INV 1(2) output.
- “ELEC INV 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “INV 1(2) OFF” label in amber box on SD Electrical System page
- “INV 1(2)” light illuminates amber on overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA

operation.
CURRENT CHECK
1 Rotary Selector
Allows to connect selected pick-- up points of the electrical netwwork to the indicators
“INV” position selects AC current on AC indicators.
2 AC load indicator
Indicates in hundred percent the load of selected AC source.
Normal reading : below 0.5.
3 Frequency indicator
Indicates in Hz frequency of selected AC source.
Normal reading : 400 Hz5 Hz.
4 AC voltage indicator
Indicates voltage on selected AC source.
Normal reading : 115 V  4 V.
Mod: 5948
P 1/2 001
AC/DC SCHEMATIC APR 11
AA
30.5 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
AC WILD FREQUENCY APR 11
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
GENERATION
The ACW generation system consists of two “propeller” driven 3 phases generators. Each
generateor is a brushless, air cooled type and is rated to deliver 20 KVA for continuous
operation.
Nominal set voltage 115V / 200V.
Normal operating frequency range : 341 to 488 Hz (70 to 100% NP)
Each generator is controlled by a Generator Control Unit (GCU) which provides the
following control and protection functions :
S overvoltage
S power and fault current limiting
S bus tie lock out
S undervoltage
S differential protection
S under frequency
S open phase
S overfrequency
S voltage regulation
The BPCU performs the functions required for control and protection of the EXT PWR, the
BUS TIES (or BTC(S)) and SVCE BUS.
The TRU allows the ACW generation system to partially energize the DC electrical system
from ACW BUS 2.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
DISTRIBUTION
The aircraft ACW distribution network consists of three busses :
- Two main busses ACW BUS 1 and 2
- ACW SVCE BUS.
ACW BUS 1 and 2

The ACW BUS 1 is normally supplied by the generator driven by the LH generator and the
ACW BUS 2 by the RH generator.
Note : * in case of generator failure, the associated ACW BUS will be automatically
supplied by the other generator through the BUS TIE CONTACTORS (1 and 2).
*A soon as EXT PWR is connected, selected ON and checked “acceptable” in
voltage, frequency, phase, and current by the PBCU, it has priority over the engine
driven generators.
ACW SVCE BUS
The ACW SCVE BUS supplies power in flight, and on ground during airplane servicing
operations. The ACW SVCE BUS can be supplied from EXT PWR or ACW BUS 1. A sw
located on the cabin attendant panel controls the power to ACW SVCE BUS.
* When the ACW BUS 1 is ON, power being supplied by the generator or EXT PWR
through BTC 1, the ACW SVCE BUS is automatically fed from ACW BUS 1 through
contactor GXC.
* When the aircraft is operating from EXT PWR with ACW BUS 1 OFF, the ACW SVCE
BUS is fed from EXT PWR through contactor EXC.
Note : The ACW SVCE BUS is automatically shed when one generator is off line.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
1 ACW GEN pb
Controls the energization of associated generator and the resetting of the protection
system after failure.
ON (pb pressed in) Associated generator is energized and associated generator
contactor closes if the network electrical parameters are normal.
OFF (pb released) Associated generator is deenergized and associated generator
contactor is open. OFF light illuminates white.
FAULT Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated in event of :
- A protection trip initiated by the associated GCU. If it is caused by a
generator underspeed, reset will be automatic. For the other cases, a manual
reset has to be performed.
- An opening of a generator contactor except if pb is selected OFF.
In both cases, the BTC(S) are closed and affected ACW BUS is automatically
supplied from the remaining generator. The light extinguishes and the fault circuit is
reset when the pb is cycled to the out position.
2 ACW BUS OFF light

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when associated ACW BUS is not
supplied.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
3 BTC PB
This guarded PB controls the ACW BUS TIE CONTACTORS (BTC 1 and 2) which,
when closed, connects both main ACW BUSSES in parallel.
NORM (PB released) BPCU Automatically controls BTC 1 and 2 :
S In normal conditions, wirth both generators running, BTC 1 and 2 are open,
allowing individual operation of both generator circuits.
S In case of external power operation, or single generator failure, BTC 1 and 2 are
automatically closed. The flow bar is illuminated.
ISOL (pb pressed in) BTC 1 and 2 are open, ISOL light illuminates white.
4 EXT PWR PB
Refer to EXTERNAL POWER section.
CABIN ATTENDANT PANEL
ACW SVCE BUS pb

Connects the ACW SVCE BUS to the EXT PWR source or to the ACW BUS 1 when it is
energized.
ON (pb pressed in) Whenever ACW power or external AC power of acceptable
quality is available, the light illuminates green.
OFF (pb released) The SVCE BUS is disconnected from the available power
source. The ON light extinguishes.
SHED Illuminates amber when :
- the ACW source is available and PB is released, or
- the PB is pressed in and ACW SVCE BUS is not powered (overload shedding
for example).
Mod: 5948
P 5/6 001
ACW WILD FREQUENCY APR 11
AA
INDICATING
BAT
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

GCU of ACW DC ESS BUS - Nil -
GEN 1 (on lateral panel GCU ACW GEN 1)
GCU of ACW DC ESS BUS - Nil -
GEN 2 (on lateral panel GCU ACW GEN 2)
ACW BPCU DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel BPCU ACW)
ACW BUS 1 - Nil - ACW BUS 1
caution relay (on lateral panel RLY)
ACW BUS 1 DC EMER BUS - Nil -
caution light (on lateral panel LT)
ACW BUS 2 - Nil - ACW BUS 2
caution relay (on lateral panel RLY)
ACW BUS 2 DC EMER BUS - Nil -
caution light (on lateral panel LT)
ACW SVCE BUS - Nil - ACW SVCE BUS
shed relay (on lateral panel ACW SVCE
BUS SHED CAUTION RLY)
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
ELEC ACW GEN 1(2)
This caution is generated when one ACW generator channel is inoperative.
- “ELEC ACW GEN 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “ACW GEN 1(2) FAULT” label under an amber semi circle on SD Elec page
- FAULT light of ACW GEN 1(2) pb illuminates amber on overhead panel
ELEC ACW 1(2) OFF

This caution is generated when ACW BUS 1(2) is not supplied.
- “ELEC ACW 1(2) OFF” amber message on EWD
- “ACW 1(2) OFF” label in an amber box on SD Elec page
- OFF light of ACW GEN 1(2) pb illuminates white on overhead panel
ELEC ACW BUS 1+2

This caution is generated when both ACW BUS are not supplied.
- “ELEC ACW BUS 1+2” amber message on EWD
- “ACW GEN 1(&2) FAULT” label under amber semi circles on SD Elec page
- FAULT lights of ACW GEN pbs illuminate amber on overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA

operation.
CURRENT CHECK
1 Rotary Selector
“GEN” position selects AC WILD Generator on AC indicators.
2 AC indicators
Refer to AC CONSTANT FREQUENCY lateral maintenance panel description.
ACW BUS TIE CONTACTORS OPERATING SELECTOR
It is used to open the corresponding AC Wild bus tie contactor.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
EXTERNAL POWER APR 11
AA
50.1 DESCRIPTION
The DC and ACW electrical power system can be supplied from ground power sources,
connected via the separate “External Power” receptacles which are located on the lower
right side of the fuselage, just aft of the nose gear.
DC SUPPLY
* The power is controlled via the BUS POWER CONTROL UNIT (BPCU) which provides
protection for :
- overvoltage
- under voltage
- overcurrent
- incorrect polarity
When the above conditions are in the correct status, EXT PWR is considered to be of
acceptable quality. AVAIL light illuminates green in the “DC” EXT PWR pb. Ext DC AVAIL
is although displayed on the SD Elec page.
* The AVAIL light being illuminated, THE “DC” EXT PWR pb may be selected ON. The
AVAIL light remains illuminated and the ON light illuminates blue.
Note :As soon as EXT PWR is connected, checked acceptable by the BPCU and
selected ON, it has priority over the engine driven generators
AC SUPPLY
* The power is controlled via the BUS POWER CONTROL UNIT (BPCU) which provides
protection for :
- voltage limits
- phase sequence
- frequency limits
- open phase
- overload
When the above conditions are in the correct status, the EXT PWR is considered to be of
acceptable quality. The AVAIL light illuminates green in the “ACW” EXT PWR pb and this
pb may be selected ON in associated contactors are closed. Ext AC AVAIL is although
displayed on the SD Elec page
- ACW SVCE BUS pb on the cabin attendant panel may be selected ON :
S AVAIL light remains illuminated
S ON light illuminates blue
Note :As soon as EXT PWR is connected, checked acceptable by the BPCU and
selected ON, it has priority over the “propeller” driven generators.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
50.2 CONTROLS
AC EXTERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE PANEL
1 Nose Landing Gear Service Light Switch

Allows operation of the service light in the nose gear bay.
2 ”AC Power not used” light (white)
Is on when AC external power is connected and ACW SVCE BUS is not used.
3 ”AC Connected” light (white)
Is on when AC external power is connected.
DC EXTERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE PANEL
1 “DC connected” light (white)

Is on when DC external power is connected to the aircraft.
2 ”DC Power not used” light (white)
Is on when DC external power is connected to the aircraft, and DC SVCE BUS is not
used.
3 Interphone Jack
Used by ground mechanic to connect a headset to communicate with crew.
4 Pilot call button
When pressed in, sends a call (aural and visual) to the cockpit : “Mechanic call” light
illuminates on the overhead panel.
Mod: 5948
P3 100
EXTERNAL POWER DEC 13
AA
Mod: 5948 + 6830

P4 001
AA

operation.
CURRENT CHECK
1 Rotary Selector
“EXT PWR” position indicates on DC or/and AC indicators.
2 DC indicators
Refer to DC power lateral maintenance panel description.
3 ”AC indicators
Refer to AC Constant frequency lateral maintenance panel description.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT LIST FEB 12
AA
Note : “*” = option

DC BUS 1
R NORM SPLY
R - TAWS ADVISORY
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
R 1
R
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
DC BUS 2
R NORM SPLY
R NORM SPLY
R NORM SPLY
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
R - *RATING - ERIU SPLY

R 77 ENGINE INDICATION - ENG1 - OIL PRESS/TEMP
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
HOT EMER BAT BUS
R - EMER BAT AMP IND

R - EMER BAT VOLT IND
R - EMER BAT ARROW
R - ADC 1/ICP CAPT HOT SPLY
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
R - MAIN BAT IND ARROW

R - MAIN BAT VOLT IND
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
DC EMER BUS
- MCP CM1
R - ENG FIRE EXTINGUISHING CTRL and IND
R (and - WARNING on CLA-- ENG 1+2)
R - LP VALVES 1 and 2 AUX SPLY (back-- up DC BUS 1&2)
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
R NORM SPLY
R
R NORM SPLY
AVNX (IMA) - CPM 1

- IOM-- DC 12
- IOM-- DC 13
Mod: 5948
P9 001
DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT LIST APR 11
AA
DC ESS BUS
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
R NORM SPLY
AVNX (IMA) - CPM 2 / IOM-- S 2

- IOM-- DC 22
- IOM-- DC 23
Mod: 5948
P11 001
AA
DC STBY BUS
R - CPM2 / IOM-- S2 AUX SPLY
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
AA
DC SVCE BUS
R - LEFT and RIGHT CABIN LAT LT
Mod: 5948
P13 001
AA
DC UTLY BUS 1
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
AA
DC UTLY BUS 2
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
AA
DC GND HOLG BUS
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
AA
115V AC STBY BUS
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
AA
115V AC BUS 1
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
AA
115V AC BUS 2
Mod: 5948
P 19 001
AA
26V AC STBY BUS
Mod: 5948
P 20 001
AA
26V AC BUS 1
Mod: 5948
P 21 001
AA
26V AC BUS 2
Mod: 5948
P 22 001
AA
115V ACW BUS 1
Mod: 5948
P 23 001
AA
115V ACW BUS 2
Mod: 5948
P 24 001
AA
115V ACW SVCE BUS
Mod: 5948
P 25 001
AA
*115V ACW SVCE BUS 2
Mod: 5948
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT 1.07.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.07.00 CONTENTS
1.07.10 GENERAL
1.07.20 OXYGEN SYSTEM
20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
20.4 SCHEMATICS
1.07.30 EMERGENCY EVACUATION
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
The aircraft is equipped with fire fighting, oxygen and first aid equipment, placed
throughout the cabin, readily available for use in emergency.
The emergency lighting system provides aircraft illumination when all other electrical
power sources are no longer available.
COCKPIT
Each crew member station is provided with :

- life jacket.
- smoke goggles.
- Quick donning oxygen mask supplied with gaseous oxygen from one
rechargeable bottle.
R - Flash lights.
R - Protective gloves.
A portable fire extinguisher and a crash axe are located at the bottom of the electric rack.
Depending on versions, a smoke hood, located behind left crew member station, is
available for crew member use.
One plug type hatch located in the cockpit ceiling is provided as an emergency exit for the
cockpit crew. One escape rope is located in a compartment on top of the electric rack near
the exit. Steps are provided for hatch access in the corridor RH side.
CABIN
The emergency equipment is strategically distributed throughout the cabin and stowed
adjacent to the two cabin attendant stations.
It contains :
- portable fire extinguishers
- protective breathing equipments
- first aid kit
- crash axe
- life vests (stowed under each passenger seat and at the cabin crew stations)
- oxygen supply for passengers.
R - Flash lights.
Mod: 5948
P 2/3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
OXYGEN SYSTEM DEC 13
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION (See schematic p 7/8)
The system consists of a main system supplying the cockpit crew and the passengers
and two portable units for the cabin attendants.
A high pressure cylinder of 2180 l (77 cu.ft) capacity, supplies oxygen to the
distribution system. Nominal charge pressure of 1850 PSI is reduced to 78 PSI in the
distribution system. A discharge part is provided to face overpressures.
CREW MEMBERS (See schematic p 9/10)
The quick donning masks are stowed in readily accessible containers adjacent to
each crew member seat. The mask harness inflates automatically when the mask is
pulled out of the container and it can easily be donned with one hand. A mask
mounted diluter demand regulator provides dilution and emergency pressure control :
- In case of pressure drop, with the dilution control in the N (normal) position, diluted
R oxygen is provided to 3 cockpit crew for a duration of 120 mn at demand flow
(10 minutes to descend from 25 000 ft to 13 000 ft and continuation of flight
between 13 000 ft and 10 000 ft for 110 minutes).
- In case of smoke or noxious gas emission, with the dilution control in the 100 %
R position, oxygen is provided to 3 cockpit crew for a duration of 15 minutes at
demand flow.
CABIN ATTENDANT PORTABLE UNITS
- two 120 l (4.25 cu ft) portable oxygen bottles are stowed under the cabin attendant
seats. They permit a continuous diluted flow to both cabin attendants at 13 000 ft
for a duration of 30 mn. Each of these bottles is equipped with a diluted oxygen
mask.
- Protective breathing equipments are located in the baggage box of the cabin.
PASSENGERS
The main system provides passenger protection through a PAX SUPPLY valve. It
controls flow to oxygen masks installed under the hat racks.
Oxygen system capability allows to supply 25 % of the passengers with a continuous
diluted flow for a duration of 30 mn in case of pressure drop (4 minutes to descend
from 25 000 ft to 13 000 ft, 26 minutes to continue the flight between 13 000 ft and
10 000 ft) in addition to the cockpit crew 120 minutes consumption.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
OXYGEN SYSTEM APR 11
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
OXYGEN PANEL
1 HP ind.
Oxygen bottle pressure is displayed in PSI X 1000.
2
MAIN SUPPLY pb
Controls the low pressure supply solenoid valve.
pb pressed in : The valve is open, low pressure oxygen is supplied to the cockpit
crew oxygen masks.
OFF : (pb released) the valve is closed. OFF illuminates white.
LO PR : illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when a low pressure
(below 50 PSI) is detected in the low pressure distribution circuit.
3 PAX SUPPLY pb
ON : (pb pressed in) Passengers supply valve is open. ON illuminates
cyan.
pb released : Passengers supply valve is closed.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
COCKPIT CREW OXYGEN MASK
The cockpit crew oxygen masks are of the quick donning inflatable harness type, stowed
in a container at each crew station. It can be donned with one hand. A regulator is
incorporated in the mask.
1 Release clips
Squeezing the red release clips unlocks the container doors. It also enables
automatic inflation of mask harness, provided that pb 4 is held in TEST position or
mask is extracted from container. The blinker momentarily displays a yellow cross.
2 Blinker
Displays a yellow cross when there is oxygen flow, and black when there is no oxygen
flow.
3 N/100 % rocker
Controls the selection of normal or 100% oxygen for mask delivery. It is locked in the
100% position by the UNLOCK rocker.
4 TEST/RESET pb
Permits a test of oxygen flow without removing the mask from the container. It is
springloaded to the RESET position.
TEST provided MAIN SUPPLY pb is selected ON, oxygen flows through the mask.
The blinker momentarily displays yellow cross, and the flow is audible.
A lengthened hose is provided on the observer mask enabling access to the cargo with
the mask.
RECOVERING BOOMSET/MICRO FUNCTION WHEN THE OXYGEN MASK IS
OUT OF ITS CONTAINER :
Oxygen mask remaining out of its container :
- Close the oxygen mask container doors.
- Press the test push button in front of the container and release it, yellow cross
disappears.
The bommset/micro function is now recovered.
Note : If the pilot wants to use the oxygen mask again and recover the mask micro, he has
to open the container doors.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
OXYGEN SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
UNDERSIDE OF REGULATOR
R 1 UNLOCK rocker Locks N/100% rocker at 100% position. When pressed, the rocker
is released.
R 2 EMERGENCY selector Activates pressurization of mask delivery flow when the

N/100% rocker is at 100%. Rotation of the selector in direction of the arrow
gradually increases delivery pressure from zero to full pressure.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
INDICATING
MFD displays crew/pax oxygen distribution system status on the top left corner of the
Cabin System page.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B)
Oxygen control unit power supply DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel OXY CTL UNIT PWR SUPPLY)
Pressure Ind. and alert DC ESS BUS

(on lateral panel PRESS IND and CAUTION)
SYSTEM MONITORING
OXY
This caution is generated when a low pressure (below 50 psi ) is detected in the LP
distribution circuit.
- “OXY” amber message on EWD
- Aural alert is single chime (SC)
- “LO PR” amber label on MFD cabin page
- “LO PR” amber legend illuminates on overhead panel
Mod: 5948
P 7/8 001
AA
20.4 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P 9/10 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P1 001
EMERGENCY EVACUATION APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY EVACUATION IN CASE OF DITCHING

A EMERGENCY EXIT
B SERVICE DOOR
C PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
Note : Be sure that safety pin is removed.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
EMERGENCY EVACUATION APR 11
AA
EMERGENCY EVACUATION IN CASE OF FORCED LANDING
A EMERGENCY EXIT
B SERVICE DOOR
C
EMERGENCY/ CREW DOR
Note : Be sure that safety pin is removed.

Mod: 5948
FIRE PROTECTION 1.08.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.08.00 CONTENTS
1.08.10 GENERAL
10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The fire protection system is provided in order to ensure :
- Detection for : • each engine fire
• right nacelle overheat (on ground only)
• each cargo compartment and toilets smoke
• avionics compartment smoke
- Extinguishing for : • each engine
• cockpit, cabin and each cargo compartment
• toilets waste bin
ENGINE FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM

Each engine is equipped with a fire detection system which consists of two identical
detection loops (A and B) mounted in parallel and a fire detection control unit.
The detection principle is based on the variation of resistance and capacitance of the
detection cable (fire signal). If there is only a change in resistance, associated loop
will be declared failed by the fire detection control unit (fault signal).
ENG FIRE alert is displayed on EWD in case of fire signal detected by both loops A and
B or fire signal detected by one of the 2 loops if the other one is selected OFF.
RIGHT NACELLE OVERHEAT DETECTION SYSTEM (on ground only)

Right nacelle is equipped with an overheat detector. When right nacelle temperature
exceeds 170°C, NAC2 OVHT and /or red alarm(s), is/are displayed on EWD, and the
FWS is activated.
CARGO AND TOILETS SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM

Forward cargo and aft cargo are each equipped with photoelectric smoke detectors.
Ambient transmittance is monitored by reflection measurement.
Toilets are equipped with one ionisation type smoke detector.
In case of smoke detection, “SMOKE” signal is sent to FWS through the MFC.
AVIONICS SMOKE DETECTION (See schematic 1.03.30 p. 3)

The avionics extract air duct is equipped with a smoke detection device (ionisation type)
linked to the FWS. Smoke detection between the avionics compartment and the extract
fan activates a “ELEC SMK” red alert on EWD.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
ENGINE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM

It includes two extinguishers bottles which may be used for engine n°1 or engine n°2.
They are located on each side of the fuselage. Dual squibs are installed in the discharge
heads on each bottle. For fire extinguishing, the squibs are ignited by depressing the
corresponding illuminated AGENT pb on the ENG FIRE panel.
R The extinguishing agent (halon) is pressurized by nitrogen.
COCKPIT, CABIN AND CARGO COMPARTMENTS FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM

Portable extinguishers are provided to be operated manually (refer to schematic 1.07.10
R p.2/3 for location).
TOILETS WASTE BIN FIRE EXTINGUISING SYSTEM

The system operates automatically when fire is detected (when the temperature is
greater than 78°C (172°F).
Mod: 5948
P3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
ENGINE FIRE PANEL
Two identical ENG FIRE panels with fire handles are provided for control of fire detection
and extinguishing. One panel controls ENG 1, the other controls ENG 2.
1 ENG FIRE handle
An ENG FIRE warning light is integrated into the handle. The light illuminates red and
the FWS is activated as long as the respective engine fire warning is activated
(independently of handle position). Light goes off when the temperature detected by
the loops drops below warning threshold.
The handle has two positions :
- Normal position (mechanically locked)
- PULLED
Pulling the handle electricallly causes for the respective engine :
S PROPELLER Feathering
S FUEL ENG LP VALVE closure
S AIR BLEED VALVE and HP VALVE closure
S DE ICE DE ICE VALVE and ISOLATION VALVE closure
S ELEC ACW and DC GEN deactivation
2 SQUIB TEST pb
Controls the test of the squibs in the discharge heads and their electrical circuits.
When pressed in with the respective ENG FIRE handle in normal position, the two
SQUIB lights illuminate if squibs and circuits are operative.
3 AGENT pbs
Controls the ignition of squibs and resultant discharge of fire extinguisher bottles
- SQUIB : The lights illuminate white when the ENG FIRE handle is pulled to
facilitate identification of the AGENT pbs which may be activated.
- DISCH : The light illuminates amber when the related fire extinguisher bottle is
depressurized after discharge.
Note : The discharge light will also illuminate on the non affected engine fire panel to
facilitate identification of the depressurized bottle.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
4 LOOP pb
Allows activation of aural and visual alerts when a fire signal (FIRE) or a fault signal
(LOOP) is generated by the fire detection control unit for the related loop.
pb pressed in : Aural and visual alerts are activated when a fire or a fault signal
is generated by the fire detection control unit for the related loop.
OFF : (pb released) Aural and visual alerts are inhibited for the related
loop. The OFF light illuminates white. LOOP label is displayed on
EWD.
FAULT : The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when the
associated pb is selected ON and a fault signal is generated by the
fire detection control unit. LOOP alert is displayed on EWD with
associated “LOOP” label. Master caution light flashing with Single
Chime.
R 5 TEST Switch( Spring Loaded in neutral position )
Spring loaded in neutral position allows a test of the detection of fire and fault
signals when both LOOP pbs are selected ON :
FAULT - FAULT lights of both LOOP A and LOOP B pb illuminate
- FWS is activated, LOOP alert is displayed on EWD with
associated “LOOP” label. Master caution light flashing with Single
Chime.
FIRE - ENG FIRE red light illuminates in associated fire handle
- FUEL SO light illuminates in associated CL if CL isn’t in fuel shut off
position
- FWS is activated, ENG FIRE alert is displayed on EWD with
associated “FIRE” label. Master warning light flashing with aural CRC
- ENG FIRE on engine primary parameters page on EWD.
CL FUEL LT
Illuminates red in case of fire signal from associated engine. Extinguishes after CL is
set at fuel shut off position or if fire detection signal is no longer sensed.
Mod: 5948
P5 080
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
CARGO COMPARTMENTS AND TOILET SMOKE DETECTION
DET FANS
(1) AFT COMPT / LAV DET FANS Pb

NORM : (Pb pressed in) one fan runs.
FAULT : The fan is out of order. FAULT illuminates amber and the FWS is
activated.
ALTN : (Pb released) the alternate fan runs, ALTN light illuminates white.
Associated pictograms are simultaneously displayed on SD cabin page as shown in the

table below :
(2) SMK TEST Pb

Test the smoke detectors integrity.
“ELEC SMK”, “FWD SMK”, “AFT COMPT SMK” and “LAV SMK” warning are displayed on
the SD cabin page and associated alerts appears on EWD.
Mod: 5948 + 6560
P6 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
LEFT INTENTIONNALY BLANK
Mod: 5948
P5 080
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
CARGO COMPARTMENTS AND TOILET SMOKE DETECTION
DET FANS
(1) AFT COMPT / LAV DET FANS Pb

NORM : (Pb pressed in) one fan runs.
FAULT : The fan is out of order. FAULT illuminates amber and the FWS is
activated.
ALTN : (Pb released) the alternate fan runs, ALTN light illuminates white.
Associated pictograms are simultaneously displayed on SD cabin page as shown in the

table below :
(2) SMK TEST Pb

Test the smoke detectors integrity.
“ELEC SMK”, “FWD SMK”, “AFT COMPT SMK” and “LAV SMK” warning are displayed on
the SD cabin page and associated alerts appears on EWD.
Mod: 5948 + 6560
P6 100
GENERAL APR 11
AA
SMOKE DETECTION
CARGO CONFIGURATION (CNTNR SMK pb is ON)
CAUTION : FWD SMK or AFT SMK EWD alert may be associated or not with
CONTAINER SMK local alert on overhead panel.
PAX CONFIGURATION (CNTNR SMK pb is released)
Mod: 5948 + (4511 or 6454)

P7 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B)
ENG 1
Loop A DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel LOOP A)
Loop B DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel LOOP B)
Fire handle DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel FIRE HANDLE)
CL light DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel CLA)
ENG 2
Loop A DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel LOOP A)
Loop B DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel LOOP B)
Fire handle DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel FIRE HANDLE)
CL light DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel CLA)
Right extinguisher DC EMER BUS

bottle squibs (on lateral panel SQUIBS)
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
(on lateral panel SQUIBS)
Forward cargo DC ESS BUS

Smoke detection (on lateral panel FWD smoke DETEC-
TOR)
aft cargo smoke detector DC ESS BUS

(on lateral panel AFT smoke DETECTOR)
Mod: 5948
P8 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA

Avionics DC ESS BUS
- Nil -
smoke detector (on lateral panel ELEC SMK DET)
DC ESS BUS
Toilets smoke detector - Nil -
(on lateral panel)
AC STBY BUS
Aft cargo and toilets
- Nil - (on lateral panel FANS
ventilation fans PWR
PWR)
Aft cargo and toilets DC ESS BUS
- Nil -
ventilation fans CTL (on lateral panel AFT FANS IND)
Forward cargo ventila- AC STBY BUS
- Nil -
tion fans PWR (on lateral panel)
Forward cargo DC ESS BUS
- Nil -
fire exting CTL (on lateral panel)
AUX aft compt. bay DC ESS BUS
smoke detector (if (on lateral panel COMPT SMK - Nil -
installed) AUX AFT COMPT SMK DET)
AUX aft compt two
DC ESS BUS
position valve control - Nil -
(on lateral panel)
and PWR
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
ENG FIRE
This warning is triggered when an engine fire is detected.
- “ENG x FIRE” red message on EWD
- “ENG 1(2)” legend illuminates amber on SD engine page
R Note : “SQUIB” legend illuminates white when fire handle is pulled.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
This warning is generated when smoke is detected in the avionics ventilation circuit.
- “ELEC SMK” red message on EWD
- “ELEC SMK” red reverse video message on SD cabin page
FWD CARGO SMOKE

This warning is generated when smoke detected in the FORWARD cargo compartment.
- “FWD SMK” red message on EWD
AFT COMPT SMOKE

R This warning is generated when smoke is detected in the aft cargo compartment or in the
lavatory.
- “AFT SMK” red message on EWD
- “AFT COMPT SMK” red reverse video message on SD cabin page
NAC OVHT
This warning is generated when the nacelle temperature exceeds 170C (338F) when
aircraft is on ground.
- “NAC OVHT” red message on EWD
- “NAC OVHT” red reverse video message on SD engine page
FIRE LOOP 1A (1B)(2A)(2B)

This caution is generated when a Loop fault is detected.
- “LOOP 1A(1B)(2A)(2B)” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the affected LOOP pb on
overhead panel
Mod: 5948
FLIGHT CONTROLS 1.09.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.09.00 CONTENTS
1.09.10 GENERAL
1.09.20 ROLL
20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
1.09.30 PITCH
30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS
30.5 SCHEMATIC
1.09.40 YAW
40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
40.4 SCHEMATIC
1.09.50 FLAPS
50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 CONTROLS
50.5 SCHEMATIC
1.09.60 GUST LOCK

60.1 DESCRIPTION
60.2 CONTROLS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
The control of the aircraft is achieved on the three axes by :

- On each wing, one aileron (spring tab equipped) and one spoiler
- Two elevators (servo-- tab equipped)
- A rudder (spring-- tab equipped)
Ailerons, elevators and rudder are mechanically actuated.

Spoilers are hydraulically actuated (blue system).
Wind protection is achieved on ground by :
- a locking mechanism on pitch and roll axes
- a damping unit on yaw axis limiting rudder excessive travel speed.
On each wing flaps are provided in two parts (inboard and outboard) mechanically
linked and hydraulically activated (blue system).
Mod: 5948
P1 001
ROLL APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
Roll control is achieved through control wheels.
SPRING TAB
A spring tab provides a flexible compensation which automatically increases with the
aerodynamic loads applied on the ailerons, thus ensuring a reduction of the pilot’s
efforts.
Wheel travel : ¦ 87°
Ailerons travel : 14° up, 14° down
ROLL TRIM
Aileron trim is performed by varying the neutral position setting of the left aileron
spring tab with respect to the aileron.
It is electrically controlled from a twin control switch through an electrical actuator.
LH aileron trim controlled tab travel : 6.7° up, 6.7° down.
Full roll trim travel requires about 30 s.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
ROLL APR 11
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
SPOILER POSITION IND
When illuminated, each blue light indicates that the associated spoiler is not in the
retracted position.
ROLL TRIM POSITION IND
Indicates the LH aileron trim controlled tab travel. It is displayed on EWD page.
Pointer color is :
- White pointer when AP is engaged
- Cyan in manual mode.
- Amber in case of Roll Mistrim with AP engaged associated with cyan arrow.
ROLL TRIM CONTROL SW
Controls the roll trim actuator.

For operation, both switches must be moved and held in the same direction (L WING DN
or R WING DN) to energize the system (safety precaution).
Mod: 5948
P1 001
ROLL APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
Roll control is achieved through control wheels.
SPRING TAB
aerodynamic loads applied on the ailerons, thus ensuring a reduction of the pilot’s
efforts.
Wheel travel : ¦ 87°
Ailerons travel : 14° up, 14° down
ROLL TRIM
Aileron trim is performed by varying the neutral position setting of the left aileron
spring tab with respect to the aileron.
It is electrically controlled from a twin control switch through an electrical actuator.
LH aileron trim controlled tab travel : 6.7° up, 6.7° down.
Full roll trim travel requires about 30 s.
Mod: 5948
P2 080
ROLL DEC 13
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
SPOILER POSITION IND
When illuminated, each green light indicates that the associated spoiler is not in the
retracted position.
ROLL TRIM POSITION IND
Indicates the LH aileron trim controlled tab travel. It is displayed on EWD page.
Pointer color is :
- White pointer when AP is engaged
- Cyan in manual mode.
- Amber in case of Roll Mistrim with AP engaged associated with cyan arrow.
ROLL TRIM CONTROL SW
Controls the roll trim actuator.

For operation, both switches must be moved and held in the same direction (L WING DN
or R WING DN) to energize the system (safety precaution).
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P3 001
ROLL APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
Spoiler position ind. DC BUS 1 - NIL -
(on lateral panel SPLR IND)
Roll trim DC EMER BUS - NIL -
(On lateral panel AIL TRIM &
AIL LOCK WARN)
Roll (pitch, yaw) - NIL - 26 VAC BUS 1
Trim position ind (On lateral panel TRIM POS
IND)
Mod: 5948
P4 001
ROLL APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
RETRIM ROLL REQUIRED
Aileron out of trim with AP engaged :

- The trim control is inhibited as long as an out-- of-- trim is not detected by AP system.
- When the trim threshold limit is exceeded and a trim control is required :
- The aileron trim pointer becomes amber
- The rudder trim pointer becomes amber
- A blue arrow is displayed
- An abnormal message ”RETRIM ROLL L(R) WING DN” is triggered on the
FMA
Note : An inhibition logic prevents to trim the aileron in the wrong direction.
- When a large aileron mistrim is present (second threshold limit reached) the aileron
& rudder trim indicator becomes amber and an abnormal message ”AILERON
MISTRIM” is triggered on the FMA.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
(See schematic p 8/9)
Each control column mechanically drives the associated elevator and, through a pitch
coupling mechanism, the other elevator and the opposite control column.
In case of jamming, pitch control will be recovered by applying on both control columns a
differential force (52 daN) disengaging the pitch coupling system.
The non affected channel allows the aircraft to be operated safety. System recoupling has
to be performed on ground.
Pitch uncoupling generates “PITCH DISCONNECT” red alert.
Control column travel : 11.25° up, 6.75° down.
Elevators travel : 23° up, 13° down.
Elevators automatic tab travel : 50% of the pitch control course.
Pitch trim is performed by off setting both tabs neutral position.

Normal trim (control column) and STBY trim (pedestal) supply appropriate part of each
actuator.
Each trim tab is activated by a dedicated actuator. The two actuators are synchronized by
a flexible shaft.
In case of pitch tabs desynchronization :
- an alert is generated by the FWS,
- normal and STBY pitch trim control are inoperative,
- AP disconnects.
Trim tab travel, displayed on the pitch trim position indicator, is added to the automatic tab
travel.
Elevators trim controlled tab travel : 5° up, 1.5° down.
Full pitch trim travel requires about 30s in normal and in STBY control.
A stick pusher and a stick shaker are provided, preventing the aircraft from reaching a
critical angle of attack. When the detected incidence becomes too high, the MFC sends a
signal to an electric actuator which shakes the control column at stall alert thresholds.
If angle of attack keeps increasing a further threshold is reached and the MFC activates
the stick pusher ; the complete pitch control linkage assembly is pushed forward.
Notes : 1) There are two stick shakers, one for each control column but only
one stick pusher actuator located on the captain pitch channel. In
case of pitch uncoupling when the pusher triggering angle of attack is
reached, only the captain control column is pushed forward.
2) Loss of stick pusher does not lead to stick shaker loss
3) Left and right stick shaker operations are segregated.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
30.2 CONTROLS
PITCH TRIM ROCKER SWITCHES
On each control wheel, two pitch trim rocker switches are installed. It’s necessary to
operate both rocker switches to activate the normal electrical motor of each trim actuator
and to control nose up or down.
The switches are spring loaded to neutral position.
If both switches are operated simultaneously but in opposite direction, trimming action
stops.
if normal trim actuator is actuated during more than 1 second, an aural whooler is
generated by the FWS.
Note : Any TRIM manual operation will disengage the AP.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
PITCH TRIM POSITION IND
Indicates the right trim actuator controlled tab travel.
1 : Pitch trim pointer associated with a numerical value

Pointer color :
- Green associated with a numerical value when AP is engaged
- Cyan associated with a numerical value in manual mode
- Amber associated with a numerical value in case of :
- Pitch Trim Asym
- Pitch Mistrim or Pitch Trim failed with AP engaged
- Pointer outside of green band in pre take off condition (Take Off CONFIG).
2 : Green sector : TO trim sector (from 0° to 2.5° UP)

Identifies the take off range. If take off (or take off config test) is performed with pitch
trim out of this range, CONFIG warning will be generated by the FWS.
3 : Magenta bug Indicates the managed pitch trim objective.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
STBY PITCH CONTROL SW
This guarded switch controls the electrical motor of each trim actuator. Action on this
switch will disengage the AP.
CAUTION : SIMULTANEOUS ACTION ON A NORMAL ROCKER SWITCH AND THE
STBY SWITCH IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
STICK PUSHER PB
- FAULT light (amber) :

Indicates a stick pusher or stick shaker failure.
- OFF Position :
Enables to switch OFF the stick pusher and the stick shaker system.
Note : STALL WARNING aural alert is also lost.
STICK PUSHER ANNUNCIATOR
The stick pusher is controlled by the MFC and is a function of signals sent by the
angle-- of-- attack probes. The triggering values for the secondary alarms (stick pusher)
depend on the aircraft configuration.
A green “STICK PUHER” indication is triggered on the FMA to indicate that the stick
pusher is operating.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
30.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC SYSTEM MONITORING
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
Normal pitch control DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel NORM)
Right Standby pitch DC BUS 2 - Nil -
control (on lateral panel R STBY PITCH
TRIM)
Left Standby pitch DC EMER BUS - Nil -
control (on lateral panel L NORM&STBY
PITCH TRIM&RUD TLU MAN
CTL)
Pitch (roll, yaw trim - Nil - 26 VAC BUS 1
position ind.) (on lateral panel POS IND)
Stick pusher PWR DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on lateral panel PWR)
Stick pusher CTL DC BUS 1 - Nil -
Pitch tabs DC BUS 1 - Nil -
Desynchronization (on overhead panel)
Left tick Shaker DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on lateral panel PWR)
Right Stick Shaker DC BUS 2 - Nil -
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEME MONITORING
Pitch coupling mechanism disconnected(reconnected)

Disconnection(Reconnection) of the Captain’s and First Officer’s channels is signaled in
flight compartment by :
- ”PITCH DISC”(“PITCH RECONNCT”) red message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P6 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
Take off out of trim range
Pitch trim out of the take off range (0° DN to 2.5° UP) when PL at TO position or simulated
by the TO CONFIG TEST :
- ”CONFIG” red message on EWD
- ”FLT CTL” amber message on EWD
- Pitch trim pointer is displayed amber
Pitch trim asym

MFC monitors the shift between the left and right trim actuators. The monitoring threshold
is set at 0.7degree of tab.
In case of a detected desynchronisation :
- ”PITCH TRIM ASYM” amber message on EWD
Pitch Mistrim
When a pitch mistrim is present (threshold limit reached) the trim pointer becomes amber
and an abnormal message ”PITCH MISTRIM” is triggered on the FMA.
Pitch Trim failed with AP engaged

An amber “AP PITCH TRIM FAIL” is triggered on the FMA to indicate a Pitch Trim failed
with AP engaged.
STICK PUSHER Fault

Indicates a stick pusher failure. The following alerts appear :
- FLT CTL PUSHER amber message on EWD
- FAULT on the stick pusher PB
PITCH TRIM RUN AWAY

The condition ”Normal trim” or ”stby trim” actuator actuated during more than 1 second is
monitored by aural alert only (whooler).
Mod: 5948
P7 001
PITCH APR 11
AA

PITCH TRIM TEST
A PTT pb is provided on RH lateral maintenance panel to test the pitch tabs shift detection
unit.
Test procedure
- DC electrical power available
- Depress and hold test button :
- PITCH TRIM ASYM amber message on EWD
- Disconnection of AP if engaged
ELEVATOR CLUTCH
Allows to reconnect both elevators in case of declutch (see FCOM 2.02.06).

Reconnection conditions :
- Aircraft on ground
- Gust lock ON
Mod: 5948
P8 001
PITCH APR 11
AA
30.5 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
YAW APR 11
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
(See schematic p7/8)
Yaw control system consists of rudder pedals, TLU, RCU, rudder damper and trim.
Rudder pedals mechanically act on a spring tab and through it on the rudder itself.
SPRING TAB
aerodynamic loads applied on the rudder, thus ensuring a reduction of the pilot’s efforts
when really needed (engine failure).
J Neutral position
J Without airload on the surface (V = 0), when rudder pedals are moved to full deflection,
the spring tab stays in line with the rudder until the rudder reaches its stops, above that
point it moves the tab.
J With airload on the surface (V = the spring tab has a travel in the opposite direction of
the rudder which generates a compensating moment. Spring travel increases with
airspeed.
* Low aerodynamic forces
* High aerodynamic forces
SPRING HEAVILY
Mod: 5948
P2 001
YAW APR 11
AA
TRAVEL LIMITATION UNIT (TLU)

The travel limitation unit is fitted on the aircraft to limit pedals travel in order to prevent any
damaging rudder travel when flying at high speed.
The TLU automatic control is done through ADC 1/2, via CAC 1/2, when reaching 185 kt
during an acceleration and when reaching 180 kt during a deceleration. The TLU setting
(high speed or low speed) may also be performed manually in case of ADC or CAC’s
failure.
RELEASABLE CENTERING (RCU)

A releasable centering unit is provided between, the rudder and the linkage to the pilots
pedals to enable rudder position stabilization when no action is applied on the pedals.
This RCU position changes with trim setting. As soon as the yaw trim control upper lever is
moved to the left or lower lever to the right, the releasable centering unit is disengaged to
allow trim setting. It will be re-- engaged at the new position when the yaw trim control
switches are released.
DAMPER
The rudder is linked to the aircraft structure by a damper :
- In flight this damper regulates rudder travel speed
- On ground it limits excessive movement generated by gusts and avoids damaging the
structural stops.
YAW TRIM
It is performed by offsetting the spring tab zero position.
Yaw trim is electrically controlled from a twin rudder rotary selector through a trim actuator.
Units of trim motor displacement are displayed on the yaw trim position indicator.
Maximum value are ± 3 dots.
Full yaw trim travel requires about 15s.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
YAW APR 11
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
TLU (control and indication)
AUTO : normal position in flight
HI SPD / LO SPD : used according to IAS after FAULT illumination.
FAULT : illuminates amber when a system failure is detected.

- system disagreement
- both ADC failure
- ADC datas incoherence
- TLU position synchro failure
- CAC multiple failure.
TLU LO SPEED label
A ”TLU LO SPEED” green label is displayed on EWD when the Travel Limiter Unit is in ”Full
authority” position.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
YAW APR 11
AA
YAW TRIM POSITION INDICATOR
Indicates units of trim motor displacement.
Pointer color is :
- Blue in normal configuration
- Amber in case of Roll Mistrim with AP engaged.
YAW TRIM CONTROL SWITCHES
Controls the yaw trim actuator.

As a safety device both levers must be moved and held in the same direction (Nose LH or
Nose RH) to energize the systrem and trim the aircraft.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
YAW APR 11
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
TLU (control and indication)
AUTO : normal position in flight
HI SPD / LO SPD : used according to IAS after FAULT illumination.
FAULT : illuminates amber when a system failure is detected.

- system disagreement
- both ADC failure
- ADC datas incoherence
- TLU position synchro failure
- CAC multiple failure.
TLU LO SPEED label
A ”TLU LO SPEED” green label is displayed on EWD when the Travel Limiter Unit is in ”Full
authority” position.
Mod: 5948
P4 100
YAW FEB 12
AA
YAW TRIM POSITION INDICATOR
Indicates units of trim motor displacement.
Pointer color is :
- Cyan in normal configuration
- Green in case of Yaw Auto Trim activation.
- Amber in case of Yaw Mistrim or Yaw Auto Trim failure, with YD engaged.
YAW TRIM CONTROL SWITCHES
Controls the yaw trim actuator.

As a safety device both levers must be moved and held in the same direction (Nose LH or
Nose RH) to energize the systrem and trim the aircraft.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

P5 001
YAW APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B) (C/B)
Yaw trim DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel RUD)
Yaw (pitch, roll) - Nil - 26 VAC BUS 1
Trim position ind. (on lateral panel
POS IND.)
- Travel limitation unit control DC BUS 1
(on lateral panel TLU CTL) - Nil -
- Travel limitation unit indication DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel FLAPS POS
DET & IND/RUD TLU
MONG)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
- TLU FAULT
This alert is triggered when a system failure is detected : system disagreement, both ADC
failure, ADC data incoherence, TLU position synchro failure or CAC failure.
- ”FLT CTL TLU” amber message on EWD
- FAULT on the TLU control panel
- RCU failure
The RCU is declutched with a trim command or a yaw damper activation.
The RCU failure is triggered when a permanent +28 V is detected for more than 60s on the
trim command.
- ”FLT CTL RUD RCU” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P6 001
YAW APR 11
AA
- Rudder out of trim with AP engaged

When the trim threshold limit is exceeded and a trim ontrol is required :
- A cyan arrow is displayed on the EWD rudder trim indicator
- An abnormal message ”RETRIM A/C NOSE L” or “RETRIM A/C NOSE R” is triggered on
the FMA
- RUDDER MISTRIM
When a large rudder mistrim is present (second threshold limit reached) an abnormal
message “RUDDER MISTRIM” is triggered on the FMA.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
YAW APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B) (C/B)
Yaw trim DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel RUD)
Yaw (pitch, roll) - Nil - 26 VAC BUS 1
Trim position ind. (on lateral panel
POS IND.)
- Travel limitation unit control DC BUS 1
(on lateral panel TLU CTL) - Nil -
- Travel limitation unit indication DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel FLAPS POS
DET & IND/RUD TLU
MONG)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
- TLU FAULT
This alert is triggered when a system failure is detected : system disagreement, both ADC
failure, ADC data incoherence, TLU position synchro failure or CAC failure.
- ”FLT CTL TLU” amber message on EWD
- FAULT on the TLU control panel
- RCU failure
The RCU is declutched with a trim command or a yaw damper activation.
The RCU failure is triggered when a permanent +28 V is detected for more than 60s on the
trim command.
- ”FLT CTL RUD RCU” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P6 100
YAW FEB 12
AA
- Rudder out of trim with AP engaged

When the trim threshold limit is exceeded and a trim ontrol is required :
- A cyan arrow is displayed on the EWD rudder trim indicator
- An abnormal message ”RETRIM A/C NOSE L” or “RETRIM A/C NOSE R” is triggered on
the FMA, in case of Yaw Auto Trim failure.
- RUDDER MISTRIM
When a large rudder mistrim is present (second threshold limit reached) an abnormal
message “RUDDER MISTRIM” is triggered on the FMA.
Mod: 5948 + 6521

P 7/8
YAW APR 11
AA
40.4 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
50.1 DESCRIPTION
Lift augmentation is achieved on each wing by two flaps mechanically linked with a fail
safe design.
The flaps control lever has three distinct positions : 0°, 15° and 30°.
It is not possible to select an intermediate position.
The lever and the flaps positions electrically control the flap valve which hydraulically
actuates the four flap actuators.
Possible asymmetry is sensed by two flap position transmitters and detected by the MFC
when an angle of 6.7° is reached. Then the electrical supply to the flap control system is
isolated :
- The flaps stay in their present position,
- The control lever has no effect on the system up to a maintenance action.
A FLAP UNLK alert is provided to inform the crew of flaps spurious retraction. The alert is
triggered if spurious retraction of more than 4° occurs.
FLAPS HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
Mod: 5948
P2 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
50.2 CONTROLS
FLAPS CONTROL LEVER
Controls the flaps operation. Distinct positions correspond to flaps 0°, 15°, 30°.
To change flaps position, pull up the lever, move it to the selected position (an amber strip
at the bottom of the lever is visible as long as the lever is not in one of the three distinct
positions) and release the lever.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
FLAPS POSITION IND
The flaps position indication on flight control part of EWD page is the mean value of left
and right sides flaps position. In case of loss of right or left flaps position, the valid flap
position is used for flap position display.
If both right and left flap position are not available, flap position is not displayed.
Selected flap position is indicated below Flap indicator by “SEL: xx°“ label.
A flap position bullet corresponding to flaps command is filled in:

- Cyan when difference between Flap position and Flap command is higher than 1°
- Green when difference between Flap position and Flap command is lower than 1°
Flaps Position color is :

- White when flap position is at 0°
- Green when the difference between flap command and position is lower than 1°
(except at 0° )
- Cyan when the flaps extend or retract
- Amber when : Flap Asymmetry is detected or Flap Jam is detected or Flap
Command failure is detected
- Red when Flap unlocked is detected.
Note : Repeated appearance in flight of the cyan flap position while wing flaps have
reached the selected position reveals a leakage in the hydraulic lock incorporated in the
valve block.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

Flaps control and asymmety DC STBY BUS - Nil -
detection (on lateral panel CTL)
Flaps position ind. - Nil - 26 VAC STBY BUS
(on lateral panel POS IND)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
The following conditions are monitored by visual and aural alerts :
FLAPS UNLK
Flaps untimely retraction of more than 4° when flaps extended :
- “FLAPS UNLK” red message on EWD
- Flap position indication is red on the flaps indicator.
TO CONFIG
Flaps not in appropriate TO position when PL at TO position or simulated so by the TO
CONFIG TEST :
- ”CONFIG” red message on EWD
- FLT CTL amber message on EWD
- Flap position indication is amber on the flaps indicator.
FLAP ASYM
Flaps asymmetry of more than 6.7° during flaps actuation :
- “FLAP ASYM” amber message on EWD
FLAP JAM
This alert informs that flaps have not reached the selected position.
The CACs compare the half sum of RH and LH Flap position to the selected position.
If the difference is higher than 1° during more than 30 seconds :
- “FLAPS JAM” amber message on the EWD
Note : When wing flaps are extended, the VMO alert (clacker) operates at VFE.
VFE flaps 15° = 185 kt
VFE flaps 30° = 150 kt
Mod: 5948
P6 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
FLAPS UNLOCK TEST
On RH lateral maintenance panel, a pushbutton is provided, for maintenance purpose

only, to test “Flaps unlock” alarm relays.
Test procedure
DC electrical power available
- Hydraulic power available
- Flaps extended to other than 0° position
- Press and hold test button
The flaps retract as long as the button is held and FLAPS UNLK red message comes on the
EWD each time the flap position passes over a selectable position.
- Button released : flaps come back to selected position.
FLAPS ASYM TEST
A periodic test to ensure correct operation of asymmetry detection system is provided on

ground.
Pressing test pushbutton introduces a 10° difference between values read by transmitters.
It simulates an asymmetry of more than 6,7° :
- operation of control lever does not cause any flap extension or retraction
- appearance of “FLAP ASYM” alert and associated procedure on EWD page
This test is inhibited in flight by a flight/ground condition.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
FLAPS APR 11
AA
50.5 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GUST LOCK APR 11
AA
60.1 DESCRIPTION
A gust lock system is provided to protect the pitch and roll flight controls on ground
and to limit the PL travel slightly below FI. This system includes an elevator
mechanical locking device and an aileron electrico-- mechanical locking device.
This system provides protection against take off with gust lock engaged, or too high
power setting when in hotel mode.
ELEVATOR MECHANICAL LOCKING DEVICE

The system immobilizes the control column in pitch and therefore control surfaces.
This device is controlled by a control lever located on the pedestal and mechanically
operated through cables and gears.
AILERON ELECTRO MECHANICAL LOCKING DEVICE

The system is composed of two electro-- mechanical locking devices immobilizing one
aileron each. Each locking device is electrically actuated through switches installed on
the gust lock lever.
Note : Ailerons may be locked slightly beyond the neutral position. Therefore the control
wheel may be tilted (¦5°), according to the actual position of ailerons.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
GUST LOCK APR 11
AA
60.2 CONTROLS
GUST LOCK LEVER
When the gust lock is engaged, the PL travel is limited slightly below FI to provide
protection against take off and too high power setting when in hotel mode. The gust
lock handle can be put into the locking notch whatever the position of the flight
controls is but these controls must be brought to neutral to positively engage the locking
devices.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
GUST LOCK APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
DC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B)
Aileron lock ind. DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel AIL TRIM & AIL LOCK WARN)
Aileron lock CTL DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel GUST LOCK AIL)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
The following conditions are monitored by visual and aural alerts.
AIL LOCK LIT

Disagreement between Aileron locking actuators and gust lock control (Temporized alert
8 sec)
- MC flashing amber.
- ”AIL LOCK LIT” amber message on EWD
CONFIG
- Aileron locking actuators not fully retracted and PL on TO position :
- MW flashing red
- CONFIG red message and FLT CTL amber message on EWD
or
- Disagreement between Aileron locking actuators and gust lock control during the T.O.
CONFIG TEST :
- MW flashing red
- CONFIG red message and FLT CTL amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS 1.10.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.10.00 CONTENTS
1.10.05 INTRODUCTION
05.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
05.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATION
1.10.10 AIR DATA SYSTEM (ADC)

10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
10.4 SCHEMATICS
1.10.20 AHRS
20.2 CONTROLS
1.10.22 INDICATION ON PFD

22.1 GENERAL
1.10.32 INDICATION ON MFD

22.1 GENERAL
1.10.34 INDICATION ON EWD

34.1 GENERAL
1.10.36 INDICATION ON IESI

36.1 GENERAL
36.2 CONTROLS
Mod: 5948
P2 001
CONTENTS FEB 12
AA
1.10.38 CDS REVERSION

38.1 GENERAL
38.2 CDS CONFIGURATIONS
1.10.40 CLOCKS
40.1 GENERAL
40.2 CONTROLS
R 40.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
1.10.50 FLIGHT RECORDERS

50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 CONTROLS
Mod: 5948
P 1/2 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
The Control and Display System (CDS) is an provides the main interface between cockpit
crew and avionic systems.
The CDS allows the flight crew to access to :

- Flight information,
- Aircraft environment,
- Aircraft system status,
- Aircraft alerts, procedures, check lists
The CDS is composed of 5 display units, 6 control panels, 2 MCDUs and 2 switching
panel.
The CDS is managed by two Core Avionics Cabinet (CAC 1&2).
Mod: 5948
P3 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
Data to be displayed by the CDS are organized in “format” so as to provide a coherent set
of information.
There are 3 main formats :
- The Primary Flight Display (PFD) format that groups data related to the flight and auto
flight.
- The Multi-- Function Display (MFD) format that groups data mainly related to navigation,
communication and aircraft system status.
- The Engine and Warning Display (EWD) that groups data related to flight control, engine
primary parameters and crew alerting.
Each format is divided in several windows. The upper window of MFD can display several
pages.
Nominal format configuration
Mod: 5948
P4 001
INTRODUCTION FEB 12
AA
05.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS

DISPLAY UNITS (DU)
The Display Units DU1, DU2, DU3, DU4 and DU5 show the display images necessary for the
control, monitoring and safe navigation of the aircraft. They have interfaces with most of the
aircraft systems.
(1) Luminance sensors

For integrated automatic dimming (illumination data is provided to the core processing
function in order to adjust the brightness command for the display backlighting function).
(2) Contrast setting
(3) Brightness setting
(4) Power switch
(5) ON/OFF light

White when ON, dark when OFF
(6) Compact Flash Card slot

The slots are used to insert the data cards containing performance, navigation, and company
specific databases.
All the DU, are equipped with the same slot, but only the DU 2 and 4, dedicated for the FMA
and RMA, have data card.
COLOR CODING : For text color refer to chap 1.00 (Color reference table)
Mod: 5948
P5 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
CONTROL PANELS
EFis Control Panel (EFCP)
The EFis Control Panel allows to control the display of MFD pages, to control some
Navigation Display (ND) functionalities and to control the Warning Display (WD) format
(through the Flight Warning Application).
The 2 EFCPs are located on the center pedestal.
EFCP-- L and EFCP-- R are divided in 3 groups of dedicated controls :

- MFD control
- NAV control
- Warning Display (WD) control
Mod: 5948
P6 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
MFD PAGE
This part of the EFCPs allows the selection of the different MFD pages :
SYST PAGE
Four different system pages can be displayed on the MFD, by pressing the SYS push button
consecutively.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
ND PAGE
Three different ND format can be displayed on the MFD, by pressing on the ND push button,
and then by selecting the format on the NAV control.
PERF PAGE
The performance page can be displayed, by pressing on the PERF push button.
MISC PAGE
In provision for further developpement.
VD PAGE
In provision for video display
MAP PAGE
In provision for airport mapping display
Mod: 5948
P8 001
INTRODUCTION FEB 12
AA
NAV CONTROL
This part of the EFCPs allows to control navigation information display on PFD and ND
format :
This area is composed of 4 push buttons and 1 rotary knob :

- BRG1(2)push button :
By pressing it, VOR1(2) or ADF1(2) or no indication is displayed.
- RANGE “+”(”-- ”) push button :
By pressing it, the range of the Navigation Display page is increased (decreased)
- FORMAT rotary knob :
R By rotating it, the format of the ND is changed : ROSE, ARC, PLAN.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
On the flight guidance coupled side, the ND is displayed by default on the MFD.
If the pilot changes the ND to an other page (system for example), a mini ND page is
displayed on the PFD, in place of the EHSI.
In this case the format of the mini ND can the changed by the rotary knob (only ROSE and
ARC).
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
WD CONTROL
This part of the EFCP allows the cockpit crew to manage alerts and procedures displayed on
EWD format and generated by the Flight Warning System:
The WD control right part of the EFCP-- L is unique and thus used by both cockpit crew.
Note : CLR and RCL pbs also manage the procedure window.
For more details, refer to the FWS chapter 1.02.
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
(1)First Officer procedure control pb

Allows to move on upward/downward line in the procedure window and to validate actions
(2) MAN DEL

By pressing on it, procedures inserted manually are deleted
(3) PROC MENU

By pressing on it, procedure menu is displayed in the procedure window.
(4) Captain Procedure control pb

Allows to move on upward/downward line in the procedure window and to validate actions
(5) CLR PB
By pressing on it, a clearable alert displayed on the Alert Window is cleared.
(6) RCL PB
A first push enables to display in the Alert Window the alert messages previously cleared
but still detected.
A second push scrolls down the alert messages list in case of overflow in the Alert Window.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
MCP
The Multipurpose Control Panel allows cockpit crew to control the virtual control panel format
on MFD.
2 MCPs, one on each side (pilot/copilot) allows an independent setting on each VCP (on
MFD1 and MFD2 respectively).
The VCP is functionally interfaced with the Radio Management System and the Flight
Management.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
INTRODUCTION FEB 12
AA
R (1) COM P/B

Allows the selection of the COM pages on the VCP.
3 pages :
- VHF
- HF 1
- HF 2 (if installed)
R (2) NAV P/B

Allows the selection of the NAV pages on the VCP
.3 pages :
- VOR
- ADF
- ND OVLY (ND Overlay)
R (3) SURV P/B

Allows the selection of the surveillance pages on the VCP.
2 pages :
- XPDR
- TCAS
R (4) Enter P/B

Allows validating the selection area.
R (5) Multi directionnal pad

Allows choosing the selection area.
R (6) ESCape key,

Allows to exit current VCP function.
R (7) Numeric Key Board

Allows setting manually the frequency.
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
INTRODUCTION FEB 12
AA
ICP
The ICP is linked to the PFD format, it controls managed speed selection and setting (through
the Auto Flight Control Application), baro setting and DH/MDA setting.
Each ICP is connected to one DU (1or 5) allowing an independent setting and display on
PFD1 and PFD2.
The ICP is split in 2 zones: SPEED TARGET control and BARO SETTING and DH control.
Speed target area

The SPEED TARGET area is composed by 1 AUTO/MAN push button and 1 rotary knob.
The rotary knob allows setting indicated air speed target. The AUTO/MAN push button allows
setting Auto/man mode :
- Auto (automatic): the speed target is calculated by the FMS (Magenta).
- Man (manual) : the speed target is set by the Capt / F/O (Cyan).
The speed target is displayed on each PFD.
Baro Setting
The BARO SET internal rotary knob allows barometric pressure setting. By pushing the
rotactor button, the barometric setting is set to STD setting. The BARO SET is displayed on
each PFD.
DH/MDA Rotary knob

Outer knob allows to select between DH or MDA.
Inner knob allows to set:
R - Decision Height from 0ft to 990ft. (radio-- altitude)
R - Minimum Descent Altitude from 0ft to 19990ft. (baro-- altitude)
Note : There is no display of negative MDA.
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
MCDU
The Multi-- purpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) allows on capt and F/O side to interface
with following systems :
- FMS (Flight Management function)
- ACARS (Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System) (if installed)
- RMS (Radio Management System)
- ACMS (Aircraft Condition Monitoring System)
- CMS (Central Maintenance System/function)
The front face consists of a pushbutton keyboard and a multi-- function alphanumeric display
It comprises :
- an alphanumeric keyboard
- function and line keys
- select keys
- annunciators
- a display brightness control
- a 5.5” screen (14 lines with 24 characters per line).
The MCDU are located on the center pedestal.
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
INTRODUCTION FEB 12
AA
SWITCHING CONTROL
The system switching allows to switch displays on the different DUs.
R (1) Capt switching control panel (Displays successively PFD/EWD/MFD when P/B
depressed)
R (2) F/O switching control panel (Displays successively PFD/EWD/MFD when P/B
depressed)
R Note: Switching occurs primarily on DU 2/4, if they are inoperative switching occurs on DU
1/5
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA

DU 1 DC BUS 1
(On overhead panel DU 1 PFD)
DU 2 DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel DU 2 MFD)
BACK UP SUPPLY
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
(On overhead panel DU 2 MFD AUX)
DU 3 DC BUS 1
(On overhead panel DU 3 EWD)
DU 4 DC ESS BUS SECT 1
(On overhead panel DU 4 MFD)
BACK UP SUPPLY
HOT EMER BAT BUS
(On overhead panel DU 4 MFD AUX)
DU 5 DC BUS 2
(On overhead panel DU 5 PFD)
EFCP-- L DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel EFCP / CAPT)
EFCP-- R DC ESS BUS SECT 1
(On overhead panel EFCP / F/O)
MCP 1 DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel NAV/COM/SURV /
CAPT / MCP)
MCP 2 DC ESS BUS SECT 1
F/O / MCP)
ICP 1 DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel ADC 1 EMER SPLY /
ICP CAPT)
ICP 2 DC BUS 2 (Flight)
(On overhead panel ADC 2 / ICP F/O /
FLT SPLY)
DC EMER BUS (Ground)
(On overhead panel ADC 2 / ICP F/O /
GND SPLY )
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
INTRODUCTION APR 11
AA
MCDU 1 DC STBY BUS

CAPT / MCDU)
MCDU 2 DC BUS 2
F/O / MCDU)
SYSTEM MONITORING
MULTI DUs T HI
This caution is triggered when an overheat occured on the display units.
- “MULTI DUs T HI” amber message on EWD
DU FAIL
A fatal failure has been detected by DU software or by hardware.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
AIR DATA SYSTEM APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The flight environment data are provided by three independent air data systems :
- two main systems
- one stand by system
MAIN SYSTEMS
Aircraft is equipped with two independent AIR DATA COMPUTERS (ADC).
Each computer is supplied with:

- static air pressure provided by its specific static ports,
- total air pressure provided by its pitot tube,
- total air temperature provided by its specific TAT probe
Probes and ports are located on the LH and RH side of the fuselage and are electrically
heated.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
From this air data each ADC computes :

- vertical speed
- indicated air speed (IAS)
- true air speed (TAS)
- total air temperature (TAT)
- static air temperature (SAT)
ADC1 supplies direct data to:

- CAC 1 & 2
- AHRS 1& 2
- XPDR 1 & 2
- All DU for display of CAS,TAS,SAT & TAT
- MPC
ADC2 supplies direct data to:

- CAC1 & 2
- AHRS 1& 2
- XPDR 1 & 2
- All DU for display of CAS,TAS,SAT & TAT
- MPC
Data from the ADC are used by the CAC to supply data to the EECs, Presurization
system, anti-- icing system, and the MFC.
STAND BY SYSTEM
The stand by system consists of :
- two static ports
- a pitot probe
Stand by Air Data Systems supplies directly the IESI.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
10.2 CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS
AIR SPEED IND (PFD)
Refer to PFD section.
STANDBY AIRSPEED IND (IESI)
Refer to IESI section.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
ALTIMETERS (PFD)
Refer to PFD chapter.
STANDBY AIRSPEED IND (IESI)
Refer to IESI section
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
VERTICAL SPEED IND (VSI) (PFD)
The AHRS supplies the vertical speed indicator with the baro inertial vertical speed.
AHRS uses ADC baro vertical speed input.
Refer to PFD chapter.
TAT-- SAT IND/TAS IND
TAT-- SAT IND
TAS IND
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AIR DATA SYSTEM FEB 12
AA
ADC SWITCHING CONTROL
CAPT SWITCHING
ADC pb (1)
To be used by the captain to select the opposite side ADC source.
R When depressed SYS 2 illuminates white on CAPT side and CAPT/2 illuminates green on
F/O side.
F/O SWITCHING
ADC pb (2)
To be used by F/O to display data from opposite side ADC source..
R When depressed SYS 1 illuminates white on F/O side and F/O/1 illuminates green on CAPT
side.
When the opposite side is selected, ADC 1(2) message is displayed on the ADI corner.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
ADC 1 DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel ADC 1 EMER
SPLY/ICP CAPT)
Back up supply
HOT EMER BAT BUS
(On overhead panel MFC 1A AUX/ADC1
HOT SUPPLY)
ADC 2 DC BUS 2
(On overhead panel ADC 2 SPLY/ ICP
F/O)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
“ADC”
This caution is generated when one ADC is detected failed.
- “ADC” amber message on EWD
“ADC 1+2”
This caution is generated when both ADC are detected failed.
- “ADC 1+2” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA
“IAS DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of Indicated Air Speed disagreement.
- “IAS DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
“ALT DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of Altitude disagreement.
- “ALT DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P9 130
AIR DATA SYSTEM NOV 14
AA
“IAS DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of Indicated Air Speed disagreement.
- “IAS DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
“ALT DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of Altitude disagreement.
- “ALT DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
The aircraft altitude sources are automatically compared (message CHECK ALT on PFD,
caution ALT DISAGREE on EWD). During RNP AR operation, they appear when a
discrepancy of 75 feet is detected for altitude data between the ADC sources.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7182

P 1/2 001
AHRS APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
The attitude and heading data are provided by :

- two main systems (AHRS).
- Standby instruments.
The AHRS is a system which supplies the crew and the autopilot with the magnetic heading,
attitude data, vertical speed and lateral acceleration required for flight control
and Weather radar. The aircraft is equipped with two AHRSs.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AHRS APR 11
AA
DATA INDICATING
(1) ATTITUDE (pitch and roll)
(2) LATERAL ACCELERATION
(3) VERTICAL SPEED
(4) HEADING
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AHRS FEB 12
AA
AHRS SWITCHING
CAPT SWITCHING
ATT/HDG pb (1)
To be used by captain to display data from opposite side AHRS.
R When depressed SYS 2 illuminates white on CAPT side and CAPT/2 illuminates green on
F/O side.
F/O SWITCHING
ATT/HDG pb (2)
To be used by F/O to display data from opposite side AHRS.
R When depressed SYS 1 illuminates white on F/O side and F/O/1 illuminates green on
CAPT side.
When the opposite side is selected, AHRS 1(2) message is displayed on the ADI corner.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AHRS APR 11
AA
STANDBY INSTRUMENTS
STANDBY HORIZON
A standby horizon is provided on the IESI located on the central panel.
Refer to IESI chapter.
STANDBY COMPASS
A retractable standby magnetic compass with internal lighting is provided under glareshield.
Hidden in up position. Compass control should be placed on DN for use. The compass rose is
graduated in 10 degrees increments.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AHRS FEB 12
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

AHRS 1 DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel AHRS 1 NORM SPLY)
Back up supply
DC BUS 2
(On overhead panel AHRS 1 AUX SPLY)
AHRS 2 DC BUS 2
(On overhead panel AHRS 2 NORM SPLY)
Back up supply
R DC EMER BUS (ground)
(On overhead panel AHRS 2 AUX SPLY GND)
DC BUS 1 (flight)
(On overhead panel AHRS 2 AUX SPLY FLT)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
“AHRS”
This caution is generated when one AHRS is detected failed.
- “AHRS” amber message on EWD
“AHRS 1+2”
This caution is generated when both AHRS are detected failed.
- “AHRS 1+2” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AHRS APR 11
AA
“AHRS NOT ALIGN”

This caution is generated when AHRS is not aligned.
- “AHRS NOT ALIGN” amber message on EWD
“HDG DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of heading disagreement.
- “HDG DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
“ATT DISAGREE”
This caution is generated in case of Attitude disagreement.
- “ATT DISAGREE” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
INDICATION ON PFD APR 11
AA
22.1 GENERAL
The PFD is divided into 6 areas :
- Flight Mode Annunciator Area (FMA Area)
- Airspeed area
- Attitude Display Indicator (ADI Area)
- Altitude area
- Vertical speed area
- Navigation area (HSI or ND)
The PFD is located on :

- In normal condition, the PFD1 (CAPT side) and PFD2 (F/O side) are respectively on the
DU1 and DU5.
- In abnormal condition, (manual or automatic switching), PFD can be displayed on DU2
(CAPT side) and/or DU5 (F/O side).
It is controlled by :
- FGCP (Flight Guidance Control Panel)
- ICP (Index Control Panel)
- EFCP (EFIS Control Panel)
Note : For AHRS system description see chapter 1.10.20
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
Displays are :
- In The FMA area :

Auto Flight data
Icing status
- In the ADI, Airspeed, altitude and vertical speed areas :
Air Data
Inertial Data
FMS Data
Radio Altimeter data
ILS and Marker data
T2CAS and Transponder status
- In the Navigation Area :
Horizontal Situation Indicator (HSI):
FMS data
Radio Nav (VOR, ILS, ADF, DME) data
Auto Flight Target
Inertial data
Mini-- Navigation Display (ND) :

FMS data
Radio Nav (VOR, ILS, ADF, DME) data
Auto flight target
T2CAS data
Weather Radar data and status
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
Flight Mode Annunciator displays on the upper part of the PFD the icing information,
autopilot operational mode status, status messages (abnormal conditions, failure, warning),
primary flight data monitoring messages.
The FMA display area is as follow:
- 4 columns of 2 lines dedicated respectively to annunciation of icing information, lateral
modes, vertical modes and engagement status of AP.
- A third line displaying trim status, approach capability, and AFCS modes or internal
failures.
The different zones (each number corresponds at a message zone) are separated by white
vertical lines :
Mod: 5948
P4 001
INDICATION ON PFD FEB 12
AA
Icing information (zones 1&7)

Icing detected:
“ICING” amber label, located in zone 1 of FMA area indicating that icing is detected.
Icing AOA:
“ICING AOA” green label, located in zone 7 of FMA area indicating that stall alarm threshold
has been lowered. Will come active when horn anti icing is selected on.
Active APM:
Displayed in zone 1 and 7 of FMA area when APM is has sensed a degraded condition:
R - “CRZ SPD LO” amber indication in zone 7 if APM sense a 10 kt decrease compared to
expected speed.
- “DGD PERF” amber indicationl in zone 7 if APM detects a loss of speed or rate of climb.
- “INCREASE SPEED” amber flashing indication in zone 1 and 7 if APM detects an
abnormally high drag and speed below red bug (icing bug) + 10.
Lateral modes (zones 2&8)

Lateral Active Mode :
In zone 2 of FMA area, a text indicates which lateral mode is currently engaged.
Displayed labels are :
Green ”ROLL HOLD”, ”HDG HOLD”, ”WING LVL”, ”HDG SEL”, ”VOR*”, ”VOR”, ”LOC*”,
”LOC”, ”BC*”, ”BC” or ”LNAV”.
FMA Low Bank :
”LO” green label is displayed in zone 2 of FMA if Low Bank is active.
Lateral active mode framing :
It is a green rectangle displayed around lateral mode (zone 2) in order to indicate a mode
change.
Lateral armed mode :
Cyan ”VOR”, ”LOC”, ”BC” or ”LNAV” label displayed in zone 8 of FMA area which indicates
that one of these lateral mode is currently armed.
Vertical modes (zone 3&9)

Vertical active mode :
In zone 3 of FMA area, a text indicates which vertical mode is currently active.
Green ”PITCH HOLD”, ”IAS”, ”VS”, ”ALT *”, ”ALT”, ”GS*”, ”GS”, ”GA” labels.
Furthermore in case of activation of the stick pusher a green “STICK PUSHER” label is
displayed in zone 3
Vertical active mode framing :
Green rectangle displayed in zone 3 around the vertical active mode label order to indicate a
mode change or a degraded mode.
Vertical armed mode :
Cyan ”ALT SEL / GS”, ”ALT SEL” or ”GS” displayed in zone 9 of FMA area, which indicates
that a vertical mode is currently armed.
AFCS failure
When both FD channel are lost, the FMA is black. The red “AFCS FAIL” label is the only
message displayed in zone 3
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
Flight Mode Annunciator displays on the upper part of the PFD the icing information,
autopilot operational mode status, status messages (abnormal conditions, failure, warning),
primary flight data monitoring messages.
The FMA display area is as follow:
- 4 columns of 2 lines dedicated respectively to annunciation of icing information, lateral
modes, vertical modes and engagement status of AP.
- A third line displaying trim status, approach capability, and AFCS modes or internal
failures.
The different zones (each number corresponds at a message zone) are separated by white
vertical lines :
Mod: 5948
P4 100
INDICATION ON PFD NOV 14
AA
Icing information (zones 1&7)
Icing detected:
“ICING” amber label, located in zone 1 of FMA area indicating that icing is detected.
Icing AOA:
“ICING AOA” green label, located in zone 7 of FMA area indicating that stall alarm threshold
has been lowered. Will come active when horn anti icing is selected on.
Active APM:
Displayed in zone 1 and 7 of FMA area when APM is has sensed a degraded condition:
- “CRZ SPD LO” amber indication in zone 7 if APM sense a 10 kt decrease compared to
expected speed.
- “DGD PERF” amber indicationl in zone 7 if APM detects a loss of speed or rate of climb.
- “INCREASE SPEED” amber flashing indication in zone 1 and 7 if APM detects an
abnormally high drag and speed below red bug (icing bug) + 10.
Lateral modes (zones 2&8)
Lateral Active Mode( If available) :
In zone 2 of FMA area, a text indicates which lateral mode is currently engaged.
Green ”ROLL HOLD”, ”HDG HOLD”, ”WING LVL”, ”HDG SEL”, ”VOR*”, ”VOR”, ”LOC*”,
”LOC”, ”BC*”, ”BC”, ”L-- LOC*”, ”L-- LOC” or ”LNAV”
FMA Low Bank :
”LO” green label is displayed in zone 2 of FMA if Low Bank is active.
Lateral active mode framing :
It is a green rectangle displayed around lateral mode (zone 2) in order to indicate a mode
change.
Lateral armed mode (If available) :
Cyan ”VOR”, ”LOC”, ”BC”, ”L-- LOC” or ”LNAV” label displayed in zone 8 of FMA area which
indicates that one of these lateral mode is currently armed.
Vertical modes (zone 3&9)
Vertical active mode( If available) :
In zone 3 of FMA area, a text indicates which vertical mode is currently active.
Green ”PITCH HOLD”, ”IAS”, ”VS”, ”ALT *”, ”ALT”, ”GS*”, ”GS”, ”GA” ”VNAV IAS”, ”VNAV
ALT”,”VNAV ALT*”,”VNAV VS”, ”VNAV PATH”, ”V-- FP”,”L-- GS” or ”L-- GS*” labels.
Furthermore in case of activation of the stick pusher a green “STICK PUSHER” label is
displayed in zone 3
Vertical active mode framing :
Green rectangle displayed in zone 3 around the vertical active mode label order to indicate a
mode change or a degraded mode.
Vertical armed mode( If available) :
Cyan ”ALT SEL / GS”, ”ALT SEL” or ”GS” ”VNAV ALT”, ”VNAV IAS”,”V-- FP”,” ALT SEL /V-- FP” ,
”L-- GS” or ”ALT SEL/L-- GS” displayed in zone 9 of FMA area, which indicates that a vertical
mode is currently armed.
AFCS failure
When both FD channel are lost, the FMA is black. The red “AFCS FAIL” label is the only
message displayed in zone 3
Mod: 5948 + 6977

P5 001
AA
AP / FD Information (zones 4, 5 & 6)

AP/YD annunciation :
”AP” or ”YD” green label which indicates whether AP or YD is engaged, in zone 4 of FMA
area.
FD selection :
”FD” green label which indicates whether FD is active or not, in zone 5 of FMA area.
Side selection :
Indicates which side is selected, in zone 6 of FMA area.
Represented in zone 6 of FMA area by :
- a green arrow ”<-- ” or
- a green arrow ”-- >” or
- a green “DUAL” label
following the selected side.
Speed Hold (zone 10) (if installed)
TCS Message
Green ”TCS” label in zone 11 of FMA indicates that TCS is activated.
Trim status (zone 12)

Displayed label are :
Amber reverse video flashing or steady amber ”AP PITCH TRIM FAIL”, ”AP YAW TRIM
FAIL”, ”PITCH MISTRIM”, ”AILERON MISTRIM”, ”RETRIM ROLL R WING DN”,
”RETRIM ROLL L WING DN”, ”RETRIM A/C NOSE LEFT” or ”RETRIM A/C NOSE
RIGHT”.
Unexpected mode change, or problem in navigation parameters ( zone 14)

- Red reverse video ”EXCESS DEV” or
- amber reverse video (flashing for 7s then steady amber) ”FD MODE CHG”, ”CHECK
NAV SRC”, ”CHECK T/O SPD” or ”SPD AUTO INOP”, or
- amber ”EXCESS DEV”, ”FD MODE CHG”, ”CHECK NAV SRC” or
- flashing (for 7s then removed)”AFCS TEST”
- or yellow ”ATT INVALID”, ”ADC INVALID”, ”HDG INVALID”, ”NAV INVALID”, flashing (for
7s then removed) ”SPD AUTO INOP” or ”CHECK NAV SRC”
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
AP/YD disengagement, approach category retrogration, AFCS internal failure

(zone 15)
- Red reverse video ”AP/YD DISENG” or ”AP DISENG”,
- Amber reverse video (flashing for 7 s then removed) ”YD DISENG”, ”AP/YD INVALID”,
”AP INVALID”, ”CAT2 INVALID”, ”CAT3 INVALID”, ”FD SINGLE CH” or ”CHECK SPD
HLD”,or
- Yellow (flashing for 7s then removed) ”AP INHIB”, ”YD INHIB”, ”SPD HLD INHIB” or
- Amber ”FD SINGLE CH” (flashing for 7s then steady amber)
Approach category (zone 13)

Green “CAT1” or optional “CAT2” or “CAT3” labels are displayed in zone 13 of the FMA
area indicating the available approach category.
Only displayed when the ILS tunning conditions are met for the approach category.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
ATTITUDE DISPLAY INDICATOR
ADI normal display
(1) Aircraft symbol

The fixed aircraft symbol is black outlined in yellow. Aircraft pitch and roll attitudes are
displayed in relationship between this symbol and the movable horizon.
(2) Roll attitude

Displays actual roll attitude through a movable index and fixed scale reference marks at
10, 20, 30, 45 and 60 degrees. Roll indexes are displayed as yellow triangles.
(3) Slip/Skid indicator

Lateral acceleration index indicates the aircraft’s lateral acceleration. It is represented by
a trapezoidal index that moves beneath the roll index.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
(4) Horizon and pitch scale

Both move with respect to the aircraft symbol to display actual pitch and roll attitude.
Sky zone is colored blue and earth zone brown. In case of high pitch value a horizon or
earth reference will always remain in sight. If pitch exceeds +/-- 25° degrees large red
chevron will indicate excessive attitude and direction to follow to resume normal attitude
Pitch scale is white and has reference marks every 2.5° up to 20° up or down, then marks
at 25, 30, 50, 80°
5 Flight Director command bars (Green)

Display computed commands to capture and maintain a desired flight path.
The horizontal bar is related to vertical modes and the vertical to lateral ones.
The commands are satisfied by flying the aircraft symbol to the command bars.
6 Selected Heading index

The selected heading is indicated by a perpendicular cyan line when flight director
commands bar are not displayed.
.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA
(7) Vertical deviation indication

Vertical deviation can be either from ILS source or FMS source, it is displayed on the right
side of the ADI.
Vertical deviation from ILS source is displayed as a cyan V shaped form, the scale being
two white dots each side from a yellow reference line.
Vertical deviation from FMS source is displayed as a magenta open rectangle, the scale
being two white line each side from yellow reference line.
The scale of the Vertical deviation (or VDEV) in FMS mode varies according to the flight
phase. The value of maximum deflection is +/-- 500 ft. unless the FMS is in the approach
phase when the full deflection will represent only +/-- 150 ft.
When the maximum deflection value are exceeded only a partial view of the open
rectangle will be in view.
In case of failure the deviation scale will be crossed in red. (ref ADI display following
failure)
(8) Lateral deviation indication

Lateral deviation can be either from ILS source or FMS source; it is displayed below the
ADI.
Lateral deviation from ILS source is displayed as a cyan V shaped form, the scale being
two white dots each side from a yellow reference line.
Lateral deviation from FMS source is displayed as a magenta open rectangle, the scale
being two white lines each side from yellow reference line.
The scale of the lateral deviation in FMS modes varies according to the flight phase. If the
FMS is in P-- RNAV area (Approach or Terminal area) the value of the full deflection is 1
NM, i.e. 0.5 NM between each mark; otherwise the FMS is in B-- RNAV area and in this
case the value of the full deflection is 5 NM, i.e. 2.5 NM between each mark.
When the maximum deflection value are exceeded only a partial view of the open
rectangle will be in view.
In case of failure the deviation scale will be crossed in red. (ref ADI display following
failure)
(9) DH Indication and Annunciation

The selected DH is displayed in cyan in the bottom left corner.
The central rectangle displays RA (amber) readout at decision height.
Maximum selectable DH is 999 ft.
(10) Minimum decision altitude

Displayed in cyan, the range being from 0ft to 19999ft with 1 ft increments.
If baro altitude is equal or less than selected MDA, the altitude numeric readout is
displayed in amber.
(11) Radio altitude

Numeric value displayed from 0 to 2500 ft (762m) in green digits.
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
ADI display after failures
(1) AHRS reversion flag

Yellow AHRS 1(2) in the left upper corner of the ADI indicates in case of one AHRS failure
which is remaining and is used for computation of reference data.
(2) ADC reversion flag:

Yellow ADC 1(2) in the upper lest corner of the ADI indicates in case of one ADC failure
which is remaining and is used for computation of air data.
(3) CHECK ATT flag

Flashes for 9s, then steady amber message.
Will be displayed on PFD when a discrepancy for pitch or roll data between AHRS 1 & 2 is
detected.
(4) ATT FAIL flag

ADI part of PFD will turn black with a white ADI outline, ATT FAIL in red will be displayed.
ATT FAIL will be displayed in case of dual AHRS failure
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
AA
AIR SPEED DATA
(1) Maximum speed - speed limit band

Limit band indicates the maximum speed to not exceed according to aircraft
configuration.
Speed Limit band is represented along the CAS tape, on the right side border, by a red
band, with white oblical dashes, extended from the VMAX value to the top of the speed
scale. Width is larger than selected speed bug.
As example: cruise : VMO:
approach flaps 15° VFE flaps 15°
approach flaps 30° VFE flaps 30°
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
AA
(2) Flaps extension speed (VFE NEXT)

Indicates the maximum speed to command the flaps extension to the next flap lever
position and avoid damaging the flaps.
The bug is represented by two amber horizontal lines.
(3) FLAPS RETRACTION SPEED BUG

VmLB0 bug :
Indicates the value of the minimum speed in Low Bank conditions (FLAPS LEVER = 0°).
Normal condition VmLB0 normal : The indication is composed of a white triangle.
Icing conditions VmLB0 Icing : The indication is composed of an amber triangle.
(4) Target speed bug

Gives the target airspeed which can be either computed by FMS or manually selected.
Cyan “M-- shape” pointer displayed along the speed scale for a manual selection.
Magenta “M-- shape” pointer displayed along the speed scale for an AUTO selection
(computed by FMS).
(5) Shaker Speed

Speed below which the Flight Controls equipment activates the stick shaker.
VMIN is represented along the speed tape, on the right side border, by a red band
extended from the VMIN value to the bottom of the speed scale. Width is larger than
selected speed bug.
(6) V1 indication
V1 Bug :
Indicates the value of the decision speed on the speed scale.
The indication is composed of an horizontal cyan line followed by a cyan “1” label.
V1 readout :
Indicates the value of the decision speed when value is out of the speed scale.
Cyan readout displayed on the top or bottom right of the speed scale.
(7) VR indication
Indicates the value of the rotation speed (VR) on the speed scale.
The VR bug is a horizontal cyan line followed by a space and a cyan “R“ label.
(8) V2 indication
Indicates the value of the initial climb speed on the speed scale.
The indication is composed of an cyan triangle followed by a cyan “V2” label.
(9) FLAPS RETRACTION SPEED BUG (flaps 30°) ; FLAPS position > 15°
Normal conditions : White line (VmHB 15 normal), with white “F” on the right side.
Icing conditions : Amber line (VmHB 15 icing), with amber “F” on the right side.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
AA
(11) Airspeed scale

A vertical tape included in a grey rectangle with graduations every 10kt, with associated
numbers every 20kt, from 30kt to 450kt. The displayed part of the tape shall cover +/-- 42kt
around the current aircraft computed airspeed. A yellow line represents the airspeed
reference on the centre of the tape.
(12) Airspeed trend

Provides the predicted airspeed in 10 seconds if acceleration remains constant. The trend
is a yellow arrow extending from the airspeed reference line to the predicted airspeed
value on the speed scale, with a filled up end of arrow.
(13) VmHB in landing configuration :

The bug indicates the VmHB in landing configuration.
The indication is composed of a green triangle.
(14) Minimum Operationnal Speed

Mini VOPS is represented along the IAS tape, on the right side border, by an empty amber
band extending from the Mini VOPS value to the bottom of the speed scale or to Vmin
band.
Width is larger than selected speed bug.
Airspeed mismatch flag

“CHECK IAS”
The message appears when a discrepancy is detected for airspeed data between the ADC
sources.
“IAS FAIL”
This message appears in case of loss of the validity of the signal.
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
AA
ALTITUDE INDICATOR
This indicator displays the aircraft baro-- altitude of the selected AHRS source. This
altitude is the altitude computed by the ADC, corrected with the barosetting (if any), and
then corrected by the AHRS. The altitude is referenced to hectoPascal and to inches of
mercury.
(1) Selected altitude indication

Displayed above the tape:
In imperial system
Cyan digits when displayed in feet. “FL” fixed label followed by 3 cyan digits ranging from
FL000 to FL250. Maximum operational display will be 25000 or FL250
In metric system
Composed of cyan digits and a white “M” label. Maximum operational display will be 7500
M. The units are set via the MCDU (Meter or Feet)
(2) Altitude below landing elevation

This is a brown zone filling the bottom of the altitude tape.
(3) Baro-- setting digital readout

Indicates the current baro-- setting selection and the associated value in millibars and in
inches of Hg.
Represented by a cyan “STD“ label in a white box if barosetting selection is set to STD or if
ICP invalid is set to invalid.
Else it is represented by a cyan “XXXX” label readout, from 745 to 1050 HPa with 1 HPa of
resolution whith a white ”/” as separation followed by a cyan “XX.XX” readout from 22 to 31
inches with 0.01 of resolution in normal operation.
In case of invalidity, amber “-- - - - /-- - .-- - ” label is displayed.
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
AA
(4) Altitude scale

A vertical tape included in a grey rectangle with graduation from - 1000 ft to above 25000
ft, every 100 ft with longer marks and associated numbers every 500ft.
A yellow line represents the altitude reference on the centre of the tape.
(5) Minimum Decision Altitude indication

Two amber horizontal lines indicates the selected minimum decision altitude.
(6) Selected altitude bug

Represented by a cyan filled M-- shaped bug, it indicates the selected target altitude.
(7) Altitude numeric readout

Display is in feet on the altitude scale, the readout being a digital drum counter with 20ft
increments.
When operating in feet the altitude is displayed as T-- shape, it reverts to a rectangle in
case that metric readout is selected. Readout in meters will be displayed above the
rectangular altimeter.
A “NEG” label is added in place of thousands digits for negative values. It is displayed in
white on the left of the first digit.
Readout range is from NEG980ft to above 25000ft.
The units are set via the MCDU (Meter or Feet)
Altitude mismatch flags

“CHECK ALT”
The message appears when a discrepancy is detected for altitude data between the ADC
sources.
“ALT FAIL”
Three white lines surrounding the tape and a red “ALT FAIL” vertical message are
displayed when the baro altitude is invalid.
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
AA
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR

This indicator displays the vertical speed information, based on both inertial (AHRS) and
barometric data (ADC).
(1) VS target readout

Indicates the active vertical speed target value in hundreds of feet.
It is composed of 2 cyan digits from 0 hundreds of fpm to +/-- 99 hundreds of fpm with 100
fpm resolution. Minus sign are displayed when the value is negative.
It is located above the current vertical speed value.
The thousand digit are aligned on numeric indications of the scale.
The parts of the VS target that are upper than the top of the VS scale or lower that the
bottom of the VS scale are not displayed.
The VS target readout is associated with the cyan target bug.
(2) VS pointer
This is a green line (in normal operation) extended from a fixed point outside the display to
a point along the scale indicating the current vertical speed. The line has a fine black
outline. Only the part of the pointer which is inside the VS scale is displayed.
If TCAS vertical resolution advisory exists and if the pointer points on a red band, the
vertical speed pointer colour is red.
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
AA
(3) TCAS corrective advisory

It is a green ”Fly-- To” band displayed just after the end of the red RA band indicating the
recommended vertical speed range when a change of the aircraft vertical speed is
required.
(4) TCAS vertical Resolution Advisory (RA)

Alerts that a vertical manoeuvre must be performed or avoided to prevent a collision or a
near collision. One or two red bands are displayed on the vertical speed scale in order to
show the vertical rates to be avoided.
The advisories are displayed through one or two red bands on the vertical speed scale
along the graduations :
- a bottom red band extended from bottom of the vertical scale;
- a top red band extended from the top of the vertical scale.
Extremities of bands are oblique so as to be parallel to the pointer when its position is on
these extremities.
(5) Transponder status indication

Indicates the selected transponder status.
The displayed indications (spread on two lines) are:
- amber “XPDR1(2) FAIL” if XPDR1(2) status is ”Failed”
- white ”XPDR1(2) STBY” if XPDR mode is set to ”Standby”
- green and white ”XPDR1(2) ALT OFF” if XPDR Alt report is set to ”OFF”
- green “XPDR1(2) ALT” otherwise.
(6) TCAS status indication

Indicates the current TCAS status.
The displayed indications (spread on two lines) are:
- amber “TCAS FAIL” if TCAS status is “Failed”
- white “TCAS STBY” if TCAS Status is set to ”STBY”
- yellow “TCAS TEST“ if TCAS Status is set to ”Test in progress”
- green “TA ONLY THREAT” if TCAS Status is set to ”TA Only”
- green “TA ONLY NORM” if TCAS Status is set to ”TA Only”, and TCAS Altitude option
selection is set to ”Normal”
- green “TA ONLY ABOVE” if TCAS Status is set to ”TA Only”, and TCAS Altitude option
selection is set to ”Above”
- a green “TA ONLY BELOW” if TCAS Status is set to ”TA Only”, and TCAS Altitude option
selection is set to ”Below”
- green “TCAS THREAT” if TCAS Status is set to ”Auto”
- green “TCAS NORM” if TCAS Status is set to ”Auto”, and TCAS Altitude option selection
is set to ”Normal”
- green “TCAS ABOVE” if TCAS Status is set to ”Auto”, and TCAS Altitude option
selection is set to ”Above”
- green “TCAS BELOW” if TCAS Status is set to ”Auto”, and TCAS Altitude option
selection is set to ”Below”.
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
AA
(7) VS digital readout

Indicates in green the current vertical speed value in hundreds of feet in normal operation.
If TCAS vertical resolution advisory exists the readout is red.
Minus sign are displayed.
The VS readout is associated to the VS pointer.
(8) VS target
This is a filled “M-- shape” cyan bug located on the vertical tape between numeric
indications and graduations of the scale.
The VS target is associated to the VS target readout.
(9) VS scale
The altitude scale is the reference for vertical speed information.
The “1“, “3“ and “6“ numeric white indications are displayed respectively for+/-- 1000 fpm,
+/-- 3000 fpm and +/-- 6000 fpm.
A yellow line represents the vertical reference on the center of the tape.
The scale is outlined in white.
In case of invalidity, 3 white lines surrounding a red “VS FAIL” vertical message are
displayed.
Mod: 5948
P 19 001
AA
NAVIGATION INDICATORS
The PFD provides on its Navigation Area the medium term flight information. The
navigation area can be displayed in 2 formats :
- HSI (Horizontal Situation Indicator)
- Mini-- ND (Mini-- Navigation Display)
NAVIGATION AREA DISPLAY LOGIC
When a ND page on MFD is replaced by another page (e.g. ND is replaced by one of the
System pages), the navigation part of the PFD auto-- reverts : HSI format is replaced by
Mini-- ND format.
ND ARC format on the MFD reverts to MINI ND ARC format on the PFD.
ND ROSE and PLAN format on the MFD reverts to MINI ND ROSE format on the PFD
Note : ND PLAN Mode reverts into a Mini-- ND ROSE Mode
When on MFD, the ND format is displayed again, the navigation part of the PFD
automatically switches back into the HSI format and the ND keeps the Mini-- ND format
selected.
When a Traffic Alert is triggered by TCAS, the Mini-- ND page automatically reverts to
ROSE mode in 10 Nm range.
When a Terrain Alert is triggered by TAWS, the Mini-- ND page automatically reverts to :
- ARC mode in a 10 Nm range and DU contrast automatically reverts to 80%.
- TERRAIN display mode (terrain selection becomes active on VCP)
Mod: 5948
P 20 001
AA
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR (HSI)
Refer to chapter 1.15.70

It is associated to the DU electrical supply where the PFD is displayed.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
INDICATION ON MFD APR 11
AA
32.1 GENERAL
The Multi Functional Display, presented on the inner Display Units (DUs) in normal
configuration, indicates the medium term flight information for the navigation, gives
synoptics of system information, displays the radio navigation and radio communication
selections.
The MFDs provide this information according to the formats, pages and modes
selectable.
The MFD is divided into 3 areas :
- MFD upper window,
- Memo panel display,
- Virtual Control Panel window.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
MFD UPPER WINDOW
The MFD upper window displays several formats :

- Navigation Display (ND)
- System Display (SYS) displays the system pages: ENGINE / FUEL, CABIN, ACW/HYD,
ELEC
- Performance init (PERF)
- MISC (provision)
- Airport MAP (provision)
- Video (provision)
NAVIGATIONS DISPLAY (ND) :

ND is displayed in several modes : ARC MODE, ROSE MODE or PLAN MODE.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
SYSTEM DISPLAY (SYST)
The MFD can display the following system pages (for description see relevant FCOM
chapters) :
- ENGINE (secondary engine parameters)
- CABIN
- ACW/Hydro
- ELEC
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
PERF INIT
The performance page can be displayed, by pressing on the PERF push button on the
EFCP.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
MISC PAGE
In provision for further developpement.
VD PAGE
In provision for video display.
MAP PAGE
In provision for airport mapping display.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
MFD Memo Panel Display provides the following information :
- Fuel crossfeed control/failure device status,

- Anti-- icing control/failure devices status,
- De-- icing control/failure devices status,
- Cabin seat belt/No smoking message status.
If systems are selected and are operating normally they will be displayed in cyan.
They will be displayed in amber in case of failure.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
VIRTUAL CONTROL PANEL (VCP)
The VCP format presents the information which can be managed through the MCP, in the
lower part of the MFD.
Three different pages are displayed to manage the information:

- VCP NAV pages
- VCP COM page
- SURV page
Furthermore, pages are displayed when the performance data are entered in the FMS.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
VCP NAV pages
VOR/ILS
Selection of the VOR and ILS frequency, and activation of the DME HOLD function.
ADF
Selection of the ADF frequency
ND OVLY
Selection of the required overlay information on the ND:
- Traffic
- Weather radar
- Terrain
- Navaid
- Airport
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA
VCP COM pages
VHF
Selection of the VHF frequency.
HF
Selection of the HF frequency. (if installed).
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
VCP SURV pages
XPDR
TCAS
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
AA
Performance Data
The performance pages can be displayed, by pressing on the PERF push button on the
EFCP.
Two pages are available:
- TO DATA page used to:
- reset the fuel used
- select the icing condition
- confirm the T/O data computed by the FMS
- TAT SEL page used to select the source of the TAT (Total Air Temperature)
Mod: 5948
P1 001
INDICATION ON EWD FEB 12
AA
34.1 GENERAL
The EWD is divided into 5 areas :
- Flight controls, trims, brake message and test status
- Primary engine window
R - Permanent Data Window : TAT (_C), SAT (_C), FT (Flight Time), Hour, FOB (Fuel On
Board - KGS), GW (Gross Weight - KGS).
- Alert Window
- Procedure Window
R
Refer to the dedicated chapter, for details.
Mod: 5948
STANDBY NAVIGATION SYSTEM P1 001
INDICATION ON IESI APR 11
AA
36.1 GENERAL
The IESI displays the following information:
- Attitude
- Airspeed
- Altitude
- Barometric pressure
- VHF 1 radio communication
- VOR/ILS 1 radio navigation
The IESI has to be complemented with the standby compass (see section AHRS 1.10.20) for
standby navigation purpose.
ARCHITECTURE
Mod: 5948
AA
ATTITUDE
(1) Fixed aircraft symbol

The fixed aircraft symbol is black outlined in yellow
(2) Roll scale

The roll scale is in white, markers are set at 10,20,30,45,60 degrees of bank.
(3) Roll index

The roll index indicates the bank angle. It is in black, and outlined in yellow.
(4) Lateral acceleration index

Lateral acceleration index indicates the aircraft’s lateral acceleration. It is represented by
a trapezoidal index that moves beneath the roll index.
(5) Pitch scale

The pitch scale indicates aircraft attitude and is displayed in white. The scale has markers
every 2.5 degrees up to +/-- 20 . If pitch exceeds +/-- 25 degrees large red chevron will
indicate excessive attitude and direction to follow to resume normal attitude.
Mod: 5948
AA
AIRSPEED
(6) Airspeed scale
The actual airspeed is given in a T shaped window positioned in the center of the white
moving speed tape on the left of the IESI.
ALTITUDE
(7) Altitude indication
The altitude indication is given in a rectangular window positioned in the center of the white
moving altitude tape on the right of the IESI.
Altitude in meters can also be displayed on the IESI underneath the altitude tape.
(8) Barometric reference

The barometric reference is displayed in cyan. It corresponds to either the selected
barometric pressure or the standard pressure.
ILS & VOR FUNCTION

(9) Glideslope & Localizer scales and indexes
The deviation scales appear when the ILS MODE is selected. The indexes appear when the
glideslope and localizer signals are valid and deviation scales displayed.
(10) VOR scale and index

The deviation scale appears when the VOR MODE is selected.
In the bottom left corner TO V and FROM W are indicated in cyan followed by the selected
course.
Mod: 5948
AA
36.2 CONTROLS
The IESI has five push buttons and a rotary knob:
- A brightness (-- ) pb (4)
- A brightness (+) pb (4)
- A MENU pb (5)
- A STD pb (1)
- A SET rotary knob (2)
Mod: 5948
AA
TUNING
ILS Tuning
When MENU button is pushed and VHF NAV1 is tuned on ILS :
VOR Tuning
When MENU button is pushed and VHF NAV1 is tuned on VOR :
Mod: 5948
AA
FLAGS
(1) ATT label (red reverse video)

Means that attitude data are lost.
(2) IAS label (red reverse video)

Means that airspeed data is lost
(3) ALT label (red reverse video)

Means that altitude data is lost
(4) VOR, ILS, LOC or G/S label (red reverse video)

Appropriate MODE is selected but invalid, no signal is sensed from selected source.
(5) ATT:RST label (cyan)

This message appears if the aircraft has moved during initialization of IESI
(6) FAIL label (amber)

FAIL amber boxed label is displayed in case of invalid signal or tuning mode off.
(7) OUT OF ORDER (white) (not depicted)

A fatal error has occurred and the IESI is unserviceable
(8) Black screen with white frame (not depicted)

The processor of the IESI is unserviceable.
Mod: 5948
INDICATION ON IESI DEC 13
AA
36.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY / MFC LOGIC
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
R EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)
IESI DC ESS BUS

(Normal operation) (On overhead panel PRIM REF / IESI NORM
SPLY)
IESI HOT EMER BAT BUS

(Abnormal operation e.g DC (On lateral panel 130 VU -
ESS BUS voltage < 19 V) STBY HOR EMER PWR SPLY)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P1 001
CDS REVERSION APR 11
AA
38.1 GENERAL
The Control and Display System (CDS) provides manual and automatic format
configuration of DU.
Main formats manual reversion is controlled with two reversion push buttons. These push
buttons allow a circular reversion between PFD, EWD and MFD formats.
Automatic reversion occurs following DU failures or FWS request.
On ground, powering aircraft with batteries, DU2 and DU4 are respectively configured as
EWD and SD Engine page (power supply is not available on DU1, 3 and 5)
Mod: 5948
P2 001
CDS REVERSION APR 11
AA
38.2 CDS CONFIGURATIONS
Automatic Configurations
The CDS reversion system provides automatic DU reconfiguration in case of DU

failure(s).
The leading rule of the automatic reconfiguration is: following PFD or EWD failure, MFD is
reconfigured in PFD or EWD.
The automatic reconfiguration takes into account the following parameters :
- Flight/Ground Status
- Pilot Flying Side : Right or Left
Automatic reconfiguration can also occur on FWS request.
If EWD is no more displayed because it was manually reversed in PFD or MFD (in the case
of DU3 failure for instance), EWD can be automatically recalled by FWS.
When one System Display page is displayed on MFD format, another System Display
page can be automatically displayed on FWS request.
Manual reconfiguration
Manual format reconfiguration is controlled by “PFD/EWD/MFD” Push-- Buttons on CAPT

and F/O sides.
If DU2(4) is available, CAPT(FO) “PFD/EWD/MFD“ PB enables a circular reversion of
PFD/EWD/MFD format on DU2(4).
If DU2(4) is inoperative, DU1(5) takes into account the reversion command.
Manual reversion overrides a DU automatic reconfiguration but if a new automatic
reconfiguration occurs, current manual reversion is superseded by this new
configuration.
Degraded Configuration
In case of AFDX loss, last DU configuration is unchanged and manual reversion is

effective on DU2 and DU4.
In flight, in case of DC electrical generation loss, DU2 and DU4 are respectively powered
by EMER and ESS bus. DU2 and DU4 are configured depending on ”Pilot flying side”.
When a fatal DU failure is detected a big “F” label is displayed on the corresponding DU.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
CLOCKS APR 11
AA
40.1 GENERAL
An electronic clock provides :
- On selection, a six digits display of either :

Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
Date : DAY/MONTH and YEAR,
Local Time (LT)
GPS Time
- On selection, a four digits display of either :
ELAPSED TIME (ET) or
CHRONOMETER TIME (CHR)
- A serialized UTC, DATE and Elapse time Output
- A remote controls: CHR and ET
- An automatic synchronization on external data word from GPS receiver.
- A display function test (TST) on front face and on a remote test
The operating modes are controlled by :

- A push button mode selector : DATE (DT) , GPS , INT , LOCAL TIME (LT)
- A push button : ET
- A push button : CHR
- A push button TST
The clock is supplied with two 28 VDC power supplies, one of which is a direct connection
to the aircraft battery hot bus.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
CLOCKS APR 11
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
Time display
- UTC from GPS or internal computed (INT) is indicated from 0 to 23 hours 59 minutes and
59 seconds.
The clock automatically switches to GPS mode if the GPS data is valid and the clock is in
“INT” mode.
In the same way, the clock automatically switches to INT mode if the GPS becomes invalid
and the clock is in GPS mode (except on power up where the Time Setting mode is active if
the GPS is invalid).
- LOCAL TIME (LT) is indicated from 0 to 23 hours 59 minutes and 59 seconds

At first power up of the battery bus, if the local time setting is displayed, the local time is
initiated with the INT value and it could be modified by set the desired time differences.
At each next LOCAL TIME setting, the proposed value is synchronized with GPS or INT
time, then it could be modified by set the desired time differences.
Date display
Months, days and years are displayed when the DATE mode is selected.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
CLOCKS APR 11
AA
MODE push button

By pressing the MODE pushbutton, six annonciators (DT, GPS, INT, LT, ET and CHR)
indicate which mode is selected (the functions INT, LOC and DT are available in
succession, ET and CHR functions are controlled by the the ET and CHR buttons
respectively, the GPS is automatically selected when GPS is valid).
ELAPSED TIME (ET) pushbutton

ET counter displays the aircraft flight from 0 to 23h59 minutes.
The push buttons ET controls the following functions :
- When selecting the ET push button, the ET display comes on.
- when the elapsed time counter is stopped, by pressing the ET push button for more
than two seconds the display is blanked and value is zeroed.
CHRONOMETER (CHR) pushbutton

The CHR displays time from 0 to 99minutes 59 seconds
The CHR push-- button controls the following functions :
- START : Display is active and the chronometer starts incrementing
- STOP : The value displayed at the instant the push-- button was depressed is held
as long as no action occurs on this push button.
- RESET : the LCD display is zeroed and blanked.
TEST (TST) pushbutton

The TST button function starts rotating displays of the digits from 0 to 9, twice time. The
function could be reset by pressing the TST button before the end of the sequence.
Time Setting
At the first application of power, the clock will be in UTC minutes adjustment if GPS is
invalid. If the GPS data is valid, the clock data are automatically updated and switched in
GPS mode.
The setting is obtained by pressing the ET pushbutton to decrease the data and pressing
the TST pushbutton to increase the data.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
CLOCKS FEB 12
AA

DC EMER BUS
(On lateral panel CLOCK / CAPT / NORM SPLY)
CAPT CLOCK
HOT EMER BAT BUS
(On lateral panel CLOCK / CAPT / AUX SPLY)
DC BUS 2
(On lateral panel CLOCK / F/O / NORM SPLY)
F/O CLOCK
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
(On lateral panel CLOCK / F/O / AUX SPLY)
Mod: 5948
P1 001
FLIGHT RECORDERS APR 11
AA
50.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is equipped with :

- a Cockpit Voice Recorder, CVR, and
- a Solid State Flight Data Recorder, SSFDR.
The recorders are automatically energized as soon as the aircraft is on its own electrical supply
and are switched OFF automatically Ten minutes after engines cut. When the aircraft is on
external power, recorders are OFF until one engine is started. They can be energized by selecting
ON the RCDR pushbutton, and deenergized by pushing the RESET pushbutton.
Each recorder is equipped with an underwater acoustic beacon which is used to locate the
recorder in the event of an aircraft accident over the sea. The beacons actuate immediately after
immersion. They should transmit a signal on 37.5 kHz for 30 days. The detection range is 3.5 km
(4,000 yards).
CVR
All crew communications transmitted through the RCAU are recorded.

In addition, a CVR microphone, located below the overhead panel, acquires cockpit
conversation and aural alerts for recording. Cabin crew announcements are also recorded.
Only the last 30 minutes (or 120 minutes, depending on version) are retained. All recording
may be erased by pressing ERASE pushbutton provided the aircraft is on ground and the
parking break is set.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
SSFDR
Various aircraft parameters are sent to a Flight Data Acquisition Unit (FDAU) which converts them
into digital data.
Then the FDAU sends the digital data to the SSFDR. The Flight Data Acquisition Unit (FDAU) is a
part of the Multi Purpose Computer (MPC).
The data are recorded by the SSFDR which stores them on the Solid State memory. The 50 last
hours of flight are retained.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
50.2 CONTROLS
The MCDU TIME&FLIGHT page allows to set hours, months, years and flight number
before departure.
These datas are used for the recording on the SSFDR.
RECORD PANEL
RCDR pb
When depressed, both Cockpit Voice Recorder and Solid State Flight Data Recorder are
energized (manual mode). On light illuminates blue.
RESET pb
When depressed, inhibits recording in the manual mode.
EVENT pb
When momentarily depressed, the Solid Sate Memory records are marked to identify a
special event.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER PANEL
(1) Monitor ind.

For test only. Movement of pointer in the white band indicates all channels are operative.
(2) TEST pb
When depressed and held, the test circuit is activated :
- the pointer moves to a location between graduations 8 and 10
- if a headset is plugged into the jack, the 600Hz signal will be heard.
(3) HEADSET jack

When headset is plugged into the jack :
- cockpit sounds picked up by the microphone are audible
- test tone is audible when TEST pb is depressed
- erase tone is audible when ERASE pb is depressed
(4) ERASE pb
Provides fast erasure of tape recordings when the landing gear shock absorbers are
compressed and parking brake is set (depress for 2 seconds to completely erase).
During erasure, a 400 Hz audio signal can be heard in the headset.
(5) Microphone
Picks up cockpit conversations and alert sounds.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
FLIGHT RECORDERS DEC 13
AA

ELECTRCAL SUPPLY
R
SSFDR power supply 115V AC STBY BUS

(On lateral panel RCDR/DFDR)
SSFDR Synchronizer 26V AC STBY BUS
(On lateral panel DFDR/SYNC)
SSFDR Control DC ESS BUS

(On lateral panel CVR / CVR)
FDAU - MPC DC EMER BUS
(On overhead panel--
MPC / FDAU GND SUPPLY)
DC ESS BUS
(On overhead panel--
MPC / FDAU FLT SUPPLY)
MFC LOGIC
See Chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
DATA RECORDER
This caution is generated when the Data Recorder is detected failed.
- “DATA RECORDER” amber message on EWD
VOICE RECORDER
This caution is generated when the Voice Recorder is detected failed.
- “VOICE RECORDER” amber message on EWD
FDAU
This caution is generated when the FDAU is detected failed.
- “FDAU” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.11.00 CONTENTS
1.11.10 GENERAL
10.1. DESCRIPTION
10.2. CONTROLS AND INDICATING
10.3. ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC/ SYSTEM MONITORING
10.4. SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The fuel system includes :
- two tanks with one electrical pump and one jet pump is each tank
- the vent system
- the fuel quantity indicating system
- the refuel/defuel system with associated controls and ind.
TANKS
The fuel is stored in two tanks, one in each wing, formed as an integral part of the wing
structure. The maximum fuel capacity is :
An additional volume in each tank allows a 2 % thermal expansion of fuel without spillage.
Each tank is equipped with two access doors located on the upper wing skin at each tank
extremity to provide access to the interior and to essential equipment.
Water drainage is provided at the low points of each tank and can be performed up to 3°
ground slope.
A temperature measuring device is installed in the left feeder compartment.
Temperature is displayed on MFD.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
VENTS SYSTEM
TANKS
The vent system ensures positive pressure in the whole flight envelope. Each fuel tank is
air vented via an individual vent duct and a vent float valve to a 100 l surge tank located in
the outer section of the wing. The surge tank is connected to the atmosphere via a flush
NACA inlet and is designed to avoid icing obstructions. Fuel collected in the surge tank is
directed back to the wing tank via the vent duct.
The vent system also provides protection for the tanks in the event of accidental spillage
during refueling.
WING CENTER BOX
The wing center box over the fuselage does not store any fuel and is crossed by two fuel
pipes for cross engine feed and tanks refueling. To prevent fuel vapor concentration, the
box is vented and drained.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P3 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
ENGINE FEED (See schematic p16/17)
In normal conditions, each engine is supplied from its associated wing tank. Fuel Flow and
Fuel used parameters displayed on the MFD allow the crew to monitor fuel consumption for
each engine.
Each tank is fitted with a 200 I feeder compartment always full of fuel protecting the engine
feed system against negative or lateral load factors. In the feeder compartment, an electrical
pump and a jet pump are installed. The jet pump is activated by HP fuel from the engine HMU
and is controlled by a motive flow valve.
Note : Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole flight envelope.
In normal operation, the electrical pump is only used to start the engine. After start, jet pump
takes over automatically.
If jet pump pressure drops below 350 mbar (5 PSI), the electrical pump is automatically
activated to supply the engine.
A crossfeed valve, controlled by an electrically operated actuator, allows both engines to be

fed from one side or one engine to be fed by either tank, allowing control of an unbalance
situation.
Crossfeed valve indication is located on both Fuel panel and MFD.
When the crossfeed valve is open,a cryan “FUEL XFEED“ label is displayed on the memo
panel display and indication is displayed on the MFD system page.
In this case, the two electrical pumps are automatically actuated. It is possible to use only one
fuel tank by switching off the opposite pump pb.
To indicate improper operation of crossfeed valve, label “FUEL XFEED” flashes on the memo
panel display when:
- both electrical fuel pumps are OFF
- both electrical fuel pumps are ON
- electrical pump 1 is OFF with fuel quantity of tank 1 greater than fuel quantity of
opposite tank
- electrical pump 2 is OFF with fuel quantity of tank 2 greater than fuel quantity of
opposite tank
At the fuel outlet of each tank, a fuel LP valve, controlled by the associated fire handle, is
installed.
When low level is reached in one tank, its electrical pump is automatically actuated ( ±160
kg (352 Lb) remaining fuel in the tank ).
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P4 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
QUANTITY INDICATING
The fuel quantity indicating system informs the crew of the quantity of fuel available in
each tank during flight.
The quantities are processed by Fuel Control Unit (FCU) and displayed on MFD.
The fuel tank capacity measurement system is such that the figures appear in terms of
weight. The system is based on the fundamental relationship between the dielectric
constant of the fuel and its density, to obtain a signal proportional to the mass of fuel in the
tanks from a number of capacitance probes installed in the tanks.
Six probes are positionned in each tank and are electrically connected to the Fuel Control
Unit (FCU), which processes the signals and provides left and right fuel quantities to the
avionic system. FCU contains two independant channels (one per tank).
The accuracy on the total fuel indication, on ground, with attitude within - 3 and + 1 of
Pitch and 2 of Roll is :
1 % of full scale near zero level
3 % of full scale at full level
For all other ground and flight conditions, outside this envelope (pitch and roll) accuracy of
fuel indications will be degraded.
To enable the tanks content to be determined on the ground in case of quantity indicating
system failure, two magnetic level indicators are mounted in each tank through the lower
wing skin. Tables allow these readings to be converted into units of fuel mass with
corrections made for aircraft attitude and fuel density (Refer to chapter 2.06).
Actual magnetic indicators marking is in cm of fuel in the tank.
REFUEL/DEFUEL SYSTEM
All refueling operations are controlled from the Refueling Control Panel (RCP) installed in
the RH main landing gear fairing.
Complete refueling can be achieved in about 16 mn through the single refueling connector
which is located in the rear part of the RH main landing gear fairing. Both wing tanks can be
refueled with a refueling flow of about 24 m3/h (106 US gal/mn) with a maximum refueling
pressure of 3.5 bars (50PSI).
The refueling connector is connected with two refuel valves, one for each tank. They are
solenoid controlled.
From the valves outlets, the fuel is distributed by pipes to diffusers which allow the fuel to
enter the tank without surging.
High level detection comprises two different controls :
In normal operation, the high level detection is achieved by the FCU system. When the
R high level tank quantity is reached , the associated tank refuel valve is shut.
R When the high level is reached in a tank (for a zero bank angle) associated high level it
illuminates on refueling panel and associated refuel valve is shut. The wing tanks can also
be refueled by gravity via one overfiller point per tank. The system may be used to defuel
the aircraft by applying a 0.77 bar (11 PSI) suction to the connector and opening the tank
refuel valves.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10.
P5 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
FUEL PANEL
1 PUMP pb
Controls electrical pump and jet pump motive flow valve in each tank.
PB pressed in :
£ When jet pump delivery low pressure is detected (engine not running or jet
pump pressure drop) :
• electrical pump is automatically activated,
• jet pump motive flow valve is controlled open but will remain closed until a
sufficient pressure is available.
£ 30 seconds after HP fuel pressure is available and normal jet pump functioning
is sensed by the 600 mbar (8.5 PSI) pressure switch, electrical pump is
automatically switched off.
RUN illuminates green when electrical pump is activated.
OFF (p.b. released) electrical pump is deactivated, jet pump motive flow valve is
controlled closed, OFF light illuminates white.
2 LP VALVE position ind.

The position of the fuel LP valve is displayed. Each valve is controlled by its
associated fire handle.
IN LINE Flow bar illuminates green. The valve is open.
CROSS LINE The valve is closed, flow bar illuminates green and crosses the
system flow line.
Note : During transient phases (opening or closing), flow bars are extinguished.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
3 FEED LO PR light
Illuminates amber and the caution message “FEED LO PR” from the FWS is
displayed on EWD associated with a Master Caution light and a Single Chime when
the fuel delivery pressure drops below 300 mbar (4 PSI). This indicates pump failure
or fuel starvation
4 X FEED pb
Controls the operation of the fuel crossfeed valve.
IN LINE (pb pressed in) The flow bar illuminates green in line. The valve is
open.
Both electrical pumps are automatically actuated.
CROSS LINE (pb released) The flow bar illuminates green and crosses the
system flow line. The valve is closed.
Note : During transient phases (opening or closing), flow bar is extinguished.
Permanent extinguishing of both bars indicates a valve fault.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P7 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
FUEL INDICATION
(1) - Fuel Flow Indication (per engine)

Normally in green. The unit is KG/H or LB/MN (if lb is the unit used).
Amber dashes displayed for invalid data.
(2) - Fuel transfer indication

Normal transfer : Green Arrow
No transfer : Blue horizontal dash
(3) - Fuel Flow 1 + 2

Normally in green. The unit is KG/MN or LB/MN (if lb is the unit used).
(4) - Engine LP valve indication

In line : Green : valve is open
Cross line : Cyan : valve is closed
(5) - XFEED valve

In line : Cyan : valve is open
Cross line : White : valve is closed
(6) - Fuel tank quantity indication

Normally in green. The unit is KG or LB (if lb is the unit used).
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P8 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
(7) - Fuel temperature readout

Normally in green. The unit is °C.
(8) - Engine Feed Pumps indication

Green : Electric Pump is operating(”RUN” legend inside)
White : Electric Pump is off (”OFF” legend inside)
(9) - Motive Flow Valve indication

Green : Motive Flow valve is open
White : Motive Flow valve is closed
(10) - Fuel Temperature indication

From - 53°C to 0°C, and from 50°C to 99°C, segments, readout and pointer are displayed
in amber.
From 1°C to 49°C, segments, readout and pointer are displayed in green.
For value equal or lower the - 54°C or equal or higher than 100°C, pointer and reverse
video readout are displayed in red.
For invalid temperatures, amber dashes are displayed.
(11) - Fuel clog caution

“CLOG” amber label displayed in case of an excessive pressure loss across the fuel filter.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P9 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
CROSSFEED INDICATION
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P 10 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
REFUEL CONTROL PANEL
(1) TEST pb
Pressing the test button will test the display lines and the lights.
(2) HIGH LEVEL light

The light illuminates amber when the high level sensor is submerged (maximum quantity
reached). The corresponding refuel valve closes automatically.
(3) REFUEL VALVES position light

The light illuminates blue when the refuel valve is open. They extinguish during the fuel
circuit test, indicating the valves have closed.
(4) REFUEL VALVES switches

Control the operation of the valves for each tank. They are guarded at NORM.
NORM Valves are controlled by automatic fueling logic, depending on position of the
mode selector switch and quantity preselection. Valves close automatically
when high level is detected by the FCU.
OPEN Valves open when the mode selector switch is in the refuel or defuel position
and the high level sensor is not submerged.
SHUT Valves close regardless of the mode selector switch position.
(5) SELECTED QTY ind.

The quantity for automatic refueling is controlled by the setting of the Increase/Decrease
switch. The digital counter displays the preselected total fuel quantity.
(6) INCREASE / DECREASE switch

Used to select fuel quantity requested on board.
(7) FUEL QTY ind.

Three displays for left, right and preselected fuel quantity.
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P 11 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
(8) Mode selector switches

Controls the operating mode for automatic fueling and the activation of REFUEL VALVES
switches for manual operation.
OFF Refuel valves are closed, switches are not activated.
REFUEL Refuel valves may be operated by auto refueling logic (REFUEL VALVES
switches on NORM) or manual refueling operation.
DEFUEL Refuel valves may be operated by manual defueling operation. With the
mode selector in DEFUEL position and REFUEL VALVES in the OPEN
position, all level protections are inhibited.
(9) SURGE VALVE

Provides air vent of the refuel line during suction draining of this line.
OPEN The surge valve opens. Mode Selector switch must be in OFF position
SHUT The surge valve is closed.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
10.3 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY//MFC LOGIC/SYSTEM MONITORING
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B)
R ENG 1
Electrical pump S DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel ELEC PUMP)
- Pressure sw controlling S DC ESS BUS

electrical pump activation/disactivation & mo- (on lateral panel CTL and CAUTION)
tive flow valve opening/closure
- Fuel feed pressure sw
S DC BUS 1
Fuel LP valve (on lateral panel MOTOR 1)
S HOT EMER BAT BUS
(on lateral panel MOTOR 2)
Fuel LP valve position ind. S DC EMER BUS

ENG 2
Electrical pump S DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel ELEC PUMP)
- Pressure sw controlling electrical pump ac- S DC ESS BUS

tivation /disactivation and motive flow valve (on lateral panel CTL and CAUTION)
opening / closure
- Fuel feed pressure sw + IND
S DC BUS 2
Fuel LP valve (on lateral panel MOTOR 1)
S HOT EMER BAT BUS
(on lateral panel MOTOR 2)
S DC EMER BUS
Fuel LP valve position ind. (on lateral panel IND)
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P 13 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA

(C/B)
Refuel Control Panel GND HDLG BUS
(on lateral panel RCP)
FCU Channel 1 DC ESS BUS

(on lateral panel FCU CHAN 1)
FCU Channel 2 DC ESS BUS

(on lateral panel FCU CHAN 2)
CROSS FEED VALVE DC ESS BUS

(on lateral panel X FEED)
R FCU will be supplied by GND HDLG BUS on ground for airplane servicing, when battery is
off and refuel control panel door open.
MFC LOGIC
See Chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
FUEL 1(2) TEMP HI

This caution is triggered when the fuel temperature is greater than 50°C (with engine
running).
- “FUEL 1(2) TEMP HI” amber message on EWD
FUEL 1(2) TEMP LO

This caution is triggered when the fuel temperature is lower than 0°C (with engine
running).
- “FUEL 1(2) TEMP LO” amber message on EWD
ENG FUEL CLOG

This caution is triggered when the pressure of the switch fuel pump outlet filter is greater
than 25 PSI.
- “ENG FUEL CLOG” amber message on EWD
- “CLOG” amber label displayed on MFD
FUEL FEED LO PR
This caution is triggered when a low pressure is detected in the engine feed system
(pressure below 300 mbar / 4 PSI).
- “FUEL FEED LO PR” amber message on EWD
- “FEED LO PR” light illuminates amber on overhead panel
- “FEED LO PR” amber label displayed on MFD
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P 15/16 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
FUEL LO LVL
This caution is triggered when:
- First low level is detected by FCU when fuel gauged in one tank is less than 160 kg
R (352 lbs)
R In this case the fuel tank indicates a value < 160 kg (352 lbs)
- Second low level is detected by the MFC when the feeder tank is not full.
this alert is triggered when the feeder jet pump fails.
R In this case the fuel tank indicates a value > 160 kg (352 lbs)
- “FUEL LO LVL” amber message on EWD
- First low level : LO LVL displayed amber in the tank and fuel quantity
R in amber on MFD (level between 160kg (352 lbs) and 50kg (110 lbs) or
R in red reverse video (level below 50kg (110 lbs) )
- Second low level
Feeder tank in amber
FUEL MISMATCH
This caution is triggered, when the difference between fuel quantity computed by FMS
R and the fuel quantities processed by the FCU is greater than 200kg (440 lbs) during more
than 10s (on ground) or 60s (in flight).
- “FUEL MISMATCH” amber message on EWD
FUEL UNBALANCED
R The caution is triggered when there is a discrepancy greater than 200kg (440 lbs) between
the left and right tanks fuel quantities.
- “FUEL UNBALANCED” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
FUEL SYSTEM 1.11.10
P 17 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.5 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1.12.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.12.00 CONTENTS
1.12.10 GENERAL
10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
10.4 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft has two hydraulic systems, designated blue and green.
The common hydraulic tank is located in the hydraulic bay (LH landing gear fairing).
The tank is a direct air-- fluid contact type and is not pressurized. A compartment baffle
ensures fluid antisplahing and limits fluid foaming.
A direct reading quantity gauge is located on the tank. A low level alert is provided for
each compartment when quantity drops below 2.5 l (0.67 USgal).
POWER GENERATION
Each system is pressurized by an ACW electrical motor driven pump. Delivery pressure
of each pump is displayed. Normal operating pressure is 3000 PSI (206.9 bars). The blue
circuit is also fitted with an auxiliary DC motor driven pump.
Each system is provided with a 0.2 l (0.05USgal) power accumulator installed in the
hydraulic bay. They damp pump delivery pulsations and any pressure surges and
compensate for pump response time in the event of high output demand.
On the ground, when no electrical power is available, hydraulic power may be generated
by a hydraulic ground power unit, through a ground connector located in the hydraulic
bay. A ground switch on the pedestal enables to energize the auxiliary pump even when
no electrical power is available.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
USERS
S The blue system supplies :
- wing flaps extension/retraction :
. Four wing flap actuating hydraulic jacks.
- spoilers :
. Two spoilers actuating hydraulic jacks.
- nose wheel steering :
. one steering hydraulic jack.
- propeller brake for the RH engine.
- emergency and parking braking for the four main landing gear wheels through a
specific accumulator with separate pressure indicator.
S The green system supplies :

- landing gear extension/retraction :
. three landing gear actuating hydraulic jacks
. three landing gear uplock release actuators
. three landing gear downlock release actuators
- normal braking for the four main landing gear wheels.
In case of one main hydraulic pump failure, the associated users may be supplied by the
other one main hydraulic pump by opening the crossfeed valve.
Note : In case of LO LEVEL alert, cross feed valve :
- is inhibited to open
- closes automatically if it was in open position
Mod: 5948
P3 080
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
HYD PWR PANEL
(1) Main pumps pbs

Control activation/deactivation of ACW electric motor driven pumps.
pb pressed in : pump is energized
OFF : (pb released) pump is deactivated, OFF lt illuminates white.
LO PR : The light illuminates amber and the caution message “HYD LO
PR” from flight warning is displayed on EWD associated with a
Master Caution light and a Single Chime when the associated pump
delivered fluid pressure drops below 1500 PSI (103,5 bars).
(2) Auxiliary pump pb

Controls operating mode of DC auxiliary pump.
AUTO (pb pressed in) pump runs as soon as the following conditions are met :
- ACW blue pump pressure below 1500 PSI and,
- propeller brake released and,
- gear handle selected DOWN and,
- at least one engine running
OFF (pb released) ; auxiliary pump is deactivated, OFF illuminates white.
LO PR the light illuminates amber and a caution message from FWS
displayed on EWD associated with a Master Caution and a Single
Chime when auxiliary pump output pressure is detected lower than
1500 PSI and functioning conditions are met.
3) X FEED pb
Controls opening and closure of the crossfeed valve.
pb released :crossfeed valve is closed. Both hydraulic circuits are separated.
ON :(pb pressed in) crossfeed valve is selected open. Both hydraulic
circuits are connected. ON light illuminates cyan.
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P4 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
(4) OVHT light

The light illuminates amber and the caution message “HYD OVHT” from FWS displayed
on EWD associated with a Master Caution and a Single Chime when pump case drain line
overheat is detected (T > 121 C/250 F)
(5) LOW LEVEL Light

The light illuminates amber and the caution message “HYD LO LVL” from FWS displayed
on EWD associated with a Master Caution and a Single Chime when associated tank
compartment fluid quantity drops below 2.5 I (0.67 US gal). The X FEED automatically
closes.
(6) Auxiliary pump switch

Pressing the HYD AUX PUMP (GND CTL ONLY) switch energizes the pump (during 30s)
and allows it to operate in manual mode.
CAUTION: This switch operates even when batteries master switch is selected “OFF”.
Intensive use could discharge the main battery.
R This switch functions is used only aircraft on ground.
Mod: 5948
P 5/6 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE INDICATOR
In addition to the PRKG BRK ON annunciation on EWD and the Parking / Emergency Braking
Accumulator displayed on MFD ACW/HYD page, the aircraft is fitted with a Parking /
Emergency Braking Accumulator pressure indicator located on the left maintenance panel.
This indicator is used by maintenance while MFD are not energized and in case of the main
indication loss.
When the switch is activated, the indicator is energized for two minutes.
When the hydraulic pressure of the accumalator is below 1700 PSI or above 3100 PSI, the
indicator displays blinks.
Brake Accumulator Hydraulic pressure is displayed in green. The displayed value has to be
multiplied by 1000 (as described by the legend on the front face).
Mod: 5948
P 7/8 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
INDICATING
Hydraulic indications are given on the ACW / HYD page of the MFD.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B) (C/B)
Blue Pump power - Nil - ACW BUS 1
(on lateral panel
BLUE HYD PUMP)
Blue pump control DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel BLUE PUMP CTL)
Blue system alert DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel ALERT)
Green pump power - Nil - ACW BUS 2
(on lateral panel
GREEN HYD
PUMP)
Green pump control DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel GREEN PUMP CTL)
Green system alert DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel CAUTION GREEN
SYS)
Auxiliary pump power DC BUS 2 - Nil -
(on lateral panel AUX HYD PUMP
NORM PWR SUPPLY)
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
(on lateral panel AUX HYD PUMP
GND PWR SUPPLY)
Pressure ind. DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel PRESS IND)
XFEED valve DC STBY BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel XFEED)
Auxiliary pump control DC BUS 2 - Nil -
(on lateral panel HYD PWR AUX
PUMP CTL IND NORM)
HOT MAIN BAT BUS
(on lateral panel HYD PWR AUX
PUMP CTL IND GND)
MFC LOGIC
See Chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
The hydraulic indicating system alerts the crew if a hydraulic fluid low level, low pressure
or overtemperature occur.
HYD BLUE LO LVL/GREEN LO LVL

R This caution is generated when the fluid level falls below 2.5 L (0.67 US Gal) in one
section.
Aural and visual alert are :
R - “HYD BLUE LO LVL” or “HYD GREEN LO LVL” amber message on
EWD
- Aural alert is Single Chime
- “LO LVL” amber indication on SD ACW/HYD page.
- “LO LVL” amber light illuminates on the HYD PWR panel.
HYD BLUE(GREEN) LO PR
This caution is generated when a pump control is pressed (in) and the hydraulic fluid
R pressure falls below 1500 PSI.
- “HYD BLUE (GREEN) LO PR” amber message on EWD
- Aural alert is Single Chime.
- “LO PR” amber indication on SD ACW/HYD page.
- “LO PR” amber light illuminates on the HYD PWR panel.
HYD AUX LO PR
This caution is generated when the auxiliary pump control is pressed (in) and the hydraulic
R fluid pressure falls below 1500 PSI.
- “HYD AUX LO PR” amber message on EWD
- AUX “LO PR” amber indication on SD ACW/HYD page.
- AUX “LO PR” amber light illuminates on the HYD PWR panel.
Mod: 5948
P 11/12 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
HYD BLUE(GREEN) OVHT

This caution is generated if the fluid temperature exceeds 121°C (250°F) .
- “HYD BLUE(GREEN) OVHT” amber message on EWD
- “OVHT” amber indication on SD ACW/HYD page.
- “OVHT” amber light illuminates on the HYD PWR panel.
HYD AUX OVHT

R This caution is generated if the fluid temperature exceeds 121°C (250°F)
- “HYD AUX OVHT” amber message on EWD
- AUX “OVHT” amber indication on SD ACW/HYD page.
- AUX “OVHT” amber light illuminates on the HYD PWR panel.
HYD PUMPS LOSS

This caution is generated in case of a loss of both main hydraulic pumps.
Aural and visual alert are:
- “HYD PUMPS LOSS” amber message on EWD
- “LO LVL”, and/or “LO PR”and/or “OVHT” amber indication on SD
ACW/HYD cabin page
- “LO LVL”, and/or “LO PR” and/or “OVHT” amber light illumination on
the HYD PWR panel
HYD SYS LOSS

This caution is generated in case of a loss of both hydraulic system.
Aural and visual alert are:
- “HYD SYS LOSS” amber message on EWD
- “LO LVL”, and/or “LO PR”and/or “OVHT” amber indication on SD
ACW/HYD cabin page
- “LO LVL”, and/or “LO PR” and/or “OVHT” amber light illumination on
the HYD PWR panel.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
GENERAL APR 11
AA
10.4 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 1.13.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.13.00 CONTENTS
1.13.10 GENERAL
1.13.20 ANTI ICING ADVISORY SYSTEM
20.1 DESCRIPTION
1.13.30 ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION
30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS
30.4 SCHEMATIC
1.13.40 PROPELLER ANTI ICING
40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
1.13.50 WINDOW HEAT
50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 CONTROLS
Mod: 5948
P2 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.13.60 PROBE HEAT
60.1 DESCRIPTION
60.2 CONTROLS
1.13.70 RAIN PROTECTION
70.1 DESCRIPTION
70.2 CONTROLS
1.13.80 AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE MONITORING (APM)
80.1 DESCRIPTION
Mod: 5948
P 1/2 001
GENERAL DEC 13
AA
The ice and rain protection systems permit aircraft operation in various environmental
conditions and, in particular, in icing situations.
An ice detector, connected to the FWS, monitors ice accretion.

In addition, an icing evidence probe is installed to indicate visualy an ice accretion.
In parallel, an Aircraft Performance Monitoring (APM), triggers some alerts when the
performances are degradated due to ice accretion on the airframe.
Aircraft ice protection is provided by :
- A pneumatic system operating on areas of the airframe :

S outer center and inner wing leading edges,
S horizontal tailplane leading edges,
S engine air intakes and gas paths.
- Electrical heating of :
S propeller blades,
S windshields,
S probes,
S flight control horns.
For the pneumatic system, the engines supply bleed air through the LH and RH d
eice valves regardless of the engine bleed valves position.
For electrical heating, the power is supplied primarily by AC wild current.

Rain removal from the front windshields is achieved by windshield wipers.
Note :
R As per FCOM 2.02.08 icing condition are considered on ground when SAT is below 5C or
TAT below 7C in flight, with any form of visible moisture.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
ANTI ICING ADVISORY SYSTEM APR 11
20.1 DESCRIPTION
An anti icing advisory system (AAS) is installed.
The AAS system includes :
- An ice detector
- An icing evidence probe
- ICING AOA (green) light on central panel
- ICING (amber) label on FMA
- Some labels are displays on the memo panel display
This system has been designed to alert the crew on the correct procedures to be applied
when flying in icing conditions :
- Increase of minimum maneuver/operation speeds + selection of anti-- icing
- Selection of the deicing system at first indication of ice accretion
- Switching the deicing system OFF when ice does not build up any more on the airframe.
ICE DETECTOR
The ice detector, located under the left wing, alerts the crew as soon as and as long as ice
accretion is sensed by the probe.
Alert is generated by the amber ICING message on FMA.
The system is self tested constantly, and any failure generates a FAULT light illumination
with single chime.
Detection of ice accretion and associated alert are performed under following cycle :
CAUTION
The ice detector indicates ice accretion is building up on aircraft. Therefore, extinguishing
of the icing message must be regarded as an end of ice accretion and not as an absence of
ice on the aircraft. Consequently a visual check must be performed to assure aircraft is
cleared of ice after having encountered ice accretion conditions.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
ICING EVIDENCE PROBE
Located under left side window of the cockpit, visible by both pilots, provides information
of ice accretion and is shaped to retain ice when all other parts of aircraft airframe are free
of ice.
An integrated light is provided to help ice accretion monitoring at night using the NAV light
switch.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA

ICE DETECTOR PANEL
(1) ICING AOA pb
- “ICING AOA” illuminates green as soon as one horns anti icing Pb is selected ON,
reminding the crew of stall alarm threshold being lower in icing conditions. “ICING AOA”
green label is displayed on FMA.
- “ICING AOA” can only be extinguished manually by depressing it, provided both horns
anti icing are selected OFF. In this case, stall alarm threshold recovers the values defined
for flight in normal conditions.
(2) ICE DET PTT
The push to test pb is used to check the ice detector correct operation.
Press and hold test button for 3 seconds.
- “ICING” amber label is displayed flashing on FMA (with associated warning) if system
works correctly.
- “A-- ICING DETECT” alert is displayed with associated procedure on EWD. Master
Caution light and Single Chime are activated.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
ANTI ICING ADVISORY SYSTEM DEC 13
AA
DE- ICING INDICATOR
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
(1) ANTI-- ICING message

R When an anti-- icing system is selected ON and is not failed, a cyan specific message is
displayed, corresponding to the involved anti-- icing system.
If the selected system is failed, an amber message is displayed.
(2) DE-- ICING message

When a de-- icing system is selected on and is not failed, a cyan specific message is
displayed, corresponding to the involved de-- icing system (AIRFRAME and 1 ENG 2).
For AIRFRAME:
- “AIRFRAME” cyan message is displayed steady when the airframe de-- icing system is
selected ON.
- “AIRFRAME” message flashes when the airframe de-- icing system is still selected ON five
minutes after last ice accretion detection.
- “AIRFRAME” message is displayed steady amber in case of de-- icing system failure.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
Ice detector - Nil - ACW BUS 2
(on lateral panel ICE DET
PWR SPLY)
ICING AOA light DC EMER BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel DE IC-
ING-- AAS/Boots A and
B ind)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
A-- ICING DETECT

This caution is generated in case of ice detector failure.
- “A-- ICING DETECT” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the ICE DETECT pb switch
Mod: 5948
P1 001
ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION APR 11
30.1 DESCRIPTION
The operating principle is to sequentially inflate the boots in order to remove ice.
The de ice valves control the delivery pressure to 1.4 bar (20.3 psi).
Seven distribution valves control air supply to the boots :
- valve (1) to LH engine air intake and separation chamber,
- valve (2) to RH engine air intake and separation chamber,
- valve (3) to LH outer wing leading edge,
- valve (4) to LH center wing leading edge and LH internal wing leading edge,
- valve (5) to RH outer wing leading edge,
- valve (6) to RH center wing leading edge and RH internal wing leading edge,
- valve (7) to horizontal tailplane leading edge,
Each of these distribution valves has one input and two outputs A and B, each controlled
by the MFC.
Two types of boots are used :
- Chordwise boots for the leading edges and the gas paths
- Annular boots for the engine intakes.
When deflated, the boots are held to the structure thanks to a venturi supplied by bleed air.
Note : The system is designed to remain operative with one engine inoperative through a
common air manifold, except icing protection of the inoperative engine which is
lost.
CAUTION :With this type of boots, there is no need to wait for ice accretion on airframe
before selecting it ON. This system MUST be selected ON as soon as and as
long as ice accretion develops on airframe.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION FEB 12
AA
TIME SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

NORMAL MODE (PILOTED BY MFC)
BEGINNING OF THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE AT:

- 60 sec (FAST MODE (SAT > - 20° C)
- 180 sec (SLOW MODE (SAT < - 20° C)
OVRD MODE (SEPARATED TIMER AND FAST MODE ONLY)
BEGINNING OF THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE AT 60 SEC (FAST MODE)
Note : When de icing OVRD mode is selected, boots inflate according to a

R separate timer and MFC is totally bypassed.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
30.2 CONTROLS
ENGINE ANTI- ICING AND WING DE ICING PANEL
1
AIRFRAME AIR BLEED pb
Controls both de ice and isolation valves.
Pb pressed in Normal operation.
Both DE ICE and ISOLATION VALVES are open.
OFF (pb released) OFF light comes on white.
Both DE ICE and isolation valves are closed.
However engine de-- icing may be used (engine de-- icing selected ON
will open de-- ice valve).
But airframe de-- icing is never available.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when :
- Air pressure downstream of the de-- ice valves stays below 14 PSI.
- Air temperature upstream of the de-- ice valves exceeds 230°C.
”A-- ICING BLEED” alert is displayed with associated procedure on EWD.
Master Caution light and Single Chime are activated.
The alert is inhibited when pb is released.

2 AIRFRAME pb
Controls the outputs A and B of both wings and stabilizers distribution valves.
ON (pb pressed in) Signal is sent to the MFC in order to initiate a
de-- icing cycle depending on MODE SEL pb.
ON light illuminates cyan.
R Pb released Associated boots stay deflated.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when inflation
sequencing of airframe boots A or B is not correct.
- Associated distribution valve output has been controlled open but
no downstream pressure has been detected, or
- Associated distribution valve output has been controlled closed
but a downstream pressure is detected.”
”A-- ICING FRAME” alert is displayed with associated procedure on
EWD. Master Caution light and Single Chime are activated.
“AIRFRAME” amber label is displayed on the memo panel display of
MFD.
Mod: 5948
P4 080
ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION DEC 13
AA
3
ENGINE pbs
Control de-- ice valves, as well as the outputs A and B of respective engine
distribution valves.
ON (pb pressed in) De-- ice valve is controlled open even if Airframe
Airbleed is not selected ON, and a signal is sent to the MFC in order
to initiate a cycle. ON light illuminates cyan. ”ENG” cyan label is
displayed on the memo panel display of MFD.
Pb released Associated boots stay deflated. Also controls associated de-- ice
valve in closed position, after Airframe Airbleed FAULT and ENG
FAULT.
FAULT Light illuminates amber and FWS is activated when :
- Associated distribution valve output has been controlled open
but no downstream pressure has been detected, or
- Associated distribution valve output has been controlled
closed but a downstream pressure is detected.
- AIRFRAME AIRBLEED pb selected OFF and air temperature
upstream of the de-- ice valve exceeds 230C.
- Inflation sequencing of engine boots A or B is not correct.
”A-- ICING ENG” alert is displayed with associated procedure on
EWD. Master Caution light and Single Chime are activated. ”ENG”
amber label is displayed on the temporary selections window of
MFD.
4 DE ICING MODE SEL pb > - 20 C and < - 20 C
Controls the selection of wings/engines boots inflation cycles when MAN is selected
on MODE SEL AUTO pb 6
FAST (pb released) timing cycle = 60 s
SLOW (pb pressed in) timing cycle = 180 s - SLOW light illuminates cyan.
5 DE--ICING OVERRIDE guarded pb
Controls the emergency de-- icing operation.
The push-- button enables control of all dual valves (ENG and AIR FRAME).
NORM (pb released) Normal operation
OVRD (pb pressed in) The emergency de-- icing activation is selected (timing
cycle = 60 s), the light illuminates cyan and all de-- icing lights extinguish.
This position is used when the associated FAULT light illuminates.
FAULT The light illuminates amber when both MFC modules associated to air
intake boots control fail resulting in an incorrect inflation sequencing.
”A-- ICING SEL” alert is displayed with associated procedure on
EWD. Master Caution light and Single Chime are activated
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P5 080
ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION DEC 13
AA
6 MODE SEL AUTO pb
Pb released Normal operation (automatic operating mode). The DE-- ICING

MODE SEL pb (4) is inoperative.
The cycle selection is provided by ADC data computation through
CAC and MFC.
FAULT Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when MFC (1B or 2B)
and/or ADC or CPM or IOM failure occurs.
The DE-- ICING MODE SEL pb (4) is inoperative.
In this case the FAST mode is automatically activated.
MAN (pb pressed in) The DE-- ICING MODE SEL pb (4) is operative and
allows the crew to select the appropriate timing cycle depending on
SAT. MAN illuminates cyan.
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
Mod: 5948 + 6560

P6 001
HORNS ANTI ICING PANEL
HORNS ANTI ICING pbs

Controls activation of following units :
- RUD and L ELEV : Rudder and left elevator horns anti icing
- AIL and R ELEV : Ailerons and right elevator horns anti icing
ON (pb pressed in) : associated anti icing units are activated. ON light illuminates cyan.
R “HORN” cyan label is displayed on the memo panel display of MFD.
R As soon as a ”HORN” is selected ”ON”, ICING AOA light is illuminated on Ice
R Detector panel.(refer to 1.13.20 p3)
OFF (pb released) : associated anti icing units are deactivated.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when electrical power is lost
on one of the associated units. “HORN” amber label is displayed on the memo
display panel of MFD.
Note : As soon as at least one of the HORNS anti icing pb is selected ON, stall alert threshold
is reduced (refer FCOM 1.02).
Horns heating is inhibited on ground.
MEMO DISPLAY PANEL
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

De ice valves DC BUS 2 - Nil -
(on lateral panel SO and REG
VALVE 1 and 2)
Isolation valves DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel ISOL VALVE
1 and 2)
Distribution valves (Boots DC EMER BUS - Nil -
A + ENG 1) (on lateral panel ENG 1 and
AFR-- BOOTS A SPLY)
Distribution valves (Boots DC BUS 2 - Nil -
B + ENG 2) (on lateral panel ENG 2 and
AFR-- BOOTS B NORM SPLY)
and DC EMER BUS (BACK
UP)
(on lateral panel ENG 2 and
AFR-- BOOTS B EMER SPLY)
Controls and alerts DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel CTL and
CAUTION)
R Left elevator and rudder - Nil - 115 V ACW BUS 1
horns anti icing (on lateral panel L
ELEV RUD)
Left elevator and rudder DC EMER BUS - Nil -
horns anti icing control (on lateral panel L ELEV and
RUD)
R Right elevator and ailerons - Nil - 115 V ACW BUS 2
horns anti icing (on lateral panel R
ELEV R AIL L AIL)
Right elevator and ailerons DC EMER BUS - Nil -
horns anti icing control (on lateral panel R ELEV and
AIL)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
A-- ICING BLEED

This caution is generated when a LOW pressure is detected in the de icing common air
manifold (P < 14 PSI and t > 6s) or over temperature (T > 230_C (410_F)) upstream the
pressure regulating valve.
- “A-- ICING BLEED” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the AFR AIR BLEED pb switch
A-- ICING AUTO

This caution is generated in case of MFC 1B or 2B and/or ADC failure (Discrepancy
between outputs).
- “A-- ICING AUTO” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the SEL/AUTO pb switch
A-- ICING SEL

R This caution is triggered when the stand-- by de-- icing controller detects that the MFC does
not drive the de-- icing cycles of the engine boots as per schedule. The caution is triggered
as soon as boots A or B are supplied for more than 20 sec or when either boots A and B are
supplied simultaneously for 200 sec or boots A or B are not supplied within a 200 sec
timeframe.
- “A-- ICING SEL” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the SEL/NORM pb switch
A-- ICING FRAME

This caution in generated when the distribution valve output is controlled open but no
downstream pressure is detected or controlled closed but downstream pressure is
detected.
- “A-- ICING FRAME” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the AIRFRAME pb switch
Mod: 5948
P 9/10 001
AA
A-- ICING ENG 1(2)

This caution in generated when the distribution valve output is controlled open but no
downstream pressure is detected or controlled closed but downstream pressure is
detected.
- “A-- ICING ENG 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the ENG 1(2) pb switch
A-- ICING HORNS 1(2)

This caution in generated in case of a power loss on a horn anti-- icing unit.
- “A-- ICING HORNS 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the affected HORN pb switch
Note:
Anti Icing caution messages will also be generated in cases of various IOM and CPM
failures that will trigger indication signals losses. (refer to 1.01.40 - CPM/IOM LOST
EQUIPMENT LIST)
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
AA
30.4 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P1 001
PROPELLER ANTI ICING DEC 13
40.1 DESCRIPTION
Propeller anti icing is performed by resistors installed near the surface of the inboard
sections of the blade leading edges.
On each propeller, the heating elements are electrically connected in three blades (every
other blade).
R The system is supplied with 115 V ACW. Two modes are available and automatically
selected depending on the temperature. When selected on, the propeller anti icing
system starts to heat the blades only when NP is sensed above 63%.
TIME SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

R MODE SEL : NORMAL OPERATION (pb OUT)
LOW POWER CYCLE
R MOD SEL : ON (pb IN)
HIGH POWER CYCLE
Mod: 5948
P2 001
PROPELLER ANTI ICING FEB 12
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
PROPELLER ANTI ICING PANEL
1 PROP pb
Controls the respective propeller heating elements.
ON (pb pressed in), the heating units are supplied. The ON light
illuminates cyan. ”PROP” cyan label is displayed on the memo panel
display of MFD.
pb released The heating elements are not supplied.
FAULT The light illuminates amber to indicate that at least one blade is not
electrically supplied. ”A-- ICING PROP” alert is displayed with
associated procedure on EWD. Master Caution light and Single Chime
are activated.
2 ANTI--ICING MODE SEL pb
Controls the duration of propeller anti icing cycles when MAN is selected on MODE
SEL AUTO pb 3 .
pb released LOW POWER cycle is selected.
ON (pb pressed in) HIGH POWER cycle is selected. The ON lt illuminates
cyan.
R Note : • Low Power (pb OUT) for temperature greater than - 10° C(14° F).
• High Power (pb IN) for temperature between - 10° C(14° F) and - 30° C(-- 22° F).
• Below - 30°C (-- 22°F) icing problems should be non existant (no
supercooled water).
Mod: 5948
P3 001
PROPELLER ANTI ICING APR 11
AA
3 MODE SEL AUTO pb (same pb as ENGINE AND WING PROTECTION)

pb released Normal operation (automatic operating mode)
The ANTI-- ICING MODE SEL pb 2 is inoperative.
The cycle selection is provided by ADC 1, MFC 1B, ADC 2 and
MFC 2B
FAULT Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when MFC (1B or 2B)
and/or ADC failure occurs.
The ANTI-- ICING MODE SEL pb 2 is inoperative. In this case, the
HIGH POWER CYCLE is automatically activated.
MAN (pb pressed in) The ANTI-- ICING MODE SEL pb 2 is operative and
allows the crew to select the appropriate timing cycle depending on
SAT. MAN illuminates white.
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
Mod: 5948
P4 001
PROPELLER ANTI ICING FEB 12
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
R EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B) AC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)
Propeller 1 anti icing PWR - Nil - ACW BUS 1
(on lateral panel PROP1
ANTI ICING PWR SPLY)
Propeller 2 anti icing PWR - Nil - ACW BUS 2

(on lateral panel PROP2
ANTI ICING PWR SPLY)
Prop anti icing CTL and Ind DC EMER BUS

(on lateral panel PROP
CTL and IND)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
SYSTEM MONITORING
A-- ICING PROP 1(2)

This caution is generated when one or more blade heating unit (s) is/are inoperative.
- “A-- ICING PROP 1(2)” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the affected PROP pb switch
Note 1: In case of IOM cards or CPM losses propeller anti icing function can be lost. Refer to
chapter 1.01.40 for detailed information.
Note 2: Anti Icing caution messages will also be generated in cases of various IOM and CPM
failures that will trigger indication signals losses. (refer to 1.01.40 - CPM/IOM LOST
EQUIPMENT LIST)
Mod: 5948
P5 001
PROPELLER ANTI ICING APR 11
AA
On the RH Maintenance panel, controls are provided for maintenance purposes only, to
check propeller anti icing system.
PROPELLER ANTI ICING TEST PUSH- BUTTON
This guarded push-- button is used to check the propeller anti icing system functioning.
It must only be operated on ground, with propellers above 63 % NP.
Test procedure :
- Aircraft on ground, propeller > 63 % NP.
- Mode select (overhead panel) : NORM.
- Push test Button.
- The system performs a short anti icing cycle.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
WINDOW HEAT FEB 12
50.1 DESCRIPTION
The cockpit windows are electrically heated :

- The front windshields for ice protection and defogging.
- The side windows for defogging only.
The front windshields are protected against ice formation by an electrically heated
R transparent film incorporated between two plies of glass. It is supplied with 200 V ACW,
and temperature is controlled by an electronic controller which keeps the outer windshield
temperature over 2°C (35°F). The inner surface remains above 21°C (70°F) to prevent
mist formation.
The side windows are protected by an electrically heated system consisting of small wires
R embedded between two plies of glass. It is supplied with 28 volts DC and keeps the inner
temperature over 21°C (70°F).
Mod: 5948
P2 001
WINDOW HEAT FEB 12
50.2 CONTROLS
(1) WINDSHIELD HTG L or R pb

Controls activation of window heat systems :
Pb pressed in Power is supplied to the associated window heat system.
OFF (pb released) Window heat system is deactivated. The OFF light
illuminates white.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when there
is a power loss. The light also illuminates during MFC test.
R (2) SIDE WINDOWS pb
Controls activation of side window heat systems :
ON (pb pressed in) Power is supplied to both side windows heat
systems. ON light illuminates blue. “SIDE WINDOW”cyan label is
displayed on the temporary selections window of MFD.
Pb released Side windows heat systems are deactivated.
FAULT The light illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when there
is a power loss. “SIDE WINDOW”amber label is displayed on the
temporary selections window of MFD.
MEMO PANEL DISPLAY
Mod: 5948
P3 001
WINDOW HEAT FEB 12
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
R EQUIPMENT DC BUS SUPPLY (C/B) AC BUS SUPPLY (C/B)
LH - Nil - ACW BUS 1
Front windshield supply (on lateral panel L FRONT
WINDOW HTG)
Front windshield supply - Nil - ACW BUS 2
control (on lateral panel L FRONT
CTL and CAUTION)
Front windshield alert DC BUS 2 - Nil -
(on lateral panel
WDSHLD IND L)
Side window supply and DC BUS 1 - Nil -
control (on lateral panel side
window left control)
RH - Nil - ACW BUS 2
Front windshield supply (on lateral panel R FRONT
WINDOW HTG)
RH - Nil - ACW BUS 2
Front windshield control (on lateral panel R FRONT
CTL and CAUTION)
Front windshield alert DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on lateral panel
WDSHLD IND R)
Side window supply and DC BUS 2 - Nil -
control (on lateral panel side
window rigth control)
Side window alert DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral panel side
window CAUTION)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
WINDOW HEAT APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
A-- ICING WINDOW

This caution is generated in case of a loss of window heating
- “A-- ICING WINDOW” amber message on EWD
- “SIDE WINDOWS” amber message on the memo panel display
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the SIDE WINDOWS pb switch
A-- ICING L(R) WSHLD

This caution is generated in case of windshield system failure
- “A-- ICING L(R) WSHLD” amber message on EWD
- “FAULT” legend illuminates amber on the affected WINDSHIELDS HTG
or SIDE WINDOW pb switch
Note:
Anti Icing caution messages will also be generated in cases of various IOM and CPM failures
that will trigger indication signals losses. (refer to 1.01.40 - CPM/IOM LOST EQUIPMENT
LIST)
Mod: 5948
P5 001
WINDOW HEAT FEB 12
AA

On the RH Maintenance panel, controls are provided for maintenance purposes only, to
check windshield heat system.
R WINDSHIELD HEATING PUSH TO TEST BUTTON
Test push-- button

Is used to check the windshield head controller functioning.
Test procedure :
- Press and hold test button for 3 seconds.
- The B.I.T.E. executes a programmed check of the controllers, ending with de-- energization
of both overheat power relays.
- MFC magnetic indicator illuminates on the RH maintenance panel when a failure has been
detected during the windshield heating cycle.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
PROBE HEAT DEC 13
AA
60.1 DESCRIPTION
R
To prevent icing on air data sensors, electrical heating is provided for :
- CAPT, F/O, STBY pitot tubes
- CAPT, F/O, STBY left and right statics port
- CAPT, F/O, Alpha (Angle of attack) probes
- CAPT, F/O, TAT probes
The probes are heated both on the ground and in flight, except TAT sensors heating which
are inhibited on the ground.( illustration 1.13.10 p1/2)
60.2 CONTROLS
PROBE HEAT PANEL
R
(1) PITOT lights

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when the respective probe is not heated.
- In flight or on the ground, the associated pitot is not heated
(2) ALPHA, TAT lights

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when the respective probe is not heated.
(3) STAT lights

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when the respective probe is not heated. In
flight, static ports are not monitored by FWS.
(4) CAPT STBY F/O pbs

Controls the activation of probe heating of their respective circuits.
ON (pb pressed in) Probe heating is activated.

OFF (pb released) Probe heating is deactivated. OFF light illuminates white.
Respective PROBE HEAT light illuminates amber.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
PROBE HEAT APR 11

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
CAPT
Pitot tubes ACW BUS 1
- Nil - (on lateral panel PITOT)
Alpha probe ACW BUS 1
(on lateral panel ALPHA)
Static ports DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on lateral pane CAPT STATl)
Alerts DC ESS BUS - Nil -
(on lateral alert CAUTION)
TAT probe - Nil - ACW BUS 1
(on lateral panel CPT TAT)
F/O STAT
ACW BUS 2
Pitot tubes - Nil - (on lateral panel PITOT)
Alpha probe - Nil - ACW BUS 2

(on lateral panel ALPHA)
(on lateral panel F/O STAT)
Alerts DC BUS 2 - Nil -

(on lateral panel CAUTION)
TAT probe - Nil - ACW BUS 2
(on lateral panel F/O TAT)
STBY ACW BUS 1 and 115 VAC
Pitot tube - Nil - STBY BUS
(on lateral panel STBY
PITOT NORM SPLY and
EMER SPLY)

(on lateral panel STBY STAT)
Alerts DC ESS BUS - Nil -
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P3 001
PROBE HEAT APR 11
SYSTEM MONITORING
A-- ICING PROBE

This caution is generated when probe (s) is/are not heated.
- “A-- ICING PROBE” amber message on EWD
- Affected probe light illuminates amber on the PROBES HTG panel
A-- ICING PIT CPT (F/O)(SBY)

This caution is generated in case of failure of the static or pitot probes.
- “A-- ICING PIT CPT(F/O)(SBY)” amber message on EWD
- Affected PITOT light illuminates amber on the PROBES HTG panel
A-- ICING TAT CPT (F/O)

This caution is generated in case of failure of theTAT probe.
- “A-- ICING TAT CPT(F/O)” amber message on EWD
- Affected TAT light illuminates amber on the PROBES HTG panel
Note:
Anti Icing caution messages will also be generated in cases of various IOM and CPM failures
that will trigger indication signals losses. (refer to 1.01.40 - CPM/IOM LOST EQUIPMENT
LIST)
Mod: 5948
P1 001
RAIN PROTECTION APR 11
AA
70.1 DESCRIPTION
Rain removal from front windshields is provided by two wipers : each wiper is driven
by a two speed electric motor. They are controlled by two WIPER selectors on the
overhead panel : one for the Captain, and one for the F/O. Maximum speed to operate
the wipers is 160 kt.
70.2 CONTROLS
WIPER rotary selector

Controls the windshield wiper on the associated side.
FAST wiper operates at 130 cycles/mn.
SLOW wiper operates at 80 cycles/mn.
OFF wiper operation stops at the end-- of-- travel (Park) position.

(C/B)
Captain wiper DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel CAPT)
F/O wiper DC BUS 2
(on lateral panel F/O)
Mod: 5948
P 1/2 001
AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE MONITORING APR 11
AA
15.1 DESCRIPTION
The APM function is to monitor the aircraft drag in icing conditions in order to alert the crew of
a risk of severe icing conditions. The speed in cruise will be also monitored to alert the crew of
an abnormal speed decrease in icing conditions. The APM will check also that the MSIS
(Minimum Severe Icing Speed) is respected.
APM COCKPIT INTERFACE
The CAC realizes the interface between MPC and cockpit APM Alarm and caution (displayed
on EWD and PFD).
The CAC manage APM FAULT/OFF and also APM alarm display through EWD and PFD.
APM OPERATION :
The APM analysis will only occur if the aircraft is considered in icing conditions by the
computer:
- ICING AOA illuminated
- Airframe de-- icing selected on
- Ice accretion detected
- SAT below 10°C
The APM will when active compare aircraft drag with theoretical drag for the actual weight.
The parameters are rolled over in order to have a smoothed analysis thus avoiding spurious
alarms in the cockpit.
APM analysis is only done when both engines are operating, flaps and gear retracted. It is
performed during climb, cruise and descent. In cruise a further monitoring of the speed will be
done comparing actual speed with minimum time speed at maximum cruise power.
In order to be able to compute speeds, the APM needs to know the aircraft actual weight. This
information is taken from the FMS inserted value, should there be no weight information the
APM will do a weight estimation and use it for flight computation.
There are 4 different APM alarm indication display on FMA (Flight Management Annunciator)
and/or EWD:
- ”Cruise Speed Low” cyan indicator (on FMA and EWD)
- ”Degraded Perf” amber indicator (on FMA and EWD)
- ”Increase Speed” amber flashing (on FMA and EWD)
- APM FAULT (on EWD)
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA

APM CONTROL PANEL
(1) APM PTT pb
Used to test the APM function.This test shall be performed daily by the crew, to determine
whether the APM components are operational.
(2) APM indicator pushbutton
This indicator light is used to inform the crew of an APM failure.

In case of a FAULT indication, the APM shall be selected OFF through this push-- button,
and in this case the OFF indication shall be illuminated.
OFF APM function in OFF position (illuminates white)
FAULT Illuminates amber in case of APM FAULT (“APM FAULT” alert is triggered by
FWS ). The APM FAULT is inhibited on ground. The APM FAULT will be
triggered by the MPC in case of internal failure or invalid aircraft parameters.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
As APM is a function managed by the CAC through the MPC, refer to MPC chapter
(1.01.20) for Electrical Supply information.
SYSTEM MONITORING
APM FAULT
This caution is generated when there is a problem in the APM computation, either in the
MPC or in the aircraft wiring.

- “APM FAULT” amber message on EWD
NOTE: As APM computation is not operative on Ground, the APM Fault is inhibited by the
computer on Ground.
CRUISE SPEED LOW

This attention getter is generated only in Cruise Mode to inform the crew that the aircraft
speed is 10kt lower than the theoretical maximum cruise speed and that there is a small
drag increase.
- “CRZ SPD LO” cyan message on FMA

- Associated procedure (normal procedure) on EWD
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
DGD PERF
This caution is generated when there is an abnormal drag increase that could be due to the
severe icing conditions.
Visual and aural alerts are:
- “DGD PERF” amber message on FMA
- “DGD PERF” amber message on EWD
INCREASE SPEED
This caution is generated when the aircraft speed is lower than Minimum Severe Icing
Speed + 2 kt.
- “INCREASE SPEED” amber message on FMA
- “INCREASE SPEED” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
LANDING GEAR 1.14.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.14.00 CONTENTS
1.14.10 GENERAL
1.14.20 LANDING GEAR
20.1 DESCRITION
20.2 CONTROLS
1.14.30 NOSE WHEEL STEERING
30.1 DESCRITION
30.2 CONTROLS
30.4 SCHEMATIC
1.14.40 BRAKES ANTI SKID
40.1 DESCRITION
40.2 CONTROLS
40.5 SCHEMATICS
Mod: 5948
P1 001
GENERAL FEB 12
AA
The landing gear consists of a forward retracting nose gear and two retractable main gears
R mounted partially in the wheel well fairing and partially in the fuselage. They are
R hydraulically operated by green hydraulic system. Gear doors enclose the landing gear
bays.
Each main gear assembly has an oleopneumatic shock absorber and is equipped with two
wheels. Each main wheel is fitted with brakes and anti skid.
The nose gear assembly includes two wheels, an oleopneumatic shock absorber and a
nose wheel steering system.
In case of hydraulic or electrical power supply failure, the landing gear may be extended by
gravity.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
MAIN LANDING GEAR
NOSE LANDING GEAR
Mod: 5948
P2 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
MAIN LANDING GEAR DOORS
GEAR POSITION DETECTION AND INDICATION SYSTEMS

The landing gear position detection and indication system consist of two independant
systems.
Primary system is managed by MFC module 1A. The associated gear position is displayed on
the main instrument panel.
Secondary system is managed by MFC module 2A. The associated gear position is displayed
on the overhead panel.
Each system uses its own detectors and indications :
- down lock and air/ground signals from proximity sensors,
- up lock signal from mechanical limit switches.
Each system commands gear extension and retraction, gear anti retraction system and the
warning associated to “LDG GEAR NOT DOWN”.
R Note : Gear must be considered down when one system indicates three green lights ( ∇ )
Each system has its own Weight On Wheels circuit : WOW 1 into MFC module 1B and WOW 2
into MFC module 2B.
The WOW signals are used by the MFC to have the system using WOW
informations switched to the appropriate air/ground configuration.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
GEAR NORMAL OPERATION
Landing gear extension and retraction is performed by a control lever located on the center
instrument panel.
The MFC electrically controls the landing gear selector valve located in the LH main landing
gear fairing. This valve supplies hydraulic pressure (green system) to :
- Gear extension hydraulic line. The retraction line is then connected to tank return for
extension.
- Gear retraction hydraulic line. The extension line is then connected to tank return for
retraction.
Note 1 :The main gear wheels are automatically braked as soon as the lever is selected up.
Note 2 :As soon as the gear is locked in the selected position, hydraulic pressure is released
from the connecting line.
Uplocking is mechanically achieved. Unlocking is hydraulically achieved.

Down locking is achieved by a dual alignment folding side brace. Locking springs act as
secondary alignment and ensure locking independently of hydraulic pressure availability.
Unlocking is hydraulically achieved.
Each main gear incorporates a door mechanism linked to it. The door is therefore operated by
the gear during retraction and extension.
Four doors close off the nose gear well and restore the fuselage profile. The doors are
actuated mechanically by the gear itself. The two forward doors will be closed after gear
extension while the two aft will remain open.
Landing gear can not be retracted as long as at least one gear shock absorber senses weight
on wheels.
GEAR EMERGENCY EXTENSION
In the event of normal system failure the landing gear can be extended mechanically. The
system is controlled from the flight compartment by a push/pull handle which permits landing
gear mechanical unlocking. The landing gear extends due to gravity and aerodynamic
forces. Main landing gear extension is assisted by a gas actuator.
Nose landing gear is assisted by a mechanical device.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
LDG GEAR CONTROL PANEL
(1) Landing gear position ind.

Displays the gear position as sensed by MFC 1. ∇ illuminates green when respective
down lock is sensed engaged. UNLK illuminates red when respective gear is not locked in
R accordance with the lever selected position or, if on the ground, the uplock box is not in the
open position.
(2) Landing gear control lever

The lever must be pulled out prior to selecting one of the two possible positions :
Up The landing gear retraction is selected.
Down The landing gear extension is selected.
A red light is incorporated in the lever. Light will illuminate and the FWS will be activated
through the MFC, whenever any gear is not sensed down and locked by the detection
system.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
LANDING GEAR FEB 12
AA
LDG GEAR POSITION IND OVERHEAD PANEL

R
Display the gear position as sensed by MFC 2. ∇ illuminates green when respective down
R lock is engaged.UNLK illuminates red when respective gear is not locked in accordance with
R the lever selected position,or if on ground, the UPLOCK box is not in the open position.
LDG GEAR EMERGENCY EXTENSION HANDLE
Pulling the handle above the pedestal level will unlock the landing gear.
MFD EXTENSION AND RETRACTION INDICATING
R See MFD indicating descriptions in 1.14.20, page 9/10, topic LANDING GEAR.
Mod: 5948
P6 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B)
Primary detection system DC STBY BUS
Landing gear CTL Ind and alert (on lateral panel LDG GEAR CTL)
Secondary detection system Ind and Alert DC BUS 2

(on lateral panel IND and WARNING)
Weight on wheels
(air/ground detection)
System 1 DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel WOW SYS 1)
System 2 DC BUS 2
(on lateral panel WOW SYS 2)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P7 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
LDG GEAR NOT DN

This warning is generated when gear are not seen downlocked in approach. It is also
triggered when one of the two power levers is in IDLE position and gear are not seen
downlocked.
- “LDG GEAR NOT DN” red message on EWD
- L/G control lever grip light illuminates red
Note : This warning is triggered when the flaps are at 30°, and when one of the three gears is
not locked down. It is inhibited when the radio-- altitude is higher than 500 feet. Radio-- altitude
failure deletes warning inhibition above 500 feet.
During take-- off the warning is inhibited for 150 seconds.
LDG GEAR
This caution is generated when a discrepancy is detected between any gear position and L/G
lever position after 30 seconds on down position.
- “LDG GEAR” amber message on EWD
- ”UNLK” legend illuminates red on overhead and central panel
Mod: 5948
P8 001
LANDING GEAR APR 11
AA
W.O.W. SELECTOR (FOR MAINTENANCE ONLY)

On the RH maintenance panel, a selector enables the weight on wheels systems to be
selected to the “in flight” position when on the ground, for maintenance purposes.
Mode Selector
Controls the overriding of weight on wheels system.
NORM The system works normally
FLT The systems are forced to the in “FLIGHT” position. “MAINT PNL” amber caution
is displayed on EWD.
FAILURES DISPLAY
A maintenance failure indication of any WOW proximity switch is provided via a specific
MCDU maintenance page.
Mod: 5948
P1 001
NOSE WHEEL STEERING APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
Nose wheel steering is provided by means of a servomechanism mechanically controlled

from the flight compartment and powered by the blue hydraulic system.
Control is achieved using the steering control hand wheel mounted on the captain’s lateral
console. Nose steering angle is 60°. Nose wheel deflection of 91° is possible during
towing with no pressure in the system.
An internal mechanism returns the wheel to centered position when the aircraft is off the
ground.
A swivel valve shuts off hydraulic pressure to the steering system when the nose landing
gear is not locked down and pressure is also shut off by a solenoïd valve when the main
and nose gear shock absorbers are not compressed.
Note : Should any gear rise from ground after all gears have been compressed, the
steering control will be maintained as long as one gear at least, stays on ground.
A switch is provided to deactivate the steering system if required.

In case of either steering system deactivation or blue hydraulic pressure failure, the
aircraft can be guided using differential braking and/or differential engine thrust.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
NOSE WHEEL STEERING FEB 12
AA
30.2 CONTROLS
N/W STEERING SW
This guarded sw controls activation/deactivation of the nose wheel steering system.

It is a guarded type in the ON position.
ON the steering solenoïd valve is electrically armed. The solenoïd is energized when
the steering relay is excited. The valve opens when the steering hydraulic control
is actuated.
OFF Unpressurizes the steering system by de-- energizing the solenoïd valve.
STEERING HANDWHEEL
The steering handwheel controls the nose wheel steering angle

up to 60 ° in either direction :
- Clockwise : steering to the right
- Counter clockwise : steering to the left
Note : Nose wheel steering is self centering after lift - off.
N/W STEERING MFD INDICATNG
R See MFD indicating descriptions on table in 1.14.40 page 9/10 (topic : “NOSE WHEEL
STEERING”)
Mod: 5948
P 3/4 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
Nose wheel steering selection valve DE EMER BUS
(on lateral panel STEERING VALVE)
MFC LOGIC
See Chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
See MFD indicating descriptions on table chap 40 page 9/10 (topic : “NOSE WHEEL
STEERING”)
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
30.4 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P1 001
BRAKES ANTI SKID DEC 13
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
WHEELS AND BRAKES
The four main gear wheels are equipped with mutidisc carbon brakes, each operated by
hydraulically powered pistons.
Two modes are available:
- Normal, controlled by pilot’s brake pedals and supplied by green system.
- Emergency and parking controlled by the emergency and parking brake handle and
supplied by blue system.
Each brake is equipped with an automatic adjuster, a wear indicator pin, and an overheat
detector.
The wheels are fitted with tubeless tires
The main gear wheels are braked automatically as soon as the pilot selects up the landing
gear control lever.
R The main gear wheels are fitted with three fusible plugs (overheat protection) and one
R pressure relief valve (overpressure protection) against tire and wheel burst in the event of
overpressure overheat at fuse location. These fusible plugs are designed to release
internal pressure when the wheel temperature exceeds 177°C/350°F.
ANTI SKID SYSTEM

The antiskid system is provided as soon as the gear is down and locked, and as long as the
aircraft speed exceeds 10 kts.
Each wheel and each pair of external or internal wheels are monitored.
The aim of the system is to provide the maximum stopping performance by controlling
brake pressure in order to minimize wheel slip, brake and tire wear, depending on runway
conditions.
Touchdown protection is ensured (spin up, locked wheel).
The system consists of :
- 4 wheel speed transducers (one per main gear wheel),
- 1 control box
- 1 antiskid module.
A reference velocity signal is elaborated. The anti skid applies a deceleration law
continuously adapting the actual wheel speed to the reference speed.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
BRAKES ANTI SKID APR 11
AA
ANTI SKID BLOCK DIAGRAM
Mod: 5948
P3 001
BRAKES ANTI SKID FEB 12
AA
LOCKED WHEEL PROTECTION
R The system includes locked wheel protection to preclude tire scuffing. The crossover is
applied between inboard main wheels, and between outboard main wheels. For an
aircraft speed above 23 kts a speed differential of 50% or greater between the two speed
signals will result in generation of a locked wheel signal and thus in release of brakes.
TOUCHDOWN PROTECTION
At main gear compression, the braking action is inhibited as long as wheel spin up is below
35 kt or for 5s, in order to preclude inadvertent brake application prior to wheel spin up on
low friction pavements or with light wheel vertical loading.
In the event of electrical supply loss, the antiskid is no more operative and brakes are
directly operated.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
PILOT BRAKE PEDALS
R Controls normal braking mode through the normal metering valve.

R Differential braking is possible with brake pedal individually operated.
EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE HANDLE
Controls emergency and parking braking mode through the emergency and parking
R metering valve. Springloaded to the OFF position.
EMER A metered pressure is applied to the brakes.

PARKING Full pressure is applied to the brakes.
CAUTION : Brake handle applies braking without any antiskid operation.
R Note 1 : In case of hydraulic power system failure, the brake accumulator allows at least 6
braking applications.
Note 2 : When brake handle is not in the fully released position, amber “PRKG BRK ON” is
displayed on EWD and is taken into account by the T/O CONFIG warning system.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKING ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE INDICATOR
In addition to the PRKG BRK ON annunciation on EWD and the Parking / Emergency Braking
Accumulator displayed on MFD ACW/HYD page, the aircraft is fitted with a Parking /
Emergency Braking Accumulator pressure indicator located on the left maintenance panel.
R This indicator is used to read Brake Accumulator Hydraulic Pressure when Batteries are OFF,
R for ground towing operations or in case of the main indication loss.
When the switch is activated, the indicator is energized for two minutes.
When the hydraulic pressure of the accumalator is below 1700 PSI or above 3100 PSI, the
indicator displays blinks.
Brake Accumulator Hydraulic pressure is displayed in green. The displayed value has to be
multiplied by 1000 (as described by the legend on the front face).
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
ANTI SKID PANEL
(1) ANTI SKID pb.

Controls activation/deactivation of the antiskid system.
pb pressed in : Antiskid system is activated.

OFF : (pb released) Antiskid system is deactivated. OFF light illuminates
white.
(2) TEST pb
Press the button initiates an automatic sequencial test to verify the primary antiskid
protection capabilities of the system The test duration is approximately three seconds in
R flight and six seconds on ground. If initiated on ground when brake pedals are depressed,
the test duration is sufficient to allow observation of the brake compression and release,
thereby allowing system verification testing to be performed.
“WHEELS A-- SKID” amber caution is displayed on EWD.
CAUTION : Do not perform the test on the ground, engines running, without parking
brake set.
Note : The test is inhibited when wheel speed exceeds 17 kt
ANTI SKID MFD INDICATING
For anti skid test result and braking message on EWD see table page 11/12.
For braking system availability and accumulator indication see table page 9/10 (topic :
“BRAKES ANTI SKID”)
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B)
Antiskid control for inboard wheels DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel INBOARD WHEELS)
Antiskid control for outboard wheels DC EMER BUS
(on lateral panel OUTBOARD WHEELS)
Antiskid caution system DC STBY BUS
Emer brake accu pressure ind. DC STBY BUS
(on lateral panel PRESS IND)
Brake temp system DC STBY BUS
(on lateral panel MONITORING SYS)
SYSTEM MONITORING
WHEELS A-- SKID

This caution is generated in case of anti skid channel loss (power loss or loss of transducer or
valve continuity).
- “WHEELS A-- SKID” caution message on EWD
- The lost channel will be displayed by an amber F in the brake message
part of the EWD
WHEELS BRK HOT

This caution is generated when brake temperature is detected over 150°C (510 °F).
- “WHEELS BRK HOT” caution message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA

BRK TEMP TEST
On the RH maintenance panel, a test pb is used to test brake overheat detection system.
When depressed, the FWS is activated.
Mod: 5948
P 9/10 001
LANDING GEAR GENERAL APR 11
AA
40.5 SCHEMATIC
Mod: 5948
P 11/12 001
LANDING GEAR GENERAL APR 11
AA
Mod: 5948
NAVIGATION SYSTEM 1.15.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.15.00 CONTENTS
1.15.10 VOR/ILS/MKR/DME SYSTEM

10.1 DESCRIPTION
10.2 CONTROLS
1.15.20 ADF SYSTEM

20.1 DESCRIPTION
20.2 CONTROLS
1.15.30 RADIO ALTIMETER

30.1 DESCRIPTION
30.2 CONTROLS
1.15.40 TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WARNING SYSTEM (TAWS)

40.1 DESCRIPTION
40.2 CONTROLS
1.15.50 WEATHER RADAR

50.1 DESCRIPTION
50.2 CONTROLS
1.15.60 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)

60.1 DESCRIPTION
60.2 OPERATION
1.15.65 FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (FMS)

65.1 DESCRIPTION
1.15.70 NAVIGATION DISPLAY

70.1 GENERAL
70.2 HSI AND MINI ND ON PFD
70.3 ND ON MFD
70.4 NAVIGATION SELECTION
70.5 IESI
Mod: 5948
NAVIGATION SYSTEM 1.15.10.
P 1/2 001
VOR/ILS/MKR/DME SYSTEM APR 11
AA
10.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is equipped with :

- two VOR receivers
- two ILS receivers
- one MKR receiver
- one or two DME interrogator/receiver
NOTE :
VHF-- NAV1 includes the VOR1, ILS1, MKR1 and ADF1 receivers (same LRU).
VHF-- NAV2 includes the VOR2, ILS2, and MKR2 receivers (same LRU). ADF2 can be part
of VHF-- NAV2 if installed.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
VOR
The aircraft is equipped with two VOR receivers operating over the range 108.00 and
117.95 MHz.
The VOR information can be displayed on the HSI part of the PFD or on the Navigation
Display (ND) of the MFD. Simultaneous display on PFD and MFD is possible.
The VOR audio signals are transmitted to the Remote Control Audio Unit.
VOR frequency selection can be performed through MCP and MCDU.

Range display and source switching on HSI between VOR and ADF is controlled by the
EFCP.
VOR course selection is performed through FGCP.
VOR pointer symbols and reminders are displayed on both HSI on the PFD and on the
Navigation display on the MFD.
VOR indications are displayed in white.
VOR receiver 1 is used by the IESI.
For general architecture refer to page 1
ILS
The aircraft is equipped with two ILS receivers operating over the range 108.00 and 111.95
MHz.
The ILS information is displayed on the PFD on the ADI for LOC and G/S deviation and
on the HSI for LOC only.
ILS frequency selection can be performed through MCP and MCDU.

ILS course selection is performed through FGCP.
The ILS audio signals are transmitted to the RCAU.
ILS receiver 1 is used by the IESI.
For general architecture refer to page 1
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
MARKER
The MARKER system consists of the following components:

- 2 VOR/ILS/MKR receivers
- 1MARKER antenna
- 1 MARKER antenna coupler
Outer, Middle and Inner markers signals are received and processed for visual display and
audio annunciation.
The MARKER symbols (MARKER beacon annunciator) are displayed at the bottom right
corner of the Attitude Display Indicator (ADI) of the PFD.
DME
The DME frequency are paired with VOR/ILS ones.

The DME equipment has three channels, allowing tuning three different frequencies.
The DME channels are tuned by the RMA as follow:
- Channel 1 of DME is associated with frequency of VOR/ILS1
- Channel 2 of DME is associated with frequency of VOR/ILS2
- Channel 3 of DME is associated with frequency from FMS (auto tuning)
The DME HOLD function allows using the DME signal from an other VOR/ILS source than
the active one. A cyan “H” will appear beside the selected frequency to indicate the hold
status.
The distance reading is shown on Captain and First Officer Primary Flight Display (PFD)
and Navigation Display (ND).
DME frequency selection can be performed through MCP and MCDU.
The DME audio signals are transmitted to the RCAU.
For general architecture refer to page 1.
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
10.2 CONTROLS
VCP
(1) Active Frequency

Indicates the tuned VOR/ILS frequency associated to DME (in cyan).
(2) STBY Frequency
Indicates the preset frequency (in cyan).
(3) “< >”
Enables to switch Active and Stby frequencies.
(4) Tune Mode
Indicates the tuning mode (auto or manual) (checked or unchecked).
(5) DME HOLD
Enables to hold the current frequency while using another one (in green).
MCDU
(2) DME HOLD status (On/Off)
(3) STBY Frequency
(4) Marker sensitivity
(5) Tune Mode (Auto or manual)
The NAV MCDU page allows to tune VOR/ILS/DME frequencies, to set Tune Mode, DME
Hold, and to set MKR sensibility (LO/HI position).
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
FGCP
(1) Course knob

Selects course.
(2) Rotary switch
Selects Radio Navigation Data source
EFCP
(1) BRG P/B

select bearing source
(2) “+/-- ” P/B
Increases/Decreases range of the Navigation Display page.
(3) FORMAT rotary knob
Changes the format of the ND
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
MKR indicating on PFD
Three Symbols can be displayed : Outer (”O” on cyan background), Middle (”M” on yellow
background) or Inner (black on white background).
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
IESI
(1) G/S deviation indicator

(2) VOR course deviation (if VOR active)
(3) LOC deviation indicator (if ILS active)
(4) COURSE indication
(5) TO-- FROM pointer
(6) VOR1 or ILS1 source identification
(7) VOR/ILS frequency
VOR/ILS
The IESI can display the used Navigation Source (VOR or ILS) and its frequency.
According to Nav Source selected, the appropriate course deviation scale or localizer and
glideslope deviation scale will be displayed.
Dashes or FAIL flag is displayed in case of invalid data from selected navigation source.
For further information refer to 1.10.36 IESI or to THALES user’s guide for the IESI
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
NAV 1 DC STBY BUS
(on overhead panel NAV 1)
NAV 2 DC BUS 2
(on overhead panel NAV 2)
DME 1 DC BUS 1
(on overhead panel DME 1)
DME 2 DC BUS 2
(if installed) (on overhead panel DME 2)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
“SGL DME” (only if 2 DME installed)

This caution is generated when one DME is detected failed.
- “SGL DME” amber message on EWD
“DME LOSS”
This caution is generated when DME (or both if 2 installed) is detected failed.
- “DME LOSS” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
“RMS”
This caution is generated when one RMS is detected failed.
- “RMS” amber message on EWD
“RMS 1+2”
This caution is generated when both RMS are detected failed.
- “RMS 1+2” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
ADF SYSTEM APR 11
AA
20.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is equipped with one ADF (a second one could be installed as an option).
The receiver operates in the 190 to 1799 KHz range.
ADF bearing pointer symbols and reminders are displayed on both HSI on the PFD and on the
Navigation display on the MFD.
ADF indications are displayed in green.
The ADF audio signals are transmitted to the RCAU.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
ADF SYSTEM APR 11
AA
20.2 CONTROLS
VCP

Indicates the tuned ADF frequency (in cyan).
(2) STBY Frequency
Indicates the preset frequency (in cyan).
(3) “< >”
Enables to switch Active and Stby frequencies.
(4) ADF label
“ADF” label displayed in green when ADF mode is selected.
(5) TONE label
“TONE” label displayed in green when ADF tone is set.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
ADF SYSTEM APR 11
AA
MCDU
The following ADF parameters can be displayed and set through the MCDU:
- active frequency
- standby frequency
- Mode selection
- Tone selection
- Preset function that allows to store NDB frequency for subsenquent use.
The ADF pages are accessed on the MCDU through the RMS key, then NAV lsk (line
selection key).
Mod: 5948
P4 001
ADF SYSTEM APR 11
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B)
MCP 1 DC EMER BUS
(on overhead panel CAPT MCP)
MCP 2 DC ESS BUS
(on overhead panel F/O MCP)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
P1 001
RADIO ALTIMETER APR 11
AA
30.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is equipped with one radio altimeter.

And two in option (applicable if Mod 5967 is installed).
The radio altimeter gives accurate height information when flying below 2500ft.
The radio altimeter system comprises one transceiver and two antennas.
The range of the display is from 0 to 2500 ft. Radio altitude information is displayed in the
bottom of the ADI part of the PFD.
Decision height selection is performed from the ICP (Index Control Panel).
The Radio Altimeters provides information to the MFC, AFCS, TCAS and TAWS.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
30.2 CONTROLS
Radio altitude selection is through the Index Control Panel.

In order to set a Decision Height, Captain and First Officer have to select their respective ICP
to DH then to set the required decision height value from 0 to 999 ft.
RA DISPLAY
Several altitude information are gathered on PFD :
(1) Radio Altitude Indication on altitude scale

Displayed when radio altitude is less than 550 ft
(2) Current Radio Altitude (RA)

Numeric value displayed from 0 to 2500 ft.
(3) Selected Decision Height (DH)

Selected by the Captain and First Officer through their respective ICP.
(4) DH annunciator
Indicates that the aircraft is descending through decision height.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT AC BUS SUPPLY
(C/B)
RA 1 115V AC BUS 1
(on overhead panel RA 1)
RA 2 115V AC BUS 2
(on overhead panel RA 2)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
“RAD-- ALT LOSS”

This caution is generated when the radio altimeter is detected failed.
- “RAD-- ALT LOSS” amber message on EWD
Mod: 5948
P1 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
40.1 DESCRIPTION
The Terrain and Traffic Collision Avoidance System (T2CAS) is designed to provide the flight
crew with visual and aural warnings of possible inadvertent flight into terrain.
During normal flight operations, the system remains essentially silent.

It uses GPS, radio altitude, barometric altitude and other relevant data in combination with its
internal database information to provide the pilot with a full time terrain display. The look
ahead function compares aircraft’s position and projected flight profile with the terrain
database, and if activated, also the obstacle database.
TAWS alert modes are:
Reactive warning modes:

- Mode 1: Excessive descent rate
- Mode 2: Excessive terrain closure rate
- Mode 3: Loss of altitude after take-- off or go around
- Mode 4: Unsafe terrain clearance not in landing mode
- Mode 5: Excessive descent below glide slope
- Mode 6: Excessive bank angle and altitude callouts
Predictive warning modes:

- Terrain Caution and Warning
- Obstacle Caution and Warning
Note:
CPA when used in reference to TAWS refers to Collision Prediction and Alerting.
TAWS is a situational awareness system. It is not intended to be used for primary navigation
of the aircraft.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
ALERT MODES
MODE 1 - EXCESSIVE DESCENT RATE
This mode monitors the radio altitude and vertical speed and generates a reactive
medium-- term caution and a reactive short-- term warning when the current flight path is
descending at an excessive rate.
Two alerts can be generated:
“SINK RATE” Caution
“PULL UP” Warning
Mod: 5948
P3 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
MODE 2 - EXCESSIVE TERRAIN CLOSURE RATE
This mode monitors the radio altitude, computed airspeed, landing gear configuration,
and landing flaps configuration and generates a reactive medium-- term caution and a
reactive short-- term warning when the current flight path and the terrain are closing at
an excessive rate.
Two alerts can be generated:
- “TERRAIN” caution
- “PULL UP” Warning
Mod: 5948
P4 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
MODE 3 - LOSS OF ALTITUDE AFTER TAKE- OFF OR GO AROUND

This mode monitors the radio altitude and aircraft altitude and generates a caution alert
when there is loss of altitude after takeoff or a missed approach.
One alert can be generated:
- “DON’T SINK” Caution
Mod: 5948
P5 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
MODE 4 - UNSAFE TERRAIN CLEARANCE NOT IN LANDING MODE
This mode monitors the radio altitude, landing gear configuration, landing flaps
configuration, and airspeed and generates a caution alert if there is insufficient terrain
clearance when the aircraft is not in the proper landing configuration.
Thus 3 alerts can be generated:
- TOO LOW TERRAIN caution
- TOO LOW GEAR caution
- TOO LOW FLAPS caution
Mod: 5948
P6 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
MODE 5 - EXCESSIVE DESCENT BELOW GLIDESLOPE
This mode monitors the radio altitude, glideslope deviation, localizer deviation,
landing gear configuration, and glideslope inhibit/cancel. It generates a caution alert if
there is excessive descent below the instrument glidepath when making a front course
approach with the gear down.
One alert can be generated :
- “GLIDESLOPE” caution
Mod: 5948
P7 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
MODE 6 - EXCESSIVE BANK ANGLE AND ALTITUDE CALLOUTS

This mode monitors the radio altitude and bank angle, and generates an aural
annunciator (BANK ANGLE) when the aircraft bank angle exceeds a bank angle limit
defined with respect to radio altitude.
Mod: 5948
P8 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
TERRAIN CLEARANCE FLOOR
A terrain clearance floor envelope is stored in the database for each runway for which terrain
data exist. The Terrain Clearance Floor (TCF) function warns of a premature descent below
this floor, regardless of the aircraft’s configuration.
If the aircraft descends below this floor, a TOO LOW TERRAIN aural warning sounds and the
GPWS pushbutton light illuminates on the glareshield.
RUNWAY FIELD CLEARANCE FLOOR
The Runway Field Clearance Floor (RFCF) provides an additional envelope protection, for
runways that are significantly higher than the surrounding terrain. It is contained in a circle
within the 5.5 NM of the runway threshold and it is based on the geometric altitude and the
runway elevation.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
TERRAIN AND OBSTACLE AWARNESS

This function use aircraft geographic position provided by the aircraft GPS, aircraft altitude
and a worldwide terrain database to predict potential conflicts between the aircraft flight path
and the terrain, and to provide aural alert and graphic displays of the conflicting terrain.
Terrain/ Obstacle Alerting

Caution and Warning envelopes below and ahead of the aircraft path are computed as a
function of airspeed and flight path angle.
If the aircraft penetrates the Caution Envelope boundary, an aural message “TERRAIN
AHEAD” or “OBSTACLE AHEAD” is generated with the glareshield pushbutton “GPWS”
lights illuminating. Simultaneously, conflicting terrain areas are“ shown in solid yellow on the
Terrain Display (MFD).“
If the aircraft penetrates the Warning Envelope boundary, an aural message “TERRAIN
AHEAD, PULL UP” or “OBSTACLE AHEAD, PULL UP” is generated with the glareshield
pushbutton lights illuminating red “PULL UP”. Simultaneously, conflicting terrain areas are
show in solid red on the Terrain display (MFD).
Terrain / Obstacle Display

The terrain data can be displayed on the ND part of the MFD. When the terrain display is
selected it replaces the Weather Radar display and can be available to the flight crew at any
time.
A discrete pop up signal is used to automatically display on the MFD the threatening terrain or
obstacle with an auto range of 10 NM, whatever is the previous information displayed.
Alert Level Aural warning Navigation Display Local warning

Warning TERRAIN AHEAD, - automatic 10 NM On each pilot’s gla-
PULL UP display
p y reshield, ppushbut-
OBSTACLE - solid red area t light
ton li ht illuminates
ill i t
AHEAD, PULL UP red “PULL UP”
Caution TERRAIN AHEAD - automatic 10 NM On each pilot’s gla-

ddisplay
sp ay reshield pushbutton
es e d pus butto
OBSTACLE AHEAD - solid yellow area light illuminates am-
ber “GPWS”
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
The local terrain forward of the aircraft is depicted as variable density dot patterns in green,
yellow or red. The density and color being a function of how close the terrain is relative to
aircraft altitude.Terrain Alerts are depicted by painting the threatening terrain or obstacle as
solid yellow or red.
The Peaks display adds additional density patterns and level threshold to the standard mode
display. At altitudes safely above all terrain for the display range chosen, the terrain is
displayed independently of aircraft altitude.
The Peaks display includes a solid green level to indicate the highest non threatening terrain.
The red and yellow dot pattern and solid red and yellow colors are unchanged with regard to
the standard display.
The terrain identified as water is displayed as cyan dots. Two elevation numbers (in hundreds
of feet above MSL)with the highest terrain on top and the lowest terrain under it are displayed
with the corresponding colors to indicate the highest and lowest terrain currently being
displayed. A single elevation number (high altitude) is displayed when the screen is fully
black or blue as the result of flying over water or relatively flat terrain where there is no
appreciable difference in terrain elevations.
Peaks terrain background display
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
40.2 CONTROLS
PULL UP - GPWS P/B
PULL UP illuminates red on black background for Warning triggered by

GPWS Modes. The illumination is accompanied by the voice alert for
the particular mode.
GPWS illuminates amber on black background for Caution triggered by GPWS
Modes. The illumination is accompanied by the voice alert for
the particular mode
Depressed Self Tests the system on ground.
Inhibitis the aural and visual alert caution in flight.
GPWS Selector
The selector is guarded and wirelocked on NORM position.

NORM GPWS operates normally.
FLAP OVRD Mode 4 alert caused by flap extension at less than landing configuration
is inhibited to avoid nuisance warnings in case of landing with reduced
flap setting.
OFF All GPWS modes are inhibited, GPWS is inoperative.
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
TERR Guarded pb
Pressed all Enhanced (TAD & TCF) modes are operative.

FAULT illuminates amber when some or all Enhanced modes are lost.
OFF illiminated white when TERR pb is released to inhibit Enhanced modes.
GPWS annunciator light
FAULT Illuminates amber when some or all GPWS basic modes are lost.
OFF Illuminates white when GPWS selector on OFF position.
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
TAWS Soft Controls - VCP OVLY tab
On MFDs, in normal display configuration, both captain and first officer Virtual Control
Panel (VCP) OVLY tab enable Terrain background selection on respective Navigation
Displays.
Terrain Background Display (ND)
(1) TAWS status indication (2) TAWS image
When Terrain background is selected on OVLY tab of VCP :

- a cyan “TERR” label is displayed on the lower right side of ND
- Terrain background is displayed in different color and density and indicates the
difference between local ground altitude and aircraft altitude.
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
TAWS APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
PULL UP GPWS P/B

GPWS light DC BUS 1
TERR pb (on overhead panel TAWS ADVS)
T2CAS computer DC BUS 2 (on overhead pane T2CAS T-- R)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
GPWS
This caution is generated when GPWS function is detected failed.
- “GPWS” amber message on EWD
- Illumination of GPWS annunciator FAULT light (amber)
TERRAIN
This caution is generated when terrain function is failed.
- “TERRAIN” amber message on EWD
- Illumination of TERR push button FAULT light (amber)
Note : When Terrain background is selected on OVLY tab of VCP, TERRAIN function
failure is indicated by ”TERR FAULT” amber label on ND (or HSI).
Mod: 5948
P1 001
WEATHER RADAR APR 11
AA
50.1 DESCRIPTION
The weather radar system detects atmospheric disturbances and provides the crew with
display of precipitation levels for ranges up to 300NM in front of the aircraft.
In addition it can display terrain mapping information.
Weather Information can be displayed on the Captain and First Officer Navigation Displays
(MFD pages) with RADAR background selected on Virtual Control Panel (VCP).
Four colors are used, each corresponding to a different target return level.
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
50.2 CONTROLS
WEATHER RADAR CONTROL PANEL
(1) Mode selector

Enables the selection of the operating mode.
OFF The radar system is turned off (terrain information are not
displayed on the MFD and “TERR FAULT” amber label is
illuminated).
SBY (“WX STBY” displayed white on the MFD) Places the radar in a
stand by with the antenna scan stopped and the transmitter
inhibited.
WX (“WX TX”displayed green on the MFD) Selects the weather

detection mode, displaying five different levels of returns.
Level 0 : Black No detectable cloud
Level 1 : Green Moderate storm
Level 2 : Yellow Less severe storm
Level 3 : Red Strong storm
Level 4 : Magenta Intense storm
On the ground, the system is automatically forced in STBY position
for safety. If needed, it is possible to restore the active WX mode by
pressing the STAB button four times in three seconds.
GMAP (“WX GMAP” displayed cyan on the MFD) Selects the ground
mapping mode using four different levels of returns.
Level 0 : Black No return
Level 1 : Cyan Least reflective return
Level 2 : Yellow Moderate return
Level 3 : Magenta Strong return
TST (“WX TEST” displayed on the MFD) displays a test pattern to verify
the system.
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
(2) TILT control

Is used to adjust the antenna pitch from 15o down to 15o up.
(3) GAIN rotary control and push/pull switch

When the switch is pushed, the system enters the preset, calibrated gain mode, in this mode,
the rotary control is deactivated.
When the switch is pulled, the system enters the variable gain mode, adjustable by the rotary
control (G-- VAR is displayed green on the MFD).
RCT push button

Activates or deactivates the REACT mode which compensates for attenuation of the radar
signal as it passes through rain fall. (WX RCT is displayed cyan on the MFD).
The cyan field indicates areas where further compensation is not possible. Any target
detected in these areas will be displayed in magenta and should be considered as
dangerous.
TGT push button

Activates and deactivates the radar target alert mode. When activated, TGT is displayed
green on the MFD and the system monitors beyond the selected range and 7.5o on each side
of the aircraft heading.
If a level 3 characteristic return is detected in the monitored area, the TGT legend on the MFD
changes from green to amber. TGT alert can only be selected in the WX and FPL modes.
STAB push button

Turns the pitch and roll stability ON and OFF.
SECT push button

Is used to select either the normal 12 looks/mn 120o scan or the faster update 24 looks/mn
60o sector scan.
Mod: 5948
P4 001
WEATHER RADAR DEC 13
AA
WX Background Selection
Captain ND is available by pressing ND on EFCP Left and First Officer ND via EFCP Right.
Thus ND format appears on MFD pages. On ND page Weather Radar background can be
selected using Virtual Control Panel (lower part of MFD).
Weather Radar background is updated in accordance with ND Format (ARC ROSE) and
ND Range selected on EFCP left for ND Captain and EFPC right for ND First Officer.
(1) Radar background (on ND) box selection

(2) Terrain background (on ND) box selection
The Virtual Control Panel is controlled by MCP :
ND selection and display can be set by EFCP :
(1) Range selection (2) : Format selection (3) : ND selection
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
MFD DISPLAY
The Weather Radar System has several mode and warning annunciations are displayed
on lower right side of ND.
(1) Weather radar image
Four lines are dedicated to weather function mode and warning annunciators.
(2) Weather Radar Range Error (line 1)

An amber “RNG” message indicates a mismatch between DU and WXR ranges.
(3) Weather Radar Modes (line 2)

WX Mode Alert Color Mode Description
Annunciation
WX WAIT WHITE Power-- up approximately 90 seconds
WX STBY WHITE Normal standby (STBY position of rotary switch) or
forced standby (ON and aircraft on ground)
WX TEST YELLOW Test mode and no faults
WX TX GREEN Normal WX on and selected for display
WX DGD AMBER Invalid WX control bus, invalid WX ranges
WX RCT CYAN Normal WX with react
WX GMAP CYAN Ground map mode
WX FAIL AMBER Test mode and faults
Mod: 5948
P6 001
AA
(4) Gain Control Status Message / Target (line 3)

Annunciation
G-- VAR GREEN Variable Gain

Annunciation
TGT GREEN Target alert enabled
TGT AMBER Target alert enabled and level 3 WX return detected in
forward 15 degrees of antenna scan
(5) Tilt Angle (line 4)

When Tilt mode is not OFF or STBY, a green “T” followed by cyan tilt angle value and white
“°” unit are displayed.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA

ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B) (C/B)
Weather radar DC BUS 1 -
(Receiver Transmitter (on overhead panel WXR)
Antenna)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
SYSTEM MONITORING
In case of WEATHER RADAR failure, TERRAIN map can still be displayed (since WX
RADAR and TERRAIN display are independant).
Mod: 5948
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM P1 001
GPS APR 11
AA
60.1 DESCRIPTION
The GPS is a navigation system based on satellite transmission, and provides high precision
data to other systems, in any place of earth and in any weather conditions:
- position
- ground speed
- date and time
- quality and integrity criteria
The GPS also performs a failure recording/reporting to the Centralized Maintenance

Application (CMA).
The GPS is composed of a GPS receiver and a GPS antenna.

One or Two GPS receivers and antennas can be installed on the aircraft.
The GPS is capable to be initialized by FMS data (latitude/longitude/altitude/UTC/Date) for

quick acquisition.
The GPS is connected with T2CAS, Transponders, PFDs, MFDs, Clocks (only for GPS1) and
FDAU.
Mod: 5948
GPS APR 11
AA
60.2 OPERATION
The primary function of the GPS is to receive the satellite RF signal from the antenna, find the
signal code phase and carrier phase and by using this signals, compute antenna position.
Output data includes three dimensional aircraft position and velocities, quality and integrity
criteria.
In case of dual GPS installation, each GPS receiver output GPS data to other systems which
have to select the GPS source used.
Position
Position is displayed on GPS NAV page of the MCDU.
In case of double FMS failure, the GPS position (latitude, longitude) is displayed on the upper
right corner of the Navigation Display.
Ground Speed
Ground speed is displayed on GPS NAV page of the MCDU.
In case of double FMS failure the GPS Ground speed is displayed on the upper left corner of
the Navigation Display.
Date/Time
The GPS1 provide the time information to other systems.
GPS date and time can be displayed on clocks, and on MCDU.
N.B: ONLY GPS1 provide time information to clocks.
Quality criteria
All quality criteria can be displayed on MCDU GPS pages.
RAIM/PRAIM
GPS RAIM and PRAIM data can be displayed on MCDU GPS pages.
NB : RAIM is a function implemented into the GPS receiver and provides integrity monitoring
of GPS signals for aviation application.
Predictive RAIM (PRAIM) provides the pilot with RAIM availability accordance to satellite
constellation predicted availability.
Failure Reporting
GPS reports failures to the CMA.
Mod: 5948
GPS NOV 14
AA
60.1 DESCRIPTION
The GPS is a navigation system based on satellite transmission, and provides high precision
data to other systems, in any place of earth and in any weather conditions:
- position
- ground speed
- date and time
- quality and integrity criteria
The GPS also performs a failure recording/reporting to the Centralized Maintenance

Application (CMA).
The GPS is composed of a SBAS GPS receiver and a GPS antenna.

One or Two SBAS GPS receivers and associated GPS antennas can be installed on the
aircraft.
The GPS is capable to be initialized by FMS data (latitude/longitude/altitude/UTC/Date) for

quick acquisition.
The GPS is connected with T2CAS, Transponders, PFDs, MFDs, Clocks (only for GPS1) and
FDAU.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7123

GPS APR 11
AA
60.2 OPERATION
The primary function of the GPS is to receive the satellite RF signal from the antenna, find the
signal code phase and carrier phase and by using this signals, compute antenna position.
Output data includes three dimensional aircraft position and velocities, quality and integrity
criteria.
In case of dual GPS installation, each GPS receiver output GPS data to other systems which
have to select the GPS source used.
Position
Position is displayed on GPS NAV page of the MCDU.
In case of double FMS failure, the GPS position (latitude, longitude) is displayed on the upper
right corner of the Navigation Display.
Ground Speed
Ground speed is displayed on GPS NAV page of the MCDU.
In case of double FMS failure the GPS Ground speed is displayed on the upper left corner of
the Navigation Display.
Date/Time
The GPS1 provide the time information to other systems.
GPS date and time can be displayed on clocks, and on MCDU.
N.B: ONLY GPS1 provide time information to clocks.
Quality criteria
All quality criteria can be displayed on MCDU GPS pages.
RAIM/PRAIM
GPS RAIM and PRAIM data can be displayed on MCDU GPS pages.
NB : RAIM is a function implemented into the GPS receiver and provides integrity monitoring
of GPS signals for aviation application.
Predictive RAIM (PRAIM) provides the pilot with RAIM availability accordance to satellite
constellation predicted availability.
Failure Reporting
GPS reports failures to the CMA.
Mod: 5948
GPS APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
GPS 1 DC STDBY BUS
(on overhead panel GPS 1)
GPS 2 (if installed) DC BUS 2
(on overhead panel GPS 2)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01
Mod: 5948
GPS NOV 14
AA
60.2.1 LPV OPERATION
With automatic transition from FMS Guidance.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7180

GPS NOV 14
AA
(1)Track angle bug
Indicates on the heading dial the current track. It is represented by a magenta unfilled
diamond located along the heading dial and pointing towards the aircraft mock-- up.
(2) Navigation source annunciator
FMS1 or FMS2 indicates navigation source (FM1 or FM2 selected on FGCP).
Notes:
.When navigation source selection is consistent with PFD/ND side,

navigation source annunciator is displayed in magenta for FMS and cyan for GPS.
When FM navigation source is not consistent with PFD/ND, navigation source annunciator is
displayed in yellow.
· For LPV approaches, NAV SOURCE knob must be set to FMS. While aircraft is following the
FPLN, navigation source is FMS. When LPV modes are armed, navigation source is still FMS.
GPS preview is also displayed to anicipate angular deviations display.
Finally, once LPV approach modes activate, navigation source automatically switches to GPS
only.
(3) TO WPT ident
FMS waypoint ”TO” ident in magenta characters is displayed .
(4) GPS
Airport runway and approach path ident.
(5) Selected course (CRS) /Desired track (BRG) numeric value
Provides the angle value of the associated pointer.
Represented by :
D White ”CRS” label followed by 3 cyan digits from001 to 360 degrees, followed by a white label if
the navigation selected source is GPS (in normal condition).
.White ”CRS” label followed by 3 amber dashes, followed by a white ” ” label in case of
invalidity.
D White ”BRG” label followed by 3 magenta digits from 001 to 360 degrees, followed by a white
” ” label if the navigation selected source is FMS.
. White ”BRG” label followed by 3 amber dashes, followed by a white ” ” label in case of
invalidity.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7180

GPS NOV 14
AA
(6) GPS/FMS distance To Go
Indicates the distance to go to the navigation source reference.

(Waypoint for FMS source and Runway threshold for GPS source).
Represented by:
. Three green digits, ranging from 0.0 to 99.9 in decimal increment and after in whole
numbers followed by a white ”NM” label in normal operation.
.Three amber dashes followed by a white ”NM” label are displayed in case of invalidity
(7) TO / FROM pointer
The TO / FROM pointer is a cyan triangle if GPS is navigation source and magenta in case of
FMS is navigation source.
(8) Course / Desired Track deviation bar
Bar color is:

. Cyan when corresponding to GPS navigation source.
. Magenta when corresponding to FMS navigation source.
9) FMS Messages
.”TERM” inform the pilots about sensitivity of deviation scales

(respectively 1 NM and 0.3 NM), displayed in green.
. ”MSG” informs the pilot that a message is displayed on the MCDU.
(10) LPV capability available
”LPV” in green for LPV approach.
Note: In case of loss of capability, this label is displayed in amber.
(11) Aircraft symbol and heading reference
The aircraft symbol is a yellow mock-- up plane.

The heading reference is a yellow unfilled triangle pointing down at the top of the compass
rose.
(12) Course desired track deviation scale
In case of excessive LOC deviation, the four dots flash amber. In case of invalidity, two red
lines cross the dots.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7180

GPS NOV 14
AA
(13) Vertical CDI source
.Magenta ”V” for FMS navigation source.

.Cyan ”L” for LPV navigation source.
(14) Vertical CDI
.Magenta rectangle that is displayed with a vertical deviation scale when FMS deviation source
is selected. Pointer and scale are displayed during DESCENT and APPROACH.
Vertical CDI scale is composed of five fixed dashes that provide the pilot with
a measure of vertical deviation from FMS vertical profile of the active leg; full
scale equals either ± 150ft in approach area and ± 500ft otherwise (transparent background).
Note:
D When V-- FP or L-- GS mode is active, Vertical CDI scale background turns black.
.During LPV approach, angular deviations are displayed with cyan diamonds
(15) Lateral CDI
.Magenta rectangle which is displayed with a lateral deviation scale when FMS navigation
source is selected.
Lateral CDI scale is composed of five fixed dashes that provide lateral deviation from FMS
lateral path of the active FPLN leg; half-- scale equals curent RNP considered by FMS with a
maximum of 5.0 NM.
Notes:
D When V-- FP or L-- LOC mode is active, Lateral CDI scale background turns black.
D When CDI is used for guidance in degraded guidance operations, pilot

shall control the aircraft to center lateral CDI pointer to follow FPLN.
D In FMS source, half rectangle is displayed at scale limit when deviation

exceeds maximum scale sensitivity.
.During LPV approach, angular deviations are displayed with cyan diamonds.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7180

GPS NOV 14
AA
(16) VS digital readout and VS pointer
.VS digital readout indicates in green the current vertical speed value in hundreds of feet
.VS pointer is a green line extended from a fixed point outside the display to a point along the
scale indicating the current vertical speed.
The VS readout is associated to the VS pointer.
(17) VS target digital readout and VS target bug
.VS target readout indicates the active vertical speed target value in hundreds of feet.
.VS target bug is a filled ”M-- shape” bug located on the vertical tape between numeric
indications and graduations of the scale.
The VS target readout is associated with the target bug.
When VNAV is active, it indicates the FMS computed VS target digital value in magenta and
a M-- shape bug in magenta.
(18) Identification of tuned VHF NAVAID
When FMS auto-- tuning function is activated, FMS identifies beacon identification of a VOR
frequency, beacon identification is displayed instead of its frequency.
Mod: 5948 + 6977 + 7180

FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM P1 001
FMS NOV 14
AA
65.1 DESCRIPTION
The aircraft is equipped with 2 Flight Management Systems, real core of the aircraft
management.
The FMS allow managing the aircraft during all the phases of the flight, allowing for flight plan
management, flight prediction computations, wind management, and aircraft various
sensors management.
FMS 1(software and database) is located inside display unit 2 (DU2).

FMS 2 (software and database) is located inside display unit 4 (DU4).
The Flight Management System is controlled by:

- 2 MCDU (Multipurpose Control and Display Unit)
- 2 VCP (Virtual Control Panel) and their associated MCP (Multi Control Panel)
- FGCP (Flight Guidance Control Panel)
The FMS software, FMS configuration file and the Performance database are permanently
stored into the respective DU.
The FMS needs to have the compact flash card inserted in the DU in order to have the
following functions available (some of the data are not mandatory for FMS operations):
- « Standard navigation databases (2 AIRAC cycles)

- « Company navigation database (not mandatory)
- « Pilot navigation database (not mandatory)
- « Magnetic Variation database
- « Secondary FPLN (not mandatory)
In normal operation, FMS 1 & 2 are synchronized and operate in dual operation even if both
are achieving their own computation and exchange data through the cross talk link.
R For operating instructions refer to FCOM VOL 4 .
Mod: 5948
P1 001
NAVIGATION DISPLAY APR 11
AA
70.1 GENERAL
The navigation information are displayed in different format, on PFD, MFD and IESI.
PFD
On the flight guidance coupled side, the ND is displayed by default on the MFD. In standard
configuration an HSI is displayed on the PFD.
If the pilot changes the ND to an other page (system for example), a mini ND page is displayed
on the PFD, in place of the HSI.
In this case the format of the mini ND can be changed by the rotary knob (only ROSE and
ARC).
Mod: 5948
P2 001
AA
MFD (ND PAGE)
Three different ND format, can be displayed on the MFD, by pressing on the ND push button
(see description below), and then by selecting the format on the NAV control.
- BRG 1(2) pb
Select the station (VOR or ADF) associated to the bearing pointers
- Range pb
Select the different operating ranges
- Format knob
Change the ND format (ARC, ROSE and PLAN)
Mod: 5948
P3 001
AA
IESI
Mod: 5948
P4 001
AA
70.2 HSI and mini ND on PFD
HSI
Mod: 5948
P5 001
AA
MINI ND
The same information as on the HSI could be find on these formats.
Mod: 5948
NAVIGATION SYSTEMS 1.15.70
P6 001
AA
(1) Navigation source annunciation

Indicates which navigation source is selected on the own-- side FGCP.
It is displayed in
- cyan for VOR or ILS source selected
- magenta for FMS source selected
When yellow, the annunciation indicates a source reversion.
(2) Radio-- navigation frequency / FMS ident

Identifies the selected source either by its frequency (VOR and ILS) or by its ident (FMS).
Five cyan digits from 108.00 to 117.95 MHz are displayed in case of VOR-- ILS nav source.
Five amber dashes are displayed in case of invalidity.
The label of valid FMS waypoint “TO” ident with maximum seven magenta characters is
displayed in case of FMS nav source.
(3) Selected course/desired track numeric value

Provides the angle value of the associated pointer. Represented by :
- White “CRS” label followed by 3 cyan digits from 001 to 360 degrees, followed by a white
“°” label if the navigation selected source is ILS or VOR (in normal condition).
- White “CRS” label followed by 3 amber dashes, followed by a white “°” label in case of
invalidity.
- White ”DTK” label followed by 3 magenta digits from 001 to 360 degrees, followed by a
white “°” label if the navigation selected source is FMS.
- White “DTK” label followed by 3 amber dashes, followed by a white “°” label in case of
invalidity.
(4) DME Channel HOLD mode

Cyan “H” label, which indicates if DME channel is in HOLD Mode.
(5) DME/FMS distance

Indicates the distance to go to the selected navigation source (station or “TO” waypoint).
Represented by :
- three green digits, ranging from 0.0 to 99.9 in decimal increment and after in whole
numbers followed by a white “NM” label in normal operation.
- Three amber dashes followed by a white “NM” label are displayed in case of invalidity.
(6) Selected heading numeric value

Indicates the angle value pointed by the selected heading bug.
It is represented by a white “HDG“ label followed by 3 cyan digits from 000 to 359 degrees,
and by a white “°” label (in normal condition).
In case of invalidity a white ”HDG” label followed by 3 amber dashes and by a white “°”
label is diplayed.
Mod: 5948
P7 001
AA
(7) TRUE heading indication (available only if IRS installed)

Cyan “TRUE” label to indicate the true heading.
(8) Track angle bug

Indicates on the heading dial the current track. It is represented by a magenta unfilled
diamond located along the heading dial and pointing towards the aircraft mock-- up.
(9) Selected heading bug

Indicates on the heading dial the current selected heading. It is represented by a cyan
filled “M-- shape” bug along the heading dial.
(10) (11) Bearing pointer

The bearing pointer shows the bearing of the navigation source selected on MCP.
Pointer 1:
The needle head is depicted as a circle, the color is white if source is VOR and green if
source is ADF.
Pointer 2:
The needle head is depicted as an open diamond, the color is white if source is VOR and
green if source is ADF.
(12) FMS Messages

- “TERM” and “APPR” inform the pilots about sensitivity of deviation scales (respectively
1 NM and 0.3 NM).
- “MSG” informs the pilot that a message is displayed on the MCDU.
- “OFST“ means that the A/C flies along the flight plan, but with a parallel offset.
(13) Heading mismatch flag

Amber “CHECK HDG” label appears above the aircraft symbol in when a discrepancy is
detected for heading data between the AHRS sources for captain and F/O side.
(14) Course desired track deviation scale

In case of excessive LOC deviation, the four dots flash amber. In case of invalidity, two red
lines cross the dots.
(15) TO/FROM pointer

The TO/FROM pointer is a cyan triangle if VOR is selected as navigation source and
magenta in case of FMS selected as navigation source.
(16) Selected course/desired track pointer

Pointer color is:
- cyan if VOR/ILS selected as nav source
- magenta if FMS selected as nav source
- amber in case of excessive LOC deviation
Mod: 5948
P8 001
AA
(17) Course/desired track deviation bar

Bar color is:
- cyan if VOR/ILS selected as nav source
- magenta if FMS selected as nav source
- amber in case of excessive LOC deviation
(18) Rotating heading dial

It is the reference for all angle information. In case of loss of data a white circle with “HDG
FAIL” red label will be displayed.
(19) Aircraft symbol and heading reference

The aircraft symbol is a yellow mock-- up plane.
The heading reference is a yellow unfilled triangle pointing down at the top of the compass
rose.
Mod: 5948
P9 001
AA
70.3 ND on MFD
Mod: 5948
P 10 001
AA
Mod: 5948
P 11 001
AA
(1) Latitude / Longitude indication

Provides the current position of the aircraft through numeric latitude and longitudes values.
In case of invalidity all numbers and letters are remplaced by amber dashes.
(2) Selected heading bug

Cyan filled M-- shape bug (along the heading ROSE or ARC scale) which indicates the current
selected heading.
(3) (5) (6) (9) Bearing pointer indications

Indicates the bearing of the navigation source selected on the FGCP.
Pointer 1:
The needle head is depicted by a circle, the color is white if source is VOR and green if
source is ADF.
The selected frequency is displayed in the bottom left square. (5)
Pointer 2:
The needle head is depicted an open diamond, the color is white if source is VOR and
green if source is ADF.
The selected frequency is displayed in the bottom right square. (6)
(4) Heading mismatch flag (not depicted)

Amber ”CHECK HDG” warns of heading discrepancy between Captain and F/O side.
(7) selected heading readout
(8) Aircraft reference

- ARC mode location : at the geometric center of the arc heading dial.
- ROSE mode location : at the geometric center of the full compass heading dial.
- PLAN mode location : center of aircraft according to the lat/long position sent by the FMS,
only if the scrolling and range of the flight plan selected corresponds to a representation
where the aircraft is present..
Mod: 5948
P 12 001
AA
(10)(14) Range
The range can be set manually through the EFCP or be managed by the display system.
Manual range in ARC mode :

The range indication is composed of :
- an outer white arc displaying 90 degrees of heading centred on aircraft reference
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on the outer arc left extremity
- an inner white dashed arc displaying 150 degrees of heading, centred on aircraft reference
and whose radius is half the radius of first arc.
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on the inner arc left extremity
AUTO range in ARC mode :
- an outer white arc displaying 90 degrees of heading centred on aircraft reference
- 3 white numeric digits, located on the outer arc left extremity with below a “AUTO” label
- an inner white dashed arc displaying 150 degrees of heading, centred on aircraft reference
and whose radius shall be half the radius of first arc.
- 3 white numeric digits, located on the inner arc left extremity
Manual range in ROSE mode :
The range indication shall be composed of :
- an outer white circle centred on aircraft reference
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on bottom left along outer circle
- an inner white dashed circle, centred on aircraft reference and whose radius shall be half
the radius of outer circle
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on bottom left along inner circle
AUTO range in ROSE mode :
- an outer white circle centred on aircraft reference
- 3 white numeric digits, located on bottom left along outer circle with above a “AUTO” label
- an inner white dashed circle, centred on aircraft reference and whose radius shall be half
the radius of outer circle.
- 3 white numeric digits, located on bottom left along inner circle
Range in PLAN mode :
- an outer white circle
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on bottom left along outer circle
- an inner white circle, centred like outer circle and whose radius shall be half the radius of
outer circle.
- 3 cyan numeric digits, located on bottom left along inner circle
Mod: 5948
P 13 001
AA
(11) Heading dials
(12) Track angle bug

Green unfilled diamond located along the ROSE or ARC heading dial and pointing towards
the aircraft mock-- up wich indicates the current track.
(13) Heading readout
(15) Static markers

Provide a static reference on ROSE and PLAN compasses.
(16) Ground speed value
(17) True air speed value
(18) Wind value
(19) Wind direction indication
Mod: 5948
P 14 001
AA
SYMBOLS
Mod: 5948
P 15 001
AA
70.4 Navigation Selection
Selection with MCP
(1) - NAV P/B

Allows the selection of the NAV pages on the VCP
3 pages: - VOR
- ADF
- ND OVLY (ND Overlay)
(2) - Multi directional pad

Allows choosing the selection area
(3) - Numeric Key Board

Allows setting manually the frequency
(4) - Enter P/B

Allows validating the selection area
Mod: 5948
P 16 001
AA
ND OVLY
Selection of the required overlay information on the ND:

- Traffic
- Weather radar
- Terrain
- Navaid
- Airport
Mod: 5948
P 17 001
AA
70.5 IESI
ILS & VOR FUNCTION
(1) - Glideslope & Localizer scales and indexes

The deviation scales appear when the ILS MODE is selected. The indexes appear when the
glideslope and localizer signals are valid and deviation scales displayed.
ILS TUNING :
When MENU button is pushed and VHF NAV1 is tuned on ILS :
The deviation scale appears when the VOR MODE is selected.

In the bottom left corner TO Y and FROM B are indicated in cyan followed by the selected
course.
Mod: 5948
P 18 001
AA
VOR TUNING :
When MENU button is pushed and VHF NAV1 is tuned on VOR:
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.00
P1 001
CONTENTS APR 11
AA
1.16.00 CONTENTS
1.16.10 GENERAL
1.16.20 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
20.1 ENGINE
20.2 FUEL SYSTEM
20.3 LUBRICATION SYSTEM
20.4 IGNITION SYSTEM
20.5 PROPELLER
20.6 SCHEMATICS
1.16.30 SYSTEMS OPERATING
30.1 GENERAL
30.2 ENGINE GOVERNING
30.3 PROPELLER SPEED GOVERNING
1.16.40 CONTROLS
40.1 ATPCS
40.2 POWER LEVERS (PL)
40.3 IDLE GATE
40.4 CONDITIONS LEVERS (CL)
40.5 INDICATORS & CONTROL PANELS
1.16.45 BOOST FUNCTION
45.1 DESCRIPTION
45.2 OPERATION
45.3 SCHEMATIC
1.16.50 LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL
1.16.60 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC/SYSTEM MONITORING
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.10
P1 001
GENERAL NOV 14
AA
The engine is a Pratt & Whitney of Canada PW127 M or N certified for a 2750 SHP max
take-- off rating.
However, in normal operation, take-- off rating will be 2475 SHP with an automatic power
increase to 2750 SHP (reserve take-- off rating RTO) in case of other engine failure.
Power setting is characterized by constant power lever and condition lever positions.
The power adapted to the flight phase is selected by the pilot through a power
management selector.
The engine comprises two spool gas generators driving a six blade propeller via a free
turbine/concentric shaft/reduction gear box assembly. Propeller regulation is electronically
controlled.
The propeller is an Hamilton Standard 568 F
- Diameter : 3.93 m (12.9 ft)

- Rotation : clockwise (looking forward)
- 100 % Np : 1200 RPM
- Weight: : 180 kg
The engine accessories are mounted on two accessory gear boxes, one driven by the
HP spool, and one by the propeller reduction gear box.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P1 001
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION APR 11
AA
20.1 ENGINE
MAIN COMPONENTS (See CROSS-- SECTION)
1 Low Press Compressor

The low press compressor is a centrifugal type.
2 High Press Compressor
The high press compressor is a centrigugal type.
3 Diffuser Pipes
The diffuser pipes from the first stage lead into constant diameter cross over ducts
which blend together to give a full ring with uniform flow at entry to the second stage.
4 Combustion Chamber
The combustion chamber is of the fully annular reverse flow perforated sheet metal
type. Fourteen piloted air blast fuel nozzles provide quick, clean light offs. Hot inner
parts are ceramic-- covered.
5 High Press Axial Turbine
The high pressure axial turbine drives the high press compressor. It incorporates a
cooled vane ring and cooled blades permitting an increase in turbine inlet
temperature, higher specific work and consequently a lower flow and a lighter engine.
6 Low Press Axial Turbine
The low press axial turbine drives the low press compressor.
7 Free Turbine
The two axial free turbine stages drive the reduction gear box.
8 Accessory Gear Box
Turbo machine accessories are mounted on the accessory gear box which is driven
by the HP spool. The accessory gear box is located at the top of the engine and
contains drives for :
- The DC starter/generator,
- The HP fuel pump,
- The oil pumps.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P2 001
AA
9 Propeller Reduction Gear Box

The power turbine shaft is connected to the propeller reduction gear box by a coupling
driveshaft having flexible diagram connections at each end. The gear box is mounted
offset of the centerline of the turbo machine. The speed reduction is obtained in two
stages.
On the reduction gear box are installed.
- The ACW generator
- The Propeller Valve Module (PVM) controlled by propeller Electronic Control (PEC)
- The HP pump and overspeed governor
- The auxiliary feather pump
- The propeller brake (on RH engine only)
- The fuel cooled oil cooler (FCOC)
Note : Auxiliary feather pump is driven electrically. On ground, its activation by the CL
is inhibited.
The other components are actuated through the reduction gear box.
AIR INLET
As presented on figure, the engine air intake (1) is offset and is a shallow “S” bend
designed to provide uniform inlet flow to the compressor. The curvature (2) is
intended to provide inertial separation and protection in the event of foreign object
ingestion. It is also used to divide airflow in a primary flow directed to the engine, and
a secondary flow directed to the oil cooler (3). Control of the secondary airflow is
achieved by automatic oil cooler flaps positioning (4).
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P3 001
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION FEB 12
AA
20.2 FUEL SYSTEM

The fuel supplied from the A/C fuel tank flows through :
- A fuel heater which includes :
- a filter 1 with a by-- pass capability.
- a fuel heater element 2 . The source of heat is engine oil, and the fuel
temperature is thermostatically controlled. A fuel heater outlet temperature
indication is provided.
- A HP pump 3 with a filter. A clogging indicator is provided on pilot’s panel.
- The Hydro Mechanical Unit (HMU) which has two functions :
• to meter the fuel flow delivery to the engine by a metering valve assembly
4 , the excess being returned to HP pump inlet,
• to provide the HP motive flow required by the fuel tank jet pump through an
engine valve 5 .
- A fuel flowmeter 6 .
- A Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler (FCOC) 7 , that provides cooling of the lubricating
system by using fuel system as cooling source.
- A flow divider 8 to the fuel nozzles.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P4 001
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION DEC 13
AA
R 20.3 LUBRICATION SYSTEM (See schematic P9/10)
Synthetic oil specification MIL-- L-- 23699.

A single oil system supplies the turbo machinery, the reduction gear box and the
propeller pitch change system.
- Oil Tank
Oil is contained in a 14.4 L tank 1 . A filter cap is provided on the tank.
Quantity indication is checked by sight glass (or by a dipstick) on the side of the tank.
- Pressure system
A gear pump 2 driven by the accessory gear box supplies oil through an air cooler
3 mounted in the nacelle and a filter 4 both fitted with by-- passes in case of
clogging.
RGB oil is also cooled in a fuel heater, 5 as well as the FCOC 6 . An oil
temperature sensor is provided.
R Oil pressure is controlled by a regulating valve 7 . A low temperature valve 8 is
provided to eliminate damaging pressures surges on cold starts. A pressure
transducer 9 and a low pressure switch 10 are installed.
- Scavenge system
Scavenging is blown down or gravity drained except for N° 6 and 7 bearing cavity
and the reduction gear box, on which gear pumps are used.
R 20.4 IGNITION SYSTEM
Each engine is equipped with a high energy ignition system. It consists of two engine
mounted ignition exciters (A and B) powered by the DC ESS BUS and two spark
igniters, one for each ignition exciter. Ignition cycle includes two phases. During 25s, the
R frequency is 5 to 6 sparks/s and then, the intensity becomes 1 spark/s.
The engine ignition system provides ignition for :

- On ground starting using exciter A, exciter B, or exciters A+B (according to ENG
START rotary selector position).
R Note : Using exciter A or exciter B may allow to detect an hidden failure.
- In flight starting using exciters A+B regardless of start selection.
In addition, for each engine, in case of NH drop below 60 % exciters A+B are
automatically activated. This action is inhibited if :
- NH drops below 30 %, or
- EEC is deselected, or
- CL is set on feather or fuel SO position,
- On the failed engine in case of ATPCS sequence.
R Note : When EEC is deselected, exciters A + B can manually be activated, using the
MAN IGN push-- button.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P5 001
AA
20.5 PROPELLER (See schematic P11/12)
The propeller is driven by a free power turbine by means of a reduction gear box. Pitch
(β) change is hydromechanically controlled by a Propeller Valve Module (PVM).
The PVM is controlled by a Propeller Electronic Control (PEC) installed in each engine
nacelle which provides the synchrophasing between the two propellers.
Interface between flight deck and PEC is ensured by a Propeller Interface Unit (PIU)
installed in the electronic rack.
The propeller control system uses the condition lever, the PWR MGT rotary selector
and the power lever to activate the pitch change mechanism through the governors
and associated equipments.
The system is protected against :
- Low pitch angle in flight,
- Overspeed,
- Hydraulic pressure loss.
The RH Propeller Reduction Gear Box is provided with a brake to be used on the
ground for Hotel mode operation.
PVM
The PVM is installed on the reduction gear box and allows :
- The basic speed set
- Beta scheduling
- Reversing
- Synchrophasing
- Feathering
- Low pitch protection
- 14° (Reverse) < βref < 78.5° (Feather)
Additionally it is used, with the overspeed governor, to contain propeller overspeed.
The PVM comprises :
- An Electro Hydraulic Valve (EHV) which meters the pitch change oil to the pitch
change actuator and allows a normal feathering of the propeller.
- A protection valve which is a part of overspeed, low pitch and back-- up feathering
functions.
- A feather solenoid (EHV back-- up).
- A Rotary Variable Differential Transducer (RVDT) which adjust and confirm PLA
position.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P6 001
AA
PEC
The PEC is a dual channel electronic box which provides closed loop control over the
propeller pitch change system. The PEC detects, isolates and accomodates systems
faults.
In the event of a failure of the primary channel, control of the propeller system will
automatically be transfered to the back-- up channel.
Propeller speed is calculated by the PEC through EEC (altitude and airspeed data) and
Np sensors.
PIU
The PIU (one per PEC) is an electronic box located in the electronic rack that realizes
the interface between the PEC and the cockpit for propeller speed selection, and PEC
fault signalisation logics.
PROPELLER BRAKE (IF INSTALLED)

The propeller brake is fitted on a countershaft on the RH engine reduction gearbox in
order to stop the propeller (and the power turbine).
When the engine is running in Hotel mode :
- The HP spool drives the DC generator.
- Bleed pressure is available downstream the HP compressor and supplies both
packs.
ENGAGEMENT LOGIC
READY light must be illuminated, prior to any propeller brake activation. Loss of one
of the above mentionned required conditions for engagement, will not imply propeller
brake disengagement. However, when gust lock is released and propeller brake is still
engaged, PROP BRK red warning is generated:
- ”PROP BRK” FWS alert (EWD),
- flashing ”MASTER WARNING” lights
- ”CRC” aural warning
Note : After a propeller braking or releasing sequence, READY light may remain
illuminated for about 15 s.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P 7/8 001
CROSS SECTION
AA
20.6 SCHEMATICS
EXTERNAL VIEW (RIGHT)
EXTERNAL VIEW (LEFT)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.20
P 9/10 001
AA
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.1620
P 11/12 001
AA
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P1 001
SYSTEMS OPERATING FEB 12
30.1 GENERAL
The power control parameter is the torque :
The maximum torque for each flight condition, at the selected rating, is computed by the
EEC and displayed on the TQ indicator on EWD (Automatic BUG).
An Engine Electronic Control (EEC) provides control of fuel flow in the HydroMechanical
Unit (HMU), through a stepper motor in such a way as to control the torque in accordance
with outside conditions and positions of :
- The power lever (PLA).
- The power management selector (PWR MGT).
- The bleed valves.
The HMU delivers a fuel flow which generates the NH compressor rotation speed.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P2 001
SYSTEMS OPERATING APR 11
AA
30.2 ENGINE GOVERNING

MAIN UNITS (HMU- EEC- PVM- PWR MGT)
HYDROMECHANICAL UNIT (HMU)
- Performs fuel metering in steady state operation and protects the system in case
of transients.
- Commands the NH in accordance with 2 laws (NH = f (PLA)) :
. 1 st law (called top) used when EEC is ON to protect NH overspeeds.
. 2 nd law (called base) used when EEC is OFF.
- Includes a stepper motor which adjusts the flow controlled by the hydromechanical
channel, in accordance with commands transmitted by the EEC.
- Ensures engine shutdown (HP fuel S/O).
- Delivers a motive flow to the fuel tank jet pump.
ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL (EEC)
- Regulates a given power, by controlling the stepper motor, to obtain a predicted

torque as a function of :
¯ the power lever position
¯ the PWR MGT selector position
¯ flight conditions
¯ the position status of the bleed air valves
Note : Operating line with EEC ON may be placed above or below the HMU BASE
LAW depending on weather conditions
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P3 001
SYSTEMS OPERATING DEC 13
AA
- Ensures minimum propeller speed control, on ground and at low power (see
propeller governing).
- Delivers, in case of engine failure at take-- off, automatic uptrimmed take-- off power
to the valid engine (ATPCS) by responding to the signal generated by the
Auto-- Feather Unit (AFU) of the failed engine.
- Controls the modulated opening of the Handling Bleed Valve (HBV), so as to ensure
correct LP compressor operation.
PROPELLER VALVE MODULE (PVM)
- At high power, controls the propeller maximum speed Np, according to the PWR
MGT selection.
- Controls propeller pitch at low power and when using reverse.
- Ensures low pitch through a solenoid (when PLA are below FI position).
PWR MGT SELECTOR

R LINE A : One engine out operation : RTO (UPTRIM) (2750 SHP)
LINE B : Normal TO or MCT
LINE C : CLB
LINE D : CRZ
Note : Sensible sector designed to allow fix throttle engine control.
Notch refer to (1) Ramp refer to(2)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P4 001
AA
ENGINE POWER CONTROL LAWS

1 TOP LAW (EEC ON)
This is a TQ (PLA) control law, ensuring a constant power.
It is backed-- up by an NH (PLA) law which becomes active :
- At low power (authority of engine torque control is gradually reduced to be
cancelled out at FI),
- In case of engine torque control failure,
- In Hotel mode.
According to the rating selected on the PWR MGT rotary selector, with the PL at a
set point, the EEC commands a determined engine power and therefore a torque value
(for a given propeller speed).
Thus, the torque which is the engine control parameter, is controlled (with PLA
constant) in all ambient conditions.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P5 001
AA
When necessary, power is automatically reduced in such a way as to maintain the

torque at the maximum value, authorized for the rating considered (thermo dynamic
limit).
Example for : sea level, bleed off, static conditions.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P6 001
AA
PLA quadrant has TWO CLEARLY IDENTIFIED POSITIONS
Position 1 WHITE MARK
(1 <-- > Notch)
At this position marked by a notch the control system delivers max rated power
corresponding to the mode selected.
TO : P = 2475 SHP
MCT : P = 2500 SHP
CLB : P = 2192 SHP
CRZ : P = 2132 SHP
ENGINE REGULATION
- Engine regulation uses pitot and static data coming from EEC. EEC data are
elaborated either from the selected ADC (normal configuration) or from engine
sensors and imposed data (emergency configuration). ADC is selected through the
VPC TAT SEL.
Note : If the selected ADC electrical supply fails, two events may occur :
- If ADC 2 was selected, ADC 1 immediately takes over from ADC 2 ;
- If ADC 1 was selected, engine sensors immediately take over from ADC 1.
The engine torque must match the TQ BUG, except when TO is selected at the PWR
MGT selector.
When TO is selected at the PWR MGT selector, with the ATPCS armed :
- the TQ bug corresponds to RTO
- in normal T.O. configuration PL NOTCH
PWR MGT TO
ATPCS ARMED
TQ BUG is positioned at RTO. This value must be crosschecked between engines.
In the event of engine failure and automatic uptrim, the engine torque will coincide
with TQ BUG (RTO).
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P7 001
AA
Example : (ISA conditions)
Comment
If necessary, moving the lever out of the notch will enable to set precise power setting
without any discontinuity.
Position (2) beginning of AMBER SECTOR
This position, characterized by a ramp threshold is used during GO Around or at take off in
the event of ATPCS failure. The power delivered is GA (or RTO) for NP = 100%,
irrespective of the mode selected on the PWR MGT rotary selector.
In this position, the engine torque agrees with the RTO torque calculated by the FDAU
Note : The ramp threshold may be overriden, thus enabling the lever to be positioned up
to the stop of the PLA quadrant. This procedure must remains EXCEPTIONAL. It
is AN EMERGENCY PROCEDURE WHICH WILL PROVIDE UP TO 15 % more
power than RTO.
2 EEC FAILURE
- EEC FAULT Flashes.

- NH is automatically frozen to its prior value (FAIL FIX) (PL set forward 52°)
- As long as EEC Fault flashes deselection is stricly prohibited.
- The PL stays ineffective until PL travel reaches 52°.
S When PL reaches 52°, the reversion is automatically assured to the manual mode.
- EEC FAULT light stays ON.
- The pilot deselects EEC.
- PL is active again and follows HMU base law.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P8 001
AA
3 BASE LAW (EEC OFF)

The NH (function of PLA) base law is used when the EEC is deselected.
(REVERSION MODE).
. Refer to the schematic p 4
EEC Deselection Sequence

R A at time of EEC failure PLA = PLo (NOTCH)
NH = NHo
NH remains fixed at NHo value until either PL travel reaches 52° or NH reaches its
overspeed protection.
B NH changes to NH1 value (at that time a power increase or decrease can be
noted, according to the operating point position prior to EEC failure with respect to
HMU base law).
C NH follows the NH (PLA) schedule of the HMU base law.
This mode of operation (REVERSION) features :

- Loss of torque regulation at constant power lever position (changes in ambient
conditions will call for PLA adjustments to maintain maximum engine torque).
Note : ¯ Loss of the EEC has no effect on the two torque indications (digital
and analogic) displayed
- Handling bleed valve (HBV) is still monitored by the EEC deselected with a law
function of NH instead of PLA.
- Loss of propeller underspeed control at low power (FUEL GOVERNING).
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P9 001
AA
HOTEL MODE
This mode, available on the RH engine only, is exclusively used on the ground to provide
aircraft autonomy in terms of air conditioning and DC power supply with the gas generator
operating and the propeller locked by a hydraulic brake.
R - PL is controlling the power of the generator (NH = f(PL)) since the fuel governing function
of the EEC is automatically cancelled when selecting feather. A throttle stop is provided
by the gust lock lever to avoid an overtorque risk. Without this protection, hotel mode
cannot be selected.
- CL has to be set to feather prior to selecting hotel mode and must be left in this position.
Hotel mode can be used with EEC ON or OFF. The gust lock stop precludes
overpowering the engine.
R • SM : Stepper Motor
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.30
P 10 001
AA
30.3 PROPELLER SPEED GOVERNING
BLADE ANGLE GOVERNING

This is the normal in flight governing mode.
The PVM adjusts the propeller pitch according to the power setting in such a way as
to maintain a constant propeller speed NP.
This governing is available whether EEC is ON or OFF.
PWR MGT selector commands NP propeller speed (through the PEC)
PL commands power (and therefore TQ, at a given NP)
FUEL GOVERNING
This is the ground governing mode at low speed and low power.
The EEC automatically increases the fuel flow so as to maintain a minimum propeller
speed (NP = 70.8 %)
CL is set in AUTO position.
Note : This control mode is cancelled :
- when EEC is OFF,
- when the propeller is in FEATHER position.
TRANSITION MODE
This is the intermediate mode between the two previous ones.
It only applies on ground, or in flight at low power and low speed.
The NP speed is comprised between 70.8 % and NP selected.
- Control operation may be summarized through the graph below, depicting evolution
of the propeller speed NP function of PLA (example given in MCT mode).
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P1 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
40.1 ATPCS
GENERAL
The propulsion unit includes an ATPCS (automatic take-- off power control system)
which provides in case of an engine failure during take-- off the uptrimmed take-- off
power on the remaining engine combined with an automatic feathering of the failed
engine.
This system enables to reduce the power normally used for take-- off by an amount of
about 10% below the power certified by the engine manufacturer. This is favorable to
engine/propeller life without affecting the take-- off performance in case of an engine
failure.
Full ATPCS (i.e. uptrim and autofeather) is only available for take-- off (see arming
conditions below).
COMPONENTS
The ATPCS operates with the following components on each engine :
* The Auto Feathering Unit (AFU) which is the main system element. It conditions the
torque signal coming from the engine and provides the torque indication :
- to the cockpit indicators (analog pointer),
- to the FDAU,
- to the MFC which includes the autofeathering/uptrim logic functions, and
delivers the corresponding control signals to the feather solenoid, to the feathering
electrical pump and to the opposite EEC.
* The EEC which transmits a signal enabling the power to increase from TO to RTO
(or a n NH signal during ATPCS test at ground idle).
* The feather solenoid mounted on the PVM,
* The feathering electric pump installed on the reduction gear box.
In the Cockpit :
* The ATPCS pb on the cockpit center panel,
* The PL position (sw set to 49°),
* A test selector located on the pedestal.
ARMING CONDITIONS
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P2 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
TRIGGERING CONDITIONS
One torque below 18%
SEQUENCE AFTER TRIGGER
Time Trigger 2.15 s t

ATPCS B B
"
ARMED uptrim is triggered and bleed autofeather is activated
ON GROUND valve is shut off on the on the affected engine
remaining engine
Y
- feather solenoid activated
- feathering electric pump
energized
- inhibition of autofeather on
the remaining engine
- ARM light extinguishes
B
ARMED autofeather is activated on the
IN FLIGHT affected engine
Note : Nothing happens on the affected engine for 2.15 seconds, but uptrim is
energized on the remaining engine. This feature enables to perform an
acceleration stop without having autofeather in order to benefit from some
reversing action on the failed engine.
In this case, the throttle reduction occuring within 2.15 seconds period
automatically disarms the mode.
Once the mode has been triggered, its cancellation can only result from
either :
- PWR MGT other than TO, or
- ATPCS Pb set to OFF, or
- both PL retarded.
CAUTION : If the engine is restarted, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO SELECT PWR
MGT to MCT position after relight in order to be able to UNFEATHER
the propeller.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P3 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
ATPCS SEQUENCE
armed on ground
A/FEATH FUNCTION
Disarming conditions
Note : During a normal flight (without engine failure) uptrim/autofeather will be

disarmed after take-- off when leaving the TO position on PWR MGT.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P4 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA

PL is mechanically connected to the HMU and to the PVM through cables and rods.
This lever controls the power plant thrust from Max rated TQ to max reverse.
CAUTION :in case of engine failure, the PL remains active controlling the pitch angle,
and therefore associated propeller drag as long as propeller is not
feathered.
For take off acceleration the pilot will push PLs from GI to the TO position which is
identified by a notch.
At landing, the pilot will reduce PLs to FI. Then after flight idle gate automatic unlocking,
he will act on the triggers to reduce down to GI, and eventually to reverse. Reverse
sector is “protected” by a spring rod : a force must be exercised by the pilot to position the
PL into reverse sector. Releasing this pull force will bring PL back to around GI.
When the PL are on the MAX RATED TQ position, the pilot can increase the power (if
necessary) by pushing the PL up the RAMP (after GO AROUND position) to the FWD
stop.
Note : On the ground, the gust lock, when engaged, prevents excessive PL in the
forward traction sector angle.
POWER LEVER SWITCHES
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P4 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA

PL is mechanically connected to the HMU and to the PVM through cables and rods.
This lever controls the power plant thrust from Max rated TQ to max reverse.
CAUTION :in case of engine failure, the PL remains active controlling the pitch angle,
and therefore associated propeller drag as long as propeller is not
feathered.
For take off acceleration the pilot will push PLs from GI to the TO position which is
identified by a notch.
At landing, the pilot will reduce PLs to FI. Then after flight idle gate automatic unlocking,
he will act on the triggers to reduce down to GI, and eventually to reverse. Reverse
sector is “protected” by a spring rod : a force must be exercised by the pilot to position the
PL into reverse sector. Releasing this pull force will bring PL back to around GI.
When the PL are on the MAX RATED TQ position, the pilot can increase the power (if
necessary) by pushing the PL up the RAMP (after GO AROUND position) to the FWD
stop.
Note : On the ground, the gust lock, when engaged, prevents excessive PL in the
forward traction sector angle.
POWER LEVER SWITCHES
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P5 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
40.3 IDLE GATE
At take off, as soon as both landing gear absorbers are released, a gate prevents PL
angle reduction below FI.
At landing, as soon as one landing gear absorber is compressed, this gate is
automatically retracted and the PL may travel down to GI and reverse (below GI).
(1) IDLE GATE FAIL light

Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated when the gate does not engage
automatically in flight or does not retract automatically at landing.
(2) IDLE GATE lever

Enables manual override in case of failure of the automatic logic.
In flight : push
On graound : pull. An amber band appears.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P6 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
40.4 CONDITION LEVERS (CL)

They operate feathering control, HP fuel shut off valves and propellers speed (NP),
controlled by PVM when in blade angle governing propulsion mode.
- AUTO position controls propeller speed through PWR MGT selector position.
- 100 % OVRD position sets manually Np MAX.
It is necessary to act on a trigger located on the lever side to travel
- from AUTO to FTR (and return),
- from FTR to FUEL SO (and return).
A red lt incorporated in the lever will illuminate if a fire is detected on the associated
engine provided CL is not in FUEL SO position.
CONDITION LEVER SWITCHES
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P7 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
40.5 INDICATORS & CONTROL PANELS
PRIMARY ENGINE INDICATIONS
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P8 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
(1) TORQUE INDICATOR
Two sensing torque probes are located on the reduction gear box. One of them sends a
signal to the AFU which controls the torque analogic pointer (B). The other one sends a
signal to the EEC which controls the torque digital counter (A).
(A) Digital counter

Actual digital torque indication is displayed. Torque readout is :
- green surrounded by a grey rectangle if TQ is in green sector
- amber surrounded by an amber rectangle if TQ is in amber sector
- white in red reversed video if TQ is above amber sector limit
- amber “LAB” label surrounded by an amber rectangle if a wrong EEC is installed
- green, amber, white or red reverse video surrounded “-- - - .-- ” if EEC cannot control the
HBV
- amber “HBV” label surrounded by an amber rectangle in case of invalid torque value.
(B) Pointer
Gives the indication of actual analogic torque. Pointer is :
- green in Green sector (0 - 100%)
- amber in Amber sector (100 - 106%)
- red if torque is higher than 106%
The pointer is stopped if TQ>120%
(C) Take-- Off torque objective
Gives graphical round and digital indication of torque objective at take off if NP>25%. It is
indicated in green. Readout is replaced by “-- - - ” amber label in case of invalidity.
(D) Torque objective

Gives graphical indication (triangle) of torque objective :
- Magenta if Go Around is selected
- Amber if Go around is not selected
(E) Engine 1 and 2 Power Management selection

Gives an indication of engine 1 and engine 2 power management selection.
It is displayed in cyan. Label is :
- “TO” if Engine Power Management is set to “Take Off”
- “MCT” if Engine Power Management is set to “Maximum Continuous Thrust”
- “CLB” if Engine Power Management is set to “Climb”
- “CRZ” if Engine Power Management is set to “Cruise”
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P9 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
(2) NP INDICATOR
Gives digital indication of analogic NP.

Readout is :
- Green if NP<41.6% or 62.5%<NP<103.5%
- Amber surrounded by an amber rectangle if 41.6%<NP<62.5% or 103.5%<NP<106%
- white in red reversed video if NP>106%
- replaced by “-- - - .-- ” label in case of NP value invalidity.
(3) ITT INDICATOR
(A) Digital counter

Gives the numeric indication of Inter Turbine Temperature.
ITT readout is :
- green surrounded by a grey rectangle if ITT is in green sector
- amber surrounded by an amber rectangle if ITT is in amber sector
- white in red reversed video if ITT is above amber sector limit
- amber “-- - - .-- ” surrounded by an amber rectangle if ITT is invalid
(B) Pointer
Gives the analogic indication of Inter Turbine Temperature in °C. Pointer is displayed if
ITT is valid.
ITT Arc Sectors Description :

- Green sector : from 0°C to Amber sector, normal temperatures
- Amber sector : up to 800°C, or 715°C when hotel mode is set, or 765°C during takeoff
(variable according OAT)
- Red point ”H” : 715°C, limit in hotel mode
- Red sector : from 840°C or 715°C in hotel mode
- Red line “S”: 950°C, limit during start
ITT Pointer is :
- green if ITT is in Green sector
- amber if ITT is in Amber sector
- red if ITT is in red sector
The pointer is stopped if ITT>1000°C
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 10 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
(4) UPTRIM message

Indicates uptrim status message. It is displayed in green reverse video when engine
uptrim is activated.
(5) AUTO FTR message

Indicates auto feather in green reversed video for each engine if AUTO FTR is activated.
(6) PROP BRK message

Indicates in cyan, that the propeller brake is engaged on engine 2
(7) LO PITCH and NO REV message

Indicates propeller in low pitch range on each side.
“LO PITCH” flag is displayed in :

- green reversed video in normal operation (below 8° on ground)
- amber reversed video in abnormal operation
“NO REV” red reverse video flag replaces “LO PITCH” flag when any propeller pitch
remains above 8° after touchdown with PL retarded to GI.
(8) SGL CH message

It is displayed in amber :
- when one channel of the propeller engine control is lost. The system will be
automatically transfered to the other channel.
- during the starting, when the propeller in unfeathered (PEC self test)
(9) IGN message

Indicates engine ignition. It is displayed in cyan.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 11 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
SECONDARY ENGINES INDICATIONS

The engine’s systems information are displayed on the upper part of the MFD :
- The oil informations on the top, on each side of engine informations, describes the
current state of the oil systems
- The engine system, between oil information, displays the status of the two engines
(1) Start Engine indicator

Indicates the state of engine start.
Green reversed video “START” label is displayed in normal configuration.
Amber reversed video “START” label is displayed if there is a discrepancy between
Engine Start indication and light test or if an Engine Start Fault is detected.
(2) Cross Start Failure

Appears to indicate that, although the opposite DC gen is connected to the network, the
cross start sequence has failed.
Amber “X START FAIL” label is displayed between the start engine indicators.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 12 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
(3) High Pressure Turbine indicator (NH indicator)
Displays the high pressure turbine speed.
- From 0% to 62%, segment is displayed in white, readout and pointer are displayed in
green.
- From 62% to 103.1%, segment, readout and pointer are displayed in green.
- From 103.2% to 106.3%, segment, pointer and a framed readout are displayed in amber.
- For a value equal or higher than 106.4%, pointer is dsplayed in red, readout is diplayed in
red reversed video.
- For invalid value, three amber dashes are displayed instead of the digits.
(4) Low Pressure turbine indicator (NL indicator)
Displays the low pressure speed.

NL readout is :
- green if NL is lower than 104.1%
- amber surrounded by an amber rectangle from 104.2% to 106.7%
- in red reversed video for a value equal or higher than 106.8%.
- three amber dashes instead of digits in case of invalid value .
(5) Inter Turbine Temperature (ITT) digital counter
Displays the Inter Turbine Temperature value in °C.

ITT readout is :
- green surrounded by a grey rectangle if ITT is in Green Sector
- amber surrounded by an amber rectangle if ITT is in Amber Sector
- in reverve red video if ITT is above Amber Sector limit temperrature.
Note : See “ITT indicator pointer” in “Primary Engine Indication” section for sectors
description.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 13 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
(6) OIL INDICATOR
(A) LO PR message
Red reverve video label indicating an oil low pressure.
(B )OIL pressure
Displays oil pressure of engines in PSI.
Oil pressure indicator ranges are :
- 0 to 40 PSI : red segment , pointer and red reverse video readout
- 40 to 55 PSI and above 65 PSI : amber segment, pointer and amber framed readout
- 55 to 65 PSI : green segment, pointer and readout
In case of value invalidity, the value is replaced by amber “-- - ” label and there is no pointer
displayed.
(C) OIL temperature

Displays oil temperature of engines in °C.
Oil temperature indicator arc ranges are :
- 0 to 40°C : segment in white, pointer and readout in green
- 40°C to 125°C : segment, pointer and readout in green
- from - 40°C to 0°C and from 125°C to 140°C : segment, pointer and readout in amber
- Below - 40°C and above 140°C pointer and readout in red
A red line is set at 140°C
In case of value invalidity, the value is replaced by amber “-- - - ” label and there is no pointer
displayed.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 14 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
ENG 1/ENG 2 CONTROL PANEL
1 EEC pb
Controls the EEC of the associated engine
ON : (pb pressed in) EEC adjusts HMU action, by controlling the stepper
motor which lowers fuel flow ordered by HMU.
OFF : (pb released) The HMU controls only NH as a function of PL angle.
OFF light illuminates white.
FAULT : When EEC failure is detected:
Flashing amber :The fuel flow is frozen to maintain the power, when FAULT
flashes, never deselect the EEC. Retard first, the PL in
the green sector (FAULT become steady: PL < 52°)
Reversion to HMU base law is achieved when the PL are
retarded in the green sector
Steady amber : automatic reversion to HMU base law
2
ATPCS pb
pb pressed in : - If pressed in on ground, uptrim and autofeather function are
armed.
- if pressed in in flight, only the autofeather function is
armed.
OFF : (Pb released)
Uptrim and autofeather functions are deselected.
ARM : Illuminates green when arming conditions are met (see P1)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 15 001
CONTROLS APR 11
ENG START PANEL
1 ENG START rotary selector

Selects the ignition mode and/or start sequences.
OFF START ABORT Ignition circuit is deenergized. Starting sequence is disarmed or
interrupted.
CRANK Enables engine cranking. Ignition is inhibited.
START Selects a start sequence. Ignition is selected when fuel shut-- off
valve is open (controlled by CL) ; starter and ignition are
automatically deactivated when NH reaches 45%.
Note : There are three START positions
START A Only ignition exciter A is supplied on ground.
START B Only ignition exciter B is supplied on ground.
START A and B Both ignition exciters are supplied.
2 START pb
Initiates the starting (or cranking) sequence of the related engine provided the ENG
START selector is in one of the START positions (or CRANK).
ON (pb pressed in) Initiates a sequence. The ON It illuminates white.
In case of starting, it will extinguish automatically when NH
reaches 45% which “identifies” sequence end.
FAULT Illuminates amber and the FWS is activated if :
- starter remains engaged after 45%
- GCU fails during starting
- On RH engine when the propeller brake is ON but the gust lock is
not engaged.
As soon as one engine is running and the associated DC GEN is connected
to the main DC electrical network, the other engine start is accomplished as
a “cross start” : initiated on Main Bat supply only, the start is assisted by
the opposite DC GEN from 10% NH (on ground only).
If the DC GEN is connected to the network, but the cross start does not
operate normally, the amber ”X START FAIL” light illuminates on the main
electrical panel. XSTART FAIL is displayed on the engine SD page.
3 MAN IGN guarde pb
Manual ignition is selected by depressing the guarded pb. Exciters are continuously
energized on both engines. ON light illuminates blue.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 16 001
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
PROP BRK PANEL
(1) PROP BRK pb

The PROP BRK two positions toggle switch controls the propeller brake
engagement/disengagement on the RH engine provided blue hydraulic power is
available.
ON : propeller brake engagement
OFF : propeller brake releasing
UNLK : The light illuminates red and after 15 s the FWS is activated to indicate that
the propeller brake is not locked in the fully locked or the fully released
position.
(2) Ready light
Illuminates green when engagement or disengagement conditions are met.
(3) PROP BRK light

- Illuminates blue when the propeller brake is fully locked
- Extinguished when the propeller brake is not fully locked.
Note : “PROP BRK” cyan label is displayed on EWD when the propeller brake is engaged.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 17 100
CONTROLS APR 11
AA
PWR MGT PANEL
(1) PWR MGT rotary selector

Made up of two independent parts (front and back). Provides FDAU, PIU and EEC
with basic power requirements corresponding to the selected position.
- For left engine with the back part of the selector.
- For right engine with the front part of the selector.
(2) PEC FAULT pbs
FAULT Illuminates amber and FWS is activated when the two channels are lost.
OFF (pb released) PEC is deactivated and Np is blocked at 102% whenever
power is sufficient.
(3) BOOST pb
ON (Pressed in) BOOST function is selected
FAULT Illuminates amber in case of BOOST fault detected or a
discrepancy between position of the pb switch and rating
selection feedback from any EEC. “ENG BOOST” amber
caution is displayed on EWD.
ENGINE TEST PANEL
Allows to check the correct functionning of the ATPCS. This rotary selector is spring
loaded to the neutral position.
mod: 5948 + 5908
POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 17 200
CONTROLS NOV 14
AA
PWR MGT PANEL
(1) PWR MGT rotary selector

Made up of two independent selectors (front and rear).
Provides FDAU, PIU and EEC with power requirements corresponding to the
selected position.
- For left engine with the rear selector
- For right engine with the front selector
(2) PEC FAULT pbs

FAULT Illuminates amber and FWS is activated when the two channels are lost.
OFF (pb released) PEC is deactivated and Np is blocked at 102% whenever
power is sufficient.
To be continued next page(...\...)
mod: 5948 + 7079

POWER PLANT 1.16.40
P 18 200
CONTROLS NOV 14
AA
PWR MGT PANEL( CONT’D)
(3) BOOST FUNCTION toggle switch

OFF: Standard rating (127 F) is activated
BOOST: BOOST rating (127M) is activated
SUPER BOOST: SUPER BOOST rating (127 N) is activated
(4 & 5) BOOST FUNCTION lights

ON : Illuminates green when BOOST (4) or SUPER BOOST (5) is selected and
available.
FAULT : Illuminates amber in case of BOOST FUNCTION fault (BOOST (4), SUPER
BOOST(5)) are detected or a discrepancy between positions of the toggle
switch and rating selection feedback from any EEC. ”ENG BOOST” amber
caution is displayed on EWD
Note : Simultaneous ON Light illumination indicate system failure (ERIU)
ENGINE TEST PANEL
Allows to check the correct functionning of the ATPCS. This rotary selector is spring
loaded to the neutral position.
mod: 5948 + 7079

POWER PLANT 1.16.45
P1 100
BOOST FUNCTION APR 11
AA
45.1 DESCRIPTION
Engine Rating Interface Unit (ERIU) associated with PW127M engine has full authority
on engine rating selection. One ERIU is installed per aircraft.
Boost function allows crew to manually select engine rating between :
- Original engine power rating
- PW127M higher boost rating achieved by increasing engine thermal limit in TO and
MCT since mechanical limit remains the same.
45.2 OPERATION (see chapter 1.16.40 p17 for control description)
NORMAL OPERATION
In normal operation, crew select appropriate rating through ENG BOOST PB
(Pressed-- in for BOOST selection).
Once power levers are above FI, rating selection is latched to initial setting, change in
PB switch position won’t be effective until power levers are retarded below FI.
This inhibition is cancelled in case of engine failure in flight : crew has the possibility to
cancel derating and select BOOST power for single engine operation. Selection is then
latched, rating change will be allowed once power levers retarded below FI.
SYSTEM FAILURE
Derating input to EEC’s is automatically cancelled (I.e. BOOST selected) if :
- ERIU built-- in test equipment (BITE) is triggered due to unit internal failure.
- Rating selection feedback is different between EEC’s.
Discrepancy between position of ENG BOOST PB switch and rating selection feedback
from any EEC illuminates amber FAULT on PB switch and triggers following alert
sequence :
- Illumination of master CAUTION
- Single chime
- FWS activated, “ENG BOOST” alert displayed on EWD
- BOOST push button FAULT light illuminates.
mod: 5948 + 5908

POWER PLANT 1.16.45
P 2/3 100
BOOST FUNCTION APR 11
AA
45.3 SCHEMATIC
mod: 5948 + 5908

POWER PLANT 1.16.45
P1 200
BOOST FUNCTION NOV 14
AA
1- DESCRIPTION
Each Engine Rating Interface Unit (ERIU) with PW127N engine has full authority on
engine rating selection. Two ERIUs are installed per aircraft.
BOOST FUNCTION allows crew to manually select the engine thermal rating to improve
take-- off performance, in hot and high condition:
Three ENGINES THERMAL RATINGS are available:
- 127N or SUPER-- BOOST, which is PW127N engine baseline rating

- 127M or BOOST, which corresponds to PW127N de-- rated to 127M thermal rating.
- 127F or standard, which correspond to PW127N de-- rated to PW127F thermal rating.
The three ratings are described in the table below (PW127N engine):
POWER MANAGEMENT MECHANICAL THERMAL

Up to 12500 ft 127M + 4.5%
From 12500 ft to 13500 ft
TO SAME decreasing from127M + 4.5%
to 127M + 2.5%
Above 13600 ft 127M + 2.5%
MCT SAME 127N =127M = 127F + 4%
CLB SAME SAME AS 127 F
CRZ SAME SAME AS 127 F
Mod: 5948 + 7079

POWER PLANT 1.16.45
P2 200
AA
AA
2- OPERATION (see chapter 1.16.40 p18 for control description)
NORMAL OPERATION
In normal operation, crew selects the appropriate rating through the toggle switch (OFF--
BOOST - SUPER BOOST).
In order to allow the Torque Indicator on EWD to display the correct values when Super
Boost Function is selected, it is necessary above an altitude and temperature determined
value to insert in the VCP PERF PAGE / ENG OAT the corrected temperature (SAT).
The round cyan take-- off torque objective and amber triangle (RTO) torque objective will
match the SUPER BOOST thermal limitation.
This corrected temperature is retrieved from the FCOM vol 3, according to airport
elevation and actual OAT.
Once power levers are above FI, rating selection is latched to initial setting; change in
toggle switch position won’t be effective until power levers are retarded below FI.
This inhibition is cancelled in case of engine failure in flight: crew has the possibility to
cancel derating and select BOOST FUNCTION power (BOOST, SUPER BOOST) for
single engine operation.
Selection is then latched; rating change will be allowed once power levers are retarded
below FI.
SYSTEM FAILURE
Derating input to EEC’s is automatically cancelled (i.e. BOOST FUNCTION selected) if:
- ERIU built - in test equipment (BITE) is triggered due to unit internal failure.
- Rating selection feedback is different between EEC’s.
- Discrepancy between position of ENG BOOST TOGGLE switch and rating selection
feedback from any EEC illuminates amber FAULT on either BOOST, SUPER BOOST or
both annunciators.
SYSTEM MONITORING
- Master CAUTION light flashing amber

- ”ENG BOOST” amber message on EWD
- BOOST, SUPER BOOST or both FAULT light illuminate
Mod: 5948 + 7079

POWER PLANT 1.16.45
P 3/4 200
AA
45.3 SCHEMATIC
mod: 5948 + 7079

POWER PLANT 1.16.50
P1 001
LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL APR 11
AA
On RH Maintenance panel, several tests and control device are provided, for
maintenance purpose only.
All buttons on this panel are to be used on ground only.
1
EEC/PEC SEL switch
Used to select EEC or PEC depending on appropriate maintenance test on Engine

TRIM switches or LRU (line replaceable unit) code failures.
2 Engine TRIM test and LRU switches
Switch with two stable positions used to :

- Test EEC or PEC channel. Maintenance data are managed by MPC. (Selected by
EEC/PEC SEL switch).
- Perform EEC or PEC trim to ensure that power delivered corresponds to PL
position (can be performed with engine not running and PL in the notch) or LRU
code failures.
3 BUS ARINC switches
Bus arinc switches select the source.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.50
P2 001
LATERAL MAINTENANCE PANEL APR 11
AA
4 Prop Overspeed test switches
Used to test hydraulic part of overspeed governor.

A First OVSPD threshold is tested at 102 % Np. on the affected engine.
A + B , 2 nd OVSP threshold is tested at 106 % Np.
5 Propeller Feather Pump test switch
This switch with two stables positions enables to test the feathering pump. For
safety reasons, this test is impossible in flight.
6 Propeller LOW PITCH test switches
- With the test switch on PLA > FI position, the PL low pitch protection switch and
feather solenoid are tested.
- With the test switch on PLA < FI position, secondary low pitch solenoid is tested.
Note : In both cases, LOW PITCH message is displayed on EWD
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/MFC LOGIC P1 001
SYSTEM MONITORING APR 11
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY

(C/B) (C/B)
ENG 1
Feather control DC EMER BUS (+DC BUS 1) - Nil -
(on overhead panel FEATH CTL)
Start control and indica- DC ESS BUS - Nil -

tions (on overhead panel START CTL and
IND)
Ignition system DC ESS BUS - Nil -

(on overhead panel IGN)
EEC
. power supply DC EMER BUS and DC BUS 1 - Nil -
(on overhead panel PWR SUPPLY)
. control DC EMER BUS
(on lateral overhead panel CTL and
CAUTION)
Propeller overspeed test DC BUS 1

(on lateral panel PROP OVSPD
TEST)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY
(C/B)
ENG 2
Feather control DC EMER BUS (+DC BUS 1)

(on overhead panel FEATH CTL)
Start control and indications DC ESS BUS

(on overhead panel START CTL and IND)
Ignition system DC ESS BUS

(on overhead panel IGN)
EEC
. power supply DC EMER BUS and DC BUS 1
(on overhead panel PWR SUPPLY)
. control DC EMER BUS
(on lateral overhead panel CTL and CAU-
TION)
Propeller overspeed test DC BUS 1

(on lateral panel PROP OVSPD TEST)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY/ P3 001
MFC LOGIC/SYSTEM MONITORING APR 11
DC BUS SUPPLY
EQUIPMENT
(C/B)
Propeller brake DC ESS BUS
(on lateral panel PWR SUPPLY CTL IND)
Feather pump test DC SVCE BUS

(on lateral panel FEATH PUMP TEST)
PEC 1 + 2 (NORMAL) DC EMER BUS

associated PVM and PIU (on overhead panel)
PEC 1 + 2 (BACK-- UP) DC ESS BUS

(on overhead panel)
Idle gate . DC BUS 1

(on overhead panel SOL)
. DC BUS 2
(on overhead panel CAUTION)
MFC LOGIC
See chapter 1.01.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
SYSTEM MONITORING
ENG 1(2) OUT (at take off)

This warning is generated at take off in case of engine 1(2) failure.
- “ENG 1(2) OUT” red message on EWD
ENG 1(2) OUT (in flight)

This caution is generated in flight in case of engine 1(2) failure.
- “ENG 1(2) OUT” amber message on EWD
ENG 1+2 OUT

This warning is generated in case of both engines failure.
- “ENG 1+2 OUT” red message on EWD
NAC OVHT
This warning is generated when nacelle temperature exceeds 170°C (338°F) when
aircraft is on ground.
- “NAC OVHT” red message on EWD
- NAC OVHT legend in red reverse video on SD engine page
PROP BRK
This warning is generated when propeller brake is not locked in full locked or in full
released position.
- “PROP BRK” red message on EWD
- UNLK red light on overhead panel
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
ENG START ITT

This caution is generated when start ITT is above limit (T>800°C (1590°F))
- “ENG START ITT” amber message on EWD
SINGLE ENGINE
This caution is generated in case of single engine operation
- “SINGLE ENGINE” amber message on EWD
IDLE GATE
This caution is generated in case of automatic idle gate system failure
- “IDLE GATE” amber message on EWD
- IDLE GATE amber light on pedestal
ENG 1(2) LO PITCH

This caution is generated in case of low pitch detection in flight
- “ENG 1(2) LO PITCH” amber message on EWD
- LO PITCH displayed amber on the primary engine indications
ENG BOOST (if installed)

This caution is generated when boost failure is detected
- “ENG BOOST” amber message on EWD
- BOOST pb FAULT light illuminates on PWR MGT panel
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
ENG 1(2) PEC

This caution is generated in case of PEC failure
- “ENG 1(2) PEC” amber message on EWD
- PEC pb FAULT light illuminates
ENG 1(2) OVER LIMIT

This caution is generated when engine temperature is above limit
- “ENG 1(2) OVER LIMIT” amber message on EWD
- NH indicator arc amber (between 103.3 and 106.4%) or red (>106%)
- NL value amber (between 104.2 and 106.8%) or red (>106.8%)
ENG 1(2) PROP LIMIT

This caution is generated when propoller rate is above limit
- “ENG 1(2) PROP LIMIT” amber message on EWD
ENG FUEL CLOG

This caution is generated in case of clogging of the filter associated with HP pump
- “ENG FUEL CLOG” amber message on EWD
- CLOG label in amber on SD engine page
ENG START
This caution is generated in case of start sequence incident
- “ENG START” amber message on EWD
- START label in amber reverse video on SD engine page
- FAULT legend in amber on the affected START pb.
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
ELEC X START
This caution is generated when on ground, during second engine start, operative DC GEN
does not come on line to supply the START BUS between 10 % and 45 % NH
- “ELEC X START” amber message on EWD
- X START FAIL on Engine SD page
- X START FAIL on overhead panel
ENG START NO NH
This caution is generated if NH does not incrrease during start
- “ENG START NO NH” amber message on EWD
ENG NO ITT
This caution is generated if ITT does not increase during start
- “ENG NO ITT” amber message on EWD
ENG EEC
This caution is generated in case of one EEC failure
- “ENG EEC” amber message on EWD
- FAULT light illuminate on dedicated EEC pb (Flashing if PL above
52°C)
ENG EEC 1+2

This caution is generated in case of both EEC failureVisual and aural alerts are :
- “ENG EEC 1+2” amber message on EWD
- FAULT light illuminates on EEC pb (Flashing if PL above 52°)
Mod: 5948
POWER PLANT 1.16.60
AA
ENG 1(2) PEC SGL CH

This caution is generated in case of PEC failureVisual and aural alerts are :
- “ENG 1(2) PEC SGL CH” amber message on EWD
- SGL CH on engine page
ENG 1(2) OIL PRESS

This warning is generated either when oil pressure drops below 40 PSI on indicator or low
pressure switch is activated.
- “ENG 1(2) OIL PRESS” red message on EWD
- LO PR flag in red reverse video on SD engine page (when low
pressure switch generates a signal to the MFC and CAC)
ENG 1(2) OIL OVHT

This caution is generated in case of engine oil overheat
- “ENG 1(2) OIL OVHT” amber message on EWD
- Oil temperature readout in red.
ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP LO

This caution is generated when engine oil temperature is detected too low. (T<45°C
(89°F))
- “ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP LO” amber message on EWD
- Oil temperature arc in white on SD engine page
ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP HI

This caution is generated when engine oil temperature is detected too high
(125°C <T<140°C) (248°F<T<278°F)
- “ENG 1(2) OIL TEMP HI” amber message on EWD
- Oil temperature arc in amber
- Oil temperature readout in amber
Mod: 5948

FCOM Part 1 - Description

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FCOM Part 1 - Description

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FLIGHT CREW OPERATING MANUAL 0.00.

0.01.00 LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (L.T.R.)

0.02.00 REASON OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (R.T.R.)

0.03.00 SHIPPING NOTE TEMPORARY PAGES (S.N.T.P.)

0.04.00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY PAGES (L.E.T.P.)

0.05.00 LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS (L.N.R.)

0.06.00 REASON OF THE REVISION

0.07.00 SHIPPING NOTE NORMAL PAGES (S.N.N.P.)

0.08.00 LIST OF EFFECTIVE NORMAL PAGES (L.E.N.P.)

0.09.00 LIST OF MOD / MP / SB (L.O.M.)

0.10.00 CROSS REFERENCE TABLE (C.R.T.)

0.40.00 ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

0.50.00 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

0.60.00 UNITS CONVERSION TABLE

No. T.R. DATE IN DESTROYED POSITION REMARKS

You must hold in your manual the following pages

N°REV EDITION DATE INSERTION DATE NAME

DATE REASON FOR ISSUE (MAJOR EVENTS) CHAP INVOLVED

FEB 12 (published in April 2012 due to certification process)

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

...... 0 01 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.T.R. ENV

...... 0 02 00 001 001 DEC 13 R.T.R.

...... 0 04 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.T.P. ENV

...... 0 05 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.N.R.

ADD 0 06 00 005 001 NOV 14 R.N.R.

...... 0 08 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.E.N.P. ENV

...... 0 09 00 001 001 NOV 14 L.O.M. ENV

...... 0 10 00 001 001 NOV 14 C.R.T. ENV

...... 0 50 00 001 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 003 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 005 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 007 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 009 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 011 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

...... 0 50 00 013 001 NOV 14 STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

ADD 1 04 10 001-002140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144

ADD 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

ADD 1 04 10 003 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

ADD 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144

ADD 1 04 10 003 140 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7144

ADD 1 04 10 005 001 FEB 12 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 005 100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

ADD 1 04 10 009 001 APR 11 MOD 5948

...... 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

...... 1 04 10 011 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 011A 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

...... 1 04 10 012 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

...... 1 04 10 013 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 013 100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977

...... 1 04 10 021 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

" ADD " = Add "DESTROY" = Destroy " …….." = Revised

Action P CH SE Page Seq Date Validation Criteria

DESTROY 1 04 10 021-022100 FEB 12 MOD 5948+6521

ADD 1 04 10 021 120 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7181

ADD 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 023 001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

ADD 1 04 10 023 110 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977+7180

ADD 1 04 10 025-026001 NOV 14 MOD 5948

ADD 1 04 10 025-026100 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6521

ADD 1 04 30 001 150 NOV 14 MOD 5948+6977